1 /* ELF linking support for BFD.
2 Copyright (C) 1995-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
6 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
7 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
8 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
9 (at your option) any later version.
11 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
12 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
13 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
14 GNU General Public License for more details.
16 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
17 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
18 Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
19 MA 02110-1301, USA. */
23 #include "bfd_stdint.h"
28 #include "safe-ctype.h"
29 #include "libiberty.h"
31 #if BFD_SUPPORTS_PLUGINS
32 #include "plugin-api.h"
36 /* This struct is used to pass information to routines called via
37 elf_link_hash_traverse which must return failure. */
39 struct elf_info_failed
41 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
45 /* This structure is used to pass information to
46 _bfd_elf_link_find_version_dependencies. */
48 struct elf_find_verdep_info
50 /* General link information. */
51 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
52 /* The number of dependencies. */
54 /* Whether we had a failure. */
58 static bfd_boolean _bfd_elf_fix_symbol_flags
59 (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*, struct elf_info_failed
*);
62 _bfd_elf_section_for_symbol (struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
,
63 unsigned long r_symndx
,
66 if (r_symndx
>= cookie
->locsymcount
67 || ELF_ST_BIND (cookie
->locsyms
[r_symndx
].st_info
) != STB_LOCAL
)
69 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
71 h
= cookie
->sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- cookie
->extsymoff
];
73 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
74 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
75 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
77 if ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
78 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
79 && discarded_section (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
))
80 return h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
86 /* It's not a relocation against a global symbol,
87 but it could be a relocation against a local
88 symbol for a discarded section. */
90 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
92 /* Need to: get the symbol; get the section. */
93 isym
= &cookie
->locsyms
[r_symndx
];
94 isec
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (cookie
->abfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
96 && discard
? discarded_section (isec
) : 1)
102 /* Define a symbol in a dynamic linkage section. */
104 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*
105 _bfd_elf_define_linkage_sym (bfd
*abfd
,
106 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
110 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
111 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
112 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
114 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
), name
, FALSE
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
117 /* Zap symbol defined in an as-needed lib that wasn't linked.
118 This is a symptom of a larger problem: Absolute symbols
119 defined in shared libraries can't be overridden, because we
120 lose the link to the bfd which is via the symbol section. */
121 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_new
;
127 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
128 if (!_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol (info
, abfd
, name
, BSF_GLOBAL
,
129 sec
, 0, NULL
, FALSE
, bed
->collect
,
132 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
133 BFD_ASSERT (h
!= NULL
);
136 h
->root
.linker_def
= 1;
137 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
138 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_INTERNAL
)
139 h
->other
= (h
->other
& ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1)) | STV_HIDDEN
;
141 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, h
, TRUE
);
146 _bfd_elf_create_got_section (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
150 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
151 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
152 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
154 /* This function may be called more than once. */
155 if (htab
->sgot
!= NULL
)
158 flags
= bed
->dynamic_sec_flags
;
160 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
,
161 (bed
->rela_plts_and_copies_p
162 ? ".rela.got" : ".rel.got"),
163 (bed
->dynamic_sec_flags
166 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
170 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".got", flags
);
172 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
176 if (bed
->want_got_plt
)
178 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".got.plt", flags
);
180 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
,
181 bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
186 /* The first bit of the global offset table is the header. */
187 s
->size
+= bed
->got_header_size
;
189 if (bed
->want_got_sym
)
191 /* Define the symbol _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ at the start of the .got
192 (or .got.plt) section. We don't do this in the linker script
193 because we don't want to define the symbol if we are not creating
194 a global offset table. */
195 h
= _bfd_elf_define_linkage_sym (abfd
, info
, s
,
196 "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_");
197 elf_hash_table (info
)->hgot
= h
;
205 /* Create a strtab to hold the dynamic symbol names. */
207 _bfd_elf_link_create_dynstrtab (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
209 struct elf_link_hash_table
*hash_table
;
211 hash_table
= elf_hash_table (info
);
212 if (hash_table
->dynobj
== NULL
)
214 /* We may not set dynobj, an input file holding linker created
215 dynamic sections to abfd, which may be a dynamic object with
216 its own dynamic sections. We need to find a normal input file
217 to hold linker created sections if possible. */
218 if ((abfd
->flags
& (DYNAMIC
| BFD_PLUGIN
)) != 0)
222 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
224 & (DYNAMIC
| BFD_LINKER_CREATED
| BFD_PLUGIN
)) == 0
225 && bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
226 && !((s
= ibfd
->sections
) != NULL
227 && s
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS
))
233 hash_table
->dynobj
= abfd
;
236 if (hash_table
->dynstr
== NULL
)
238 hash_table
->dynstr
= _bfd_elf_strtab_init ();
239 if (hash_table
->dynstr
== NULL
)
245 /* Create some sections which will be filled in with dynamic linking
246 information. ABFD is an input file which requires dynamic sections
247 to be created. The dynamic sections take up virtual memory space
248 when the final executable is run, so we need to create them before
249 addresses are assigned to the output sections. We work out the
250 actual contents and size of these sections later. */
253 _bfd_elf_link_create_dynamic_sections (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
257 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
258 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
260 if (! is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
263 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
266 if (!_bfd_elf_link_create_dynstrtab (abfd
, info
))
269 abfd
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
270 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
272 flags
= bed
->dynamic_sec_flags
;
274 /* A dynamically linked executable has a .interp section, but a
275 shared library does not. */
276 if (bfd_link_executable (info
) && !info
->nointerp
)
278 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".interp",
279 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
284 /* Create sections to hold version informations. These are removed
285 if they are not needed. */
286 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".gnu.version_d",
287 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
289 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
292 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".gnu.version",
293 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
295 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, 1))
298 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".gnu.version_r",
299 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
301 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
304 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".dynsym",
305 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
307 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
309 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsym
= s
;
311 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".dynstr",
312 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
316 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".dynamic", flags
);
318 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
321 /* The special symbol _DYNAMIC is always set to the start of the
322 .dynamic section. We could set _DYNAMIC in a linker script, but we
323 only want to define it if we are, in fact, creating a .dynamic
324 section. We don't want to define it if there is no .dynamic
325 section, since on some ELF platforms the start up code examines it
326 to decide how to initialize the process. */
327 h
= _bfd_elf_define_linkage_sym (abfd
, info
, s
, "_DYNAMIC");
328 elf_hash_table (info
)->hdynamic
= h
;
334 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".hash",
335 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
337 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
339 elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_hash_entry
;
342 if (info
->emit_gnu_hash
)
344 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".gnu.hash",
345 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
347 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
349 /* For 64-bit ELF, .gnu.hash is a non-uniform entity size section:
350 4 32-bit words followed by variable count of 64-bit words, then
351 variable count of 32-bit words. */
352 if (bed
->s
->arch_size
== 64)
353 elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
= 0;
355 elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
= 4;
358 /* Let the backend create the rest of the sections. This lets the
359 backend set the right flags. The backend will normally create
360 the .got and .plt sections. */
361 if (bed
->elf_backend_create_dynamic_sections
== NULL
362 || ! (*bed
->elf_backend_create_dynamic_sections
) (abfd
, info
))
365 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
= TRUE
;
370 /* Create dynamic sections when linking against a dynamic object. */
373 _bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
375 flagword flags
, pltflags
;
376 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
378 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
379 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
381 /* We need to create .plt, .rel[a].plt, .got, .got.plt, .dynbss, and
382 .rel[a].bss sections. */
383 flags
= bed
->dynamic_sec_flags
;
386 if (bed
->plt_not_loaded
)
387 /* We do not clear SEC_ALLOC here because we still want the OS to
388 allocate space for the section; it's just that there's nothing
389 to read in from the object file. */
390 pltflags
&= ~ (SEC_CODE
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
392 pltflags
|= SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_CODE
| SEC_LOAD
;
393 if (bed
->plt_readonly
)
394 pltflags
|= SEC_READONLY
;
396 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".plt", pltflags
);
398 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->plt_alignment
))
402 /* Define the symbol _PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_ at the start of the
404 if (bed
->want_plt_sym
)
406 h
= _bfd_elf_define_linkage_sym (abfd
, info
, s
,
407 "_PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_");
408 elf_hash_table (info
)->hplt
= h
;
413 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
,
414 (bed
->rela_plts_and_copies_p
415 ? ".rela.plt" : ".rel.plt"),
416 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
418 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
422 if (! _bfd_elf_create_got_section (abfd
, info
))
425 if (bed
->want_dynbss
)
427 /* The .dynbss section is a place to put symbols which are defined
428 by dynamic objects, are referenced by regular objects, and are
429 not functions. We must allocate space for them in the process
430 image and use a R_*_COPY reloc to tell the dynamic linker to
431 initialize them at run time. The linker script puts the .dynbss
432 section into the .bss section of the final image. */
433 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".dynbss",
434 SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
439 if (bed
->want_dynrelro
)
441 /* Similarly, but for symbols that were originally in read-only
442 sections. This section doesn't really need to have contents,
443 but make it like other .data.rel.ro sections. */
444 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".data.rel.ro",
451 /* The .rel[a].bss section holds copy relocs. This section is not
452 normally needed. We need to create it here, though, so that the
453 linker will map it to an output section. We can't just create it
454 only if we need it, because we will not know whether we need it
455 until we have seen all the input files, and the first time the
456 main linker code calls BFD after examining all the input files
457 (size_dynamic_sections) the input sections have already been
458 mapped to the output sections. If the section turns out not to
459 be needed, we can discard it later. We will never need this
460 section when generating a shared object, since they do not use
462 if (bfd_link_executable (info
))
464 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
,
465 (bed
->rela_plts_and_copies_p
466 ? ".rela.bss" : ".rel.bss"),
467 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
469 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
473 if (bed
->want_dynrelro
)
475 s
= (bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags
476 (abfd
, (bed
->rela_plts_and_copies_p
477 ? ".rela.data.rel.ro" : ".rel.data.rel.ro"),
478 flags
| SEC_READONLY
));
480 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
,
481 bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
483 htab
->sreldynrelro
= s
;
491 /* Record a new dynamic symbol. We record the dynamic symbols as we
492 read the input files, since we need to have a list of all of them
493 before we can determine the final sizes of the output sections.
494 Note that we may actually call this function even though we are not
495 going to output any dynamic symbols; in some cases we know that a
496 symbol should be in the dynamic symbol table, but only if there is
500 bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
501 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
503 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
505 struct elf_strtab_hash
*dynstr
;
510 /* XXX: The ABI draft says the linker must turn hidden and
511 internal symbols into STB_LOCAL symbols when producing the
512 DSO. However, if ld.so honors st_other in the dynamic table,
513 this would not be necessary. */
514 switch (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
))
518 if (h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefined
519 && h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
522 if (!elf_hash_table (info
)->is_relocatable_executable
)
530 h
->dynindx
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
;
531 ++elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
;
533 dynstr
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
;
536 /* Create a strtab to hold the dynamic symbol names. */
537 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
= dynstr
= _bfd_elf_strtab_init ();
542 /* We don't put any version information in the dynamic string
544 name
= h
->root
.root
.string
;
545 p
= strchr (name
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
547 /* We know that the p points into writable memory. In fact,
548 there are only a few symbols that have read-only names, being
549 those like _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ that are created specially
550 by the backends. Most symbols will have names pointing into
551 an ELF string table read from a file, or to objalloc memory. */
554 indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (dynstr
, name
, p
!= NULL
);
559 if (indx
== (size_t) -1)
561 h
->dynstr_index
= indx
;
567 /* Mark a symbol dynamic. */
570 bfd_elf_link_mark_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
571 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
572 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
574 struct bfd_elf_dynamic_list
*d
= info
->dynamic_list
;
576 /* It may be called more than once on the same H. */
577 if(h
->dynamic
|| bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
580 if ((info
->dynamic_data
581 && (h
->type
== STT_OBJECT
582 || h
->type
== STT_COMMON
584 && (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_OBJECT
585 || ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_COMMON
))))
588 && (*d
->match
) (&d
->head
, NULL
, h
->root
.root
.string
)))
591 /* NB: If a symbol is made dynamic by --dynamic-list, it has
593 h
->root
.non_ir_ref_dynamic
= 1;
597 /* Record an assignment to a symbol made by a linker script. We need
598 this in case some dynamic object refers to this symbol. */
601 bfd_elf_record_link_assignment (bfd
*output_bfd
,
602 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
607 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, *hv
;
608 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
609 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
611 if (!is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
614 htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
615 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (htab
, name
, !provide
, TRUE
, FALSE
);
619 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
620 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
622 if (h
->versioned
== unknown
)
624 /* Set versioned if symbol version is unknown. */
625 char *version
= strrchr (name
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
628 if (version
> name
&& version
[-1] != ELF_VER_CHR
)
629 h
->versioned
= versioned_hidden
;
631 h
->versioned
= versioned
;
635 /* Symbols defined in a linker script but not referenced anywhere
636 else will have non_elf set. */
639 bfd_elf_link_mark_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
, NULL
);
643 switch (h
->root
.type
)
645 case bfd_link_hash_defined
:
646 case bfd_link_hash_defweak
:
647 case bfd_link_hash_common
:
649 case bfd_link_hash_undefweak
:
650 case bfd_link_hash_undefined
:
651 /* Since we're defining the symbol, don't let it seem to have not
652 been defined. record_dynamic_symbol and size_dynamic_sections
653 may depend on this. */
654 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_new
;
655 if (h
->root
.u
.undef
.next
!= NULL
|| htab
->root
.undefs_tail
== &h
->root
)
656 bfd_link_repair_undef_list (&htab
->root
);
658 case bfd_link_hash_new
:
660 case bfd_link_hash_indirect
:
661 /* We had a versioned symbol in a dynamic library. We make the
662 the versioned symbol point to this one. */
663 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
665 while (hv
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
666 || hv
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
667 hv
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) hv
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
668 /* We don't need to update h->root.u since linker will set them
670 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_undefined
;
671 hv
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_indirect
;
672 hv
->root
.u
.i
.link
= (struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
673 (*bed
->elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol
) (info
, h
, hv
);
680 /* If this symbol is being provided by the linker script, and it is
681 currently defined by a dynamic object, but not by a regular
682 object, then mark it as undefined so that the generic linker will
683 force the correct value. */
687 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_undefined
;
689 /* If this symbol is not being provided by the linker script, and it is
690 currently defined by a dynamic object, but not by a regular object,
691 then clear out any version information because the symbol will not be
692 associated with the dynamic object any more. */
696 h
->verinfo
.verdef
= NULL
;
698 /* Make sure this symbol is not garbage collected. */
705 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
706 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_INTERNAL
)
707 h
->other
= (h
->other
& ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1)) | STV_HIDDEN
;
708 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, h
, TRUE
);
711 /* STV_HIDDEN and STV_INTERNAL symbols must be STB_LOCAL in shared objects
713 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
715 && (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_HIDDEN
716 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_INTERNAL
))
721 || bfd_link_dll (info
)
722 || elf_hash_table (info
)->is_relocatable_executable
)
726 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
729 /* If this is a weak defined symbol, and we know a corresponding
730 real symbol from the same dynamic object, make sure the real
731 symbol is also made into a dynamic symbol. */
734 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*def
= weakdef (h
);
736 if (def
->dynindx
== -1
737 && !bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, def
))
745 /* Record a new local dynamic symbol. Returns 0 on failure, 1 on
746 success, and 2 on a failure caused by attempting to record a symbol
747 in a discarded section, eg. a discarded link-once section symbol. */
750 bfd_elf_link_record_local_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
755 struct elf_link_local_dynamic_entry
*entry
;
756 struct elf_link_hash_table
*eht
;
757 struct elf_strtab_hash
*dynstr
;
760 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx eshndx
;
761 char esym
[sizeof (Elf64_External_Sym
)];
763 if (! is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
766 /* See if the entry exists already. */
767 for (entry
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynlocal
; entry
; entry
= entry
->next
)
768 if (entry
->input_bfd
== input_bfd
&& entry
->input_indx
== input_indx
)
771 amt
= sizeof (*entry
);
772 entry
= (struct elf_link_local_dynamic_entry
*) bfd_alloc (input_bfd
, amt
);
776 /* Go find the symbol, so that we can find it's name. */
777 if (!bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (input_bfd
, &elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
,
778 1, input_indx
, &entry
->isym
, esym
, &eshndx
))
780 bfd_release (input_bfd
, entry
);
784 if (entry
->isym
.st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
785 && entry
->isym
.st_shndx
< SHN_LORESERVE
)
789 s
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (input_bfd
, entry
->isym
.st_shndx
);
790 if (s
== NULL
|| bfd_is_abs_section (s
->output_section
))
792 /* We can still bfd_release here as nothing has done another
793 bfd_alloc. We can't do this later in this function. */
794 bfd_release (input_bfd
, entry
);
799 name
= (bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section
800 (input_bfd
, elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_link
,
801 entry
->isym
.st_name
));
803 dynstr
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
;
806 /* Create a strtab to hold the dynamic symbol names. */
807 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
= dynstr
= _bfd_elf_strtab_init ();
812 dynstr_index
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (dynstr
, name
, FALSE
);
813 if (dynstr_index
== (size_t) -1)
815 entry
->isym
.st_name
= dynstr_index
;
817 eht
= elf_hash_table (info
);
819 entry
->next
= eht
->dynlocal
;
820 eht
->dynlocal
= entry
;
821 entry
->input_bfd
= input_bfd
;
822 entry
->input_indx
= input_indx
;
825 /* Whatever binding the symbol had before, it's now local. */
827 = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, ELF_ST_TYPE (entry
->isym
.st_info
));
829 /* The dynindx will be set at the end of size_dynamic_sections. */
834 /* Return the dynindex of a local dynamic symbol. */
837 _bfd_elf_link_lookup_local_dynindx (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
841 struct elf_link_local_dynamic_entry
*e
;
843 for (e
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynlocal
; e
; e
= e
->next
)
844 if (e
->input_bfd
== input_bfd
&& e
->input_indx
== input_indx
)
849 /* This function is used to renumber the dynamic symbols, if some of
850 them are removed because they are marked as local. This is called
851 via elf_link_hash_traverse. */
854 elf_link_renumber_hash_table_dynsyms (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
857 size_t *count
= (size_t *) data
;
862 if (h
->dynindx
!= -1)
863 h
->dynindx
= ++(*count
);
869 /* Like elf_link_renumber_hash_table_dynsyms, but just number symbols with
870 STB_LOCAL binding. */
873 elf_link_renumber_local_hash_table_dynsyms (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
876 size_t *count
= (size_t *) data
;
878 if (!h
->forced_local
)
881 if (h
->dynindx
!= -1)
882 h
->dynindx
= ++(*count
);
887 /* Return true if the dynamic symbol for a given section should be
888 omitted when creating a shared library. */
890 _bfd_elf_omit_section_dynsym_default (bfd
*output_bfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
891 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
894 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
897 switch (elf_section_data (p
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
)
901 /* If sh_type is yet undecided, assume it could be
902 SHT_PROGBITS/SHT_NOBITS. */
904 htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
905 if (p
== htab
->tls_sec
)
908 if (htab
->text_index_section
!= NULL
)
909 return p
!= htab
->text_index_section
&& p
!= htab
->data_index_section
;
911 return (htab
->dynobj
!= NULL
912 && (ip
= bfd_get_linker_section (htab
->dynobj
, p
->name
)) != NULL
913 && ip
->output_section
== p
);
915 /* There shouldn't be section relative relocations
916 against any other section. */
923 _bfd_elf_omit_section_dynsym_all
924 (bfd
*output_bfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
925 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
926 asection
*p ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
931 /* Assign dynsym indices. In a shared library we generate a section
932 symbol for each output section, which come first. Next come symbols
933 which have been forced to local binding. Then all of the back-end
934 allocated local dynamic syms, followed by the rest of the global
935 symbols. If SECTION_SYM_COUNT is NULL, section dynindx is not set.
936 (This prevents the early call before elf_backend_init_index_section
937 and strip_excluded_output_sections setting dynindx for sections
938 that are stripped.) */
941 _bfd_elf_link_renumber_dynsyms (bfd
*output_bfd
,
942 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
943 unsigned long *section_sym_count
)
945 unsigned long dynsymcount
= 0;
946 bfd_boolean do_sec
= section_sym_count
!= NULL
;
948 if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
949 || elf_hash_table (info
)->is_relocatable_executable
)
951 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
953 for (p
= output_bfd
->sections
; p
; p
= p
->next
)
954 if ((p
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) == 0
955 && (p
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
956 && !(*bed
->elf_backend_omit_section_dynsym
) (output_bfd
, info
, p
))
960 elf_section_data (p
)->dynindx
= dynsymcount
;
963 elf_section_data (p
)->dynindx
= 0;
966 *section_sym_count
= dynsymcount
;
968 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
969 elf_link_renumber_local_hash_table_dynsyms
,
972 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynlocal
)
974 struct elf_link_local_dynamic_entry
*p
;
975 for (p
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynlocal
; p
; p
= p
->next
)
976 p
->dynindx
= ++dynsymcount
;
978 elf_hash_table (info
)->local_dynsymcount
= dynsymcount
;
980 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
981 elf_link_renumber_hash_table_dynsyms
,
984 /* There is an unused NULL entry at the head of the table which we
985 must account for in our count even if the table is empty since it
986 is intended for the mandatory DT_SYMTAB tag (.dynsym section) in
990 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
= dynsymcount
;
994 /* Merge st_other field. */
997 elf_merge_st_other (bfd
*abfd
, struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
998 const Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
, asection
*sec
,
999 bfd_boolean definition
, bfd_boolean dynamic
)
1001 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
1003 /* If st_other has a processor-specific meaning, specific
1004 code might be needed here. */
1005 if (bed
->elf_backend_merge_symbol_attribute
)
1006 (*bed
->elf_backend_merge_symbol_attribute
) (h
, isym
, definition
,
1011 unsigned symvis
= ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (isym
->st_other
);
1012 unsigned hvis
= ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
);
1014 /* Keep the most constraining visibility. Leave the remainder
1015 of the st_other field to elf_backend_merge_symbol_attribute. */
1016 if (symvis
- 1 < hvis
- 1)
1017 h
->other
= symvis
| (h
->other
& ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1));
1020 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (isym
->st_other
) != STV_DEFAULT
1021 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
1022 h
->protected_def
= 1;
1025 /* This function is called when we want to merge a new symbol with an
1026 existing symbol. It handles the various cases which arise when we
1027 find a definition in a dynamic object, or when there is already a
1028 definition in a dynamic object. The new symbol is described by
1029 NAME, SYM, PSEC, and PVALUE. We set SYM_HASH to the hash table
1030 entry. We set POLDBFD to the old symbol's BFD. We set POLD_WEAK
1031 if the old symbol was weak. We set POLD_ALIGNMENT to the alignment
1032 of an old common symbol. We set OVERRIDE if the old symbol is
1033 overriding a new definition. We set TYPE_CHANGE_OK if it is OK for
1034 the type to change. We set SIZE_CHANGE_OK if it is OK for the size
1035 to change. By OK to change, we mean that we shouldn't warn if the
1036 type or size does change. */
1039 _bfd_elf_merge_symbol (bfd
*abfd
,
1040 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
1042 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
,
1045 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hash
,
1047 bfd_boolean
*pold_weak
,
1048 unsigned int *pold_alignment
,
1050 bfd_boolean
*override
,
1051 bfd_boolean
*type_change_ok
,
1052 bfd_boolean
*size_change_ok
,
1053 bfd_boolean
*matched
)
1055 asection
*sec
, *oldsec
;
1056 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
1057 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*hi
;
1058 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*flip
;
1061 bfd_boolean newdyn
, olddyn
, olddef
, newdef
, newdyncommon
, olddyncommon
;
1062 bfd_boolean newweak
, oldweak
, newfunc
, oldfunc
;
1063 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
1065 bfd_boolean default_sym
= *matched
;
1071 bind
= ELF_ST_BIND (sym
->st_info
);
1073 if (! bfd_is_und_section (sec
))
1074 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
), name
, TRUE
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
1076 h
= ((struct elf_link_hash_entry
*)
1077 bfd_wrapped_link_hash_lookup (abfd
, info
, name
, TRUE
, FALSE
, FALSE
));
1082 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
1084 /* NEW_VERSION is the symbol version of the new symbol. */
1085 if (h
->versioned
!= unversioned
)
1087 /* Symbol version is unknown or versioned. */
1088 new_version
= strrchr (name
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
1091 if (h
->versioned
== unknown
)
1093 if (new_version
> name
&& new_version
[-1] != ELF_VER_CHR
)
1094 h
->versioned
= versioned_hidden
;
1096 h
->versioned
= versioned
;
1099 if (new_version
[0] == '\0')
1103 h
->versioned
= unversioned
;
1108 /* For merging, we only care about real symbols. But we need to make
1109 sure that indirect symbol dynamic flags are updated. */
1111 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
1112 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
1113 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
1117 if (hi
== h
|| h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
1121 /* OLD_HIDDEN is true if the existing symbol is only visible
1122 to the symbol with the same symbol version. NEW_HIDDEN is
1123 true if the new symbol is only visible to the symbol with
1124 the same symbol version. */
1125 bfd_boolean old_hidden
= h
->versioned
== versioned_hidden
;
1126 bfd_boolean new_hidden
= hi
->versioned
== versioned_hidden
;
1127 if (!old_hidden
&& !new_hidden
)
1128 /* The new symbol matches the existing symbol if both
1133 /* OLD_VERSION is the symbol version of the existing
1137 if (h
->versioned
>= versioned
)
1138 old_version
= strrchr (h
->root
.root
.string
,
1143 /* The new symbol matches the existing symbol if they
1144 have the same symbol version. */
1145 *matched
= (old_version
== new_version
1146 || (old_version
!= NULL
1147 && new_version
!= NULL
1148 && strcmp (old_version
, new_version
) == 0));
1153 /* OLDBFD and OLDSEC are a BFD and an ASECTION associated with the
1158 switch (h
->root
.type
)
1163 case bfd_link_hash_undefined
:
1164 case bfd_link_hash_undefweak
:
1165 oldbfd
= h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
;
1168 case bfd_link_hash_defined
:
1169 case bfd_link_hash_defweak
:
1170 oldbfd
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
;
1171 oldsec
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
1174 case bfd_link_hash_common
:
1175 oldbfd
= h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->section
->owner
;
1176 oldsec
= h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->section
;
1178 *pold_alignment
= h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->alignment_power
;
1181 if (poldbfd
&& *poldbfd
== NULL
)
1184 /* Differentiate strong and weak symbols. */
1185 newweak
= bind
== STB_WEAK
;
1186 oldweak
= (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
1187 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
);
1189 *pold_weak
= oldweak
;
1191 /* We have to check it for every instance since the first few may be
1192 references and not all compilers emit symbol type for undefined
1194 bfd_elf_link_mark_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
, sym
);
1196 /* NEWDYN and OLDDYN indicate whether the new or old symbol,
1197 respectively, is from a dynamic object. */
1199 newdyn
= (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0;
1201 /* ref_dynamic_nonweak and dynamic_def flags track actual undefined
1202 syms and defined syms in dynamic libraries respectively.
1203 ref_dynamic on the other hand can be set for a symbol defined in
1204 a dynamic library, and def_dynamic may not be set; When the
1205 definition in a dynamic lib is overridden by a definition in the
1206 executable use of the symbol in the dynamic lib becomes a
1207 reference to the executable symbol. */
1210 if (bfd_is_und_section (sec
))
1212 if (bind
!= STB_WEAK
)
1214 h
->ref_dynamic_nonweak
= 1;
1215 hi
->ref_dynamic_nonweak
= 1;
1220 /* Update the existing symbol only if they match. */
1223 hi
->dynamic_def
= 1;
1227 /* If we just created the symbol, mark it as being an ELF symbol.
1228 Other than that, there is nothing to do--there is no merge issue
1229 with a newly defined symbol--so we just return. */
1231 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
1237 /* In cases involving weak versioned symbols, we may wind up trying
1238 to merge a symbol with itself. Catch that here, to avoid the
1239 confusion that results if we try to override a symbol with
1240 itself. The additional tests catch cases like
1241 _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_, which are regular symbols defined in a
1242 dynamic object, which we do want to handle here. */
1244 && (newweak
|| oldweak
)
1245 && ((abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0
1246 || !h
->def_regular
))
1251 olddyn
= (oldbfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0;
1252 else if (oldsec
!= NULL
)
1254 /* This handles the special SHN_MIPS_{TEXT,DATA} section
1255 indices used by MIPS ELF. */
1256 olddyn
= (oldsec
->symbol
->flags
& BSF_DYNAMIC
) != 0;
1259 /* Handle a case where plugin_notice won't be called and thus won't
1260 set the non_ir_ref flags on the first pass over symbols. */
1262 && (oldbfd
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) != (abfd
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
)
1263 && newdyn
!= olddyn
)
1265 h
->root
.non_ir_ref_dynamic
= TRUE
;
1266 hi
->root
.non_ir_ref_dynamic
= TRUE
;
1269 /* NEWDEF and OLDDEF indicate whether the new or old symbol,
1270 respectively, appear to be a definition rather than reference. */
1272 newdef
= !bfd_is_und_section (sec
) && !bfd_is_com_section (sec
);
1274 olddef
= (h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefined
1275 && h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
1276 && h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_common
);
1278 /* NEWFUNC and OLDFUNC indicate whether the new or old symbol,
1279 respectively, appear to be a function. */
1281 newfunc
= (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) != STT_NOTYPE
1282 && bed
->is_function_type (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
)));
1284 oldfunc
= (h
->type
!= STT_NOTYPE
1285 && bed
->is_function_type (h
->type
));
1287 if (!(newfunc
&& oldfunc
)
1288 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) != h
->type
1289 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) != STT_NOTYPE
1290 && h
->type
!= STT_NOTYPE
1291 && (newdef
|| bfd_is_com_section (sec
))
1292 && (olddef
|| h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
))
1294 /* If creating a default indirect symbol ("foo" or "foo@") from
1295 a dynamic versioned definition ("foo@@") skip doing so if
1296 there is an existing regular definition with a different
1297 type. We don't want, for example, a "time" variable in the
1298 executable overriding a "time" function in a shared library. */
1306 /* When adding a symbol from a regular object file after we have
1307 created indirect symbols, undo the indirection and any
1314 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, h
, TRUE
);
1315 h
->forced_local
= 0;
1319 if (h
->root
.u
.undef
.next
|| info
->hash
->undefs_tail
== &h
->root
)
1321 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_undefined
;
1322 h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
= abfd
;
1326 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_new
;
1327 h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
= NULL
;
1333 /* Check TLS symbols. We don't check undefined symbols introduced
1334 by "ld -u" which have no type (and oldbfd NULL), and we don't
1335 check symbols from plugins because they also have no type. */
1337 && (oldbfd
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) == 0
1338 && (abfd
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) == 0
1339 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) != h
->type
1340 && (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_TLS
|| h
->type
== STT_TLS
))
1343 bfd_boolean ntdef
, tdef
;
1344 asection
*ntsec
, *tsec
;
1346 if (h
->type
== STT_TLS
)
1367 /* xgettext:c-format */
1368 (_("%s: TLS definition in %pB section %pA "
1369 "mismatches non-TLS definition in %pB section %pA"),
1370 h
->root
.root
.string
, tbfd
, tsec
, ntbfd
, ntsec
);
1371 else if (!tdef
&& !ntdef
)
1373 /* xgettext:c-format */
1374 (_("%s: TLS reference in %pB "
1375 "mismatches non-TLS reference in %pB"),
1376 h
->root
.root
.string
, tbfd
, ntbfd
);
1379 /* xgettext:c-format */
1380 (_("%s: TLS definition in %pB section %pA "
1381 "mismatches non-TLS reference in %pB"),
1382 h
->root
.root
.string
, tbfd
, tsec
, ntbfd
);
1385 /* xgettext:c-format */
1386 (_("%s: TLS reference in %pB "
1387 "mismatches non-TLS definition in %pB section %pA"),
1388 h
->root
.root
.string
, tbfd
, ntbfd
, ntsec
);
1390 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
1394 /* If the old symbol has non-default visibility, we ignore the new
1395 definition from a dynamic object. */
1397 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_DEFAULT
1398 && !bfd_is_und_section (sec
))
1401 /* Make sure this symbol is dynamic. */
1403 hi
->ref_dynamic
= 1;
1404 /* A protected symbol has external availability. Make sure it is
1405 recorded as dynamic.
1407 FIXME: Should we check type and size for protected symbol? */
1408 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_PROTECTED
)
1409 return bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
);
1414 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (sym
->st_other
) != STV_DEFAULT
1417 /* If the new symbol with non-default visibility comes from a
1418 relocatable file and the old definition comes from a dynamic
1419 object, we remove the old definition. */
1420 if (hi
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
1422 /* Handle the case where the old dynamic definition is
1423 default versioned. We need to copy the symbol info from
1424 the symbol with default version to the normal one if it
1425 was referenced before. */
1428 hi
->root
.type
= h
->root
.type
;
1429 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_indirect
;
1430 (*bed
->elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol
) (info
, hi
, h
);
1432 h
->root
.u
.i
.link
= (struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*) hi
;
1433 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (sym
->st_other
) != STV_PROTECTED
)
1435 /* If the new symbol is hidden or internal, completely undo
1436 any dynamic link state. */
1437 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, h
, TRUE
);
1438 h
->forced_local
= 0;
1445 /* FIXME: Should we check type and size for protected symbol? */
1455 /* If the old symbol was undefined before, then it will still be
1456 on the undefs list. If the new symbol is undefined or
1457 common, we can't make it bfd_link_hash_new here, because new
1458 undefined or common symbols will be added to the undefs list
1459 by _bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol. Symbols may not be
1460 added twice to the undefs list. Also, if the new symbol is
1461 undefweak then we don't want to lose the strong undef. */
1462 if (h
->root
.u
.undef
.next
|| info
->hash
->undefs_tail
== &h
->root
)
1464 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_undefined
;
1465 h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
= abfd
;
1469 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_new
;
1470 h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
= NULL
;
1473 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (sym
->st_other
) != STV_PROTECTED
)
1475 /* If the new symbol is hidden or internal, completely undo
1476 any dynamic link state. */
1477 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, h
, TRUE
);
1478 h
->forced_local
= 0;
1484 /* FIXME: Should we check type and size for protected symbol? */
1490 /* If a new weak symbol definition comes from a regular file and the
1491 old symbol comes from a dynamic library, we treat the new one as
1492 strong. Similarly, an old weak symbol definition from a regular
1493 file is treated as strong when the new symbol comes from a dynamic
1494 library. Further, an old weak symbol from a dynamic library is
1495 treated as strong if the new symbol is from a dynamic library.
1496 This reflects the way glibc's ld.so works.
1498 Also allow a weak symbol to override a linker script symbol
1499 defined by an early pass over the script. This is done so the
1500 linker knows the symbol is defined in an object file, for the
1501 DEFINED script function.
1503 Do this before setting *type_change_ok or *size_change_ok so that
1504 we warn properly when dynamic library symbols are overridden. */
1506 if (newdef
&& !newdyn
&& (olddyn
|| h
->root
.ldscript_def
))
1508 if (olddef
&& newdyn
)
1511 /* Allow changes between different types of function symbol. */
1512 if (newfunc
&& oldfunc
)
1513 *type_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1515 /* It's OK to change the type if either the existing symbol or the
1516 new symbol is weak. A type change is also OK if the old symbol
1517 is undefined and the new symbol is defined. */
1522 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
))
1523 *type_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1525 /* It's OK to change the size if either the existing symbol or the
1526 new symbol is weak, or if the old symbol is undefined. */
1529 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
)
1530 *size_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1532 /* NEWDYNCOMMON and OLDDYNCOMMON indicate whether the new or old
1533 symbol, respectively, appears to be a common symbol in a dynamic
1534 object. If a symbol appears in an uninitialized section, and is
1535 not weak, and is not a function, then it may be a common symbol
1536 which was resolved when the dynamic object was created. We want
1537 to treat such symbols specially, because they raise special
1538 considerations when setting the symbol size: if the symbol
1539 appears as a common symbol in a regular object, and the size in
1540 the regular object is larger, we must make sure that we use the
1541 larger size. This problematic case can always be avoided in C,
1542 but it must be handled correctly when using Fortran shared
1545 Note that if NEWDYNCOMMON is set, NEWDEF will be set, and
1546 likewise for OLDDYNCOMMON and OLDDEF.
1548 Note that this test is just a heuristic, and that it is quite
1549 possible to have an uninitialized symbol in a shared object which
1550 is really a definition, rather than a common symbol. This could
1551 lead to some minor confusion when the symbol really is a common
1552 symbol in some regular object. However, I think it will be
1558 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
1559 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) == 0
1562 newdyncommon
= TRUE
;
1564 newdyncommon
= FALSE
;
1568 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
1570 && (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
1571 && (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) == 0
1574 olddyncommon
= TRUE
;
1576 olddyncommon
= FALSE
;
1578 /* We now know everything about the old and new symbols. We ask the
1579 backend to check if we can merge them. */
1580 if (bed
->merge_symbol
!= NULL
)
1582 if (!bed
->merge_symbol (h
, sym
, psec
, newdef
, olddef
, oldbfd
, oldsec
))
1587 /* There are multiple definitions of a normal symbol. Skip the
1588 default symbol as well as definition from an IR object. */
1589 if (olddef
&& !olddyn
&& !oldweak
&& newdef
&& !newdyn
&& !newweak
1590 && !default_sym
&& h
->def_regular
1592 && (oldbfd
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) != 0
1593 && (abfd
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) == 0))
1595 /* Handle a multiple definition. */
1596 (*info
->callbacks
->multiple_definition
) (info
, &h
->root
,
1597 abfd
, sec
, *pvalue
);
1602 /* If both the old and the new symbols look like common symbols in a
1603 dynamic object, set the size of the symbol to the larger of the
1608 && sym
->st_size
!= h
->size
)
1610 /* Since we think we have two common symbols, issue a multiple
1611 common warning if desired. Note that we only warn if the
1612 size is different. If the size is the same, we simply let
1613 the old symbol override the new one as normally happens with
1614 symbols defined in dynamic objects. */
1616 (*info
->callbacks
->multiple_common
) (info
, &h
->root
, abfd
,
1617 bfd_link_hash_common
, sym
->st_size
);
1618 if (sym
->st_size
> h
->size
)
1619 h
->size
= sym
->st_size
;
1621 *size_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1624 /* If we are looking at a dynamic object, and we have found a
1625 definition, we need to see if the symbol was already defined by
1626 some other object. If so, we want to use the existing
1627 definition, and we do not want to report a multiple symbol
1628 definition error; we do this by clobbering *PSEC to be
1629 bfd_und_section_ptr.
1631 We treat a common symbol as a definition if the symbol in the
1632 shared library is a function, since common symbols always
1633 represent variables; this can cause confusion in principle, but
1634 any such confusion would seem to indicate an erroneous program or
1635 shared library. We also permit a common symbol in a regular
1636 object to override a weak symbol in a shared object. */
1641 || (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
1642 && (newweak
|| newfunc
))))
1646 newdyncommon
= FALSE
;
1648 *psec
= sec
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
1649 *size_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1651 /* If we get here when the old symbol is a common symbol, then
1652 we are explicitly letting it override a weak symbol or
1653 function in a dynamic object, and we don't want to warn about
1654 a type change. If the old symbol is a defined symbol, a type
1655 change warning may still be appropriate. */
1657 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
1658 *type_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1661 /* Handle the special case of an old common symbol merging with a
1662 new symbol which looks like a common symbol in a shared object.
1663 We change *PSEC and *PVALUE to make the new symbol look like a
1664 common symbol, and let _bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol do the
1668 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
1672 newdyncommon
= FALSE
;
1673 *pvalue
= sym
->st_size
;
1674 *psec
= sec
= bed
->common_section (oldsec
);
1675 *size_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1678 /* Skip weak definitions of symbols that are already defined. */
1679 if (newdef
&& olddef
&& newweak
)
1681 /* Don't skip new non-IR weak syms. */
1682 if (!(oldbfd
!= NULL
1683 && (oldbfd
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) != 0
1684 && (abfd
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) == 0))
1690 /* Merge st_other. If the symbol already has a dynamic index,
1691 but visibility says it should not be visible, turn it into a
1693 elf_merge_st_other (abfd
, h
, sym
, sec
, newdef
, newdyn
);
1694 if (h
->dynindx
!= -1)
1695 switch (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
))
1699 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, h
, TRUE
);
1704 /* If the old symbol is from a dynamic object, and the new symbol is
1705 a definition which is not from a dynamic object, then the new
1706 symbol overrides the old symbol. Symbols from regular files
1707 always take precedence over symbols from dynamic objects, even if
1708 they are defined after the dynamic object in the link.
1710 As above, we again permit a common symbol in a regular object to
1711 override a definition in a shared object if the shared object
1712 symbol is a function or is weak. */
1717 || (bfd_is_com_section (sec
)
1718 && (oldweak
|| oldfunc
)))
1723 /* Change the hash table entry to undefined, and let
1724 _bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol do the right thing with the
1727 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_undefined
;
1728 h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
;
1729 *size_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1732 olddyncommon
= FALSE
;
1734 /* We again permit a type change when a common symbol may be
1735 overriding a function. */
1737 if (bfd_is_com_section (sec
))
1741 /* If a common symbol overrides a function, make sure
1742 that it isn't defined dynamically nor has type
1745 h
->type
= STT_NOTYPE
;
1747 *type_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1750 if (hi
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
1753 /* This union may have been set to be non-NULL when this symbol
1754 was seen in a dynamic object. We must force the union to be
1755 NULL, so that it is correct for a regular symbol. */
1756 h
->verinfo
.vertree
= NULL
;
1759 /* Handle the special case of a new common symbol merging with an
1760 old symbol that looks like it might be a common symbol defined in
1761 a shared object. Note that we have already handled the case in
1762 which a new common symbol should simply override the definition
1763 in the shared library. */
1766 && bfd_is_com_section (sec
)
1769 /* It would be best if we could set the hash table entry to a
1770 common symbol, but we don't know what to use for the section
1771 or the alignment. */
1772 (*info
->callbacks
->multiple_common
) (info
, &h
->root
, abfd
,
1773 bfd_link_hash_common
, sym
->st_size
);
1775 /* If the presumed common symbol in the dynamic object is
1776 larger, pretend that the new symbol has its size. */
1778 if (h
->size
> *pvalue
)
1781 /* We need to remember the alignment required by the symbol
1782 in the dynamic object. */
1783 BFD_ASSERT (pold_alignment
);
1784 *pold_alignment
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->alignment_power
;
1787 olddyncommon
= FALSE
;
1789 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_undefined
;
1790 h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
;
1792 *size_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1793 *type_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1795 if (hi
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
1798 h
->verinfo
.vertree
= NULL
;
1803 /* Handle the case where we had a versioned symbol in a dynamic
1804 library and now find a definition in a normal object. In this
1805 case, we make the versioned symbol point to the normal one. */
1806 flip
->root
.type
= h
->root
.type
;
1807 flip
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
= h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
;
1808 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_indirect
;
1809 h
->root
.u
.i
.link
= (struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*) flip
;
1810 (*bed
->elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol
) (info
, flip
, h
);
1814 flip
->ref_dynamic
= 1;
1821 /* This function is called to create an indirect symbol from the
1822 default for the symbol with the default version if needed. The
1823 symbol is described by H, NAME, SYM, SEC, and VALUE. We
1824 set DYNSYM if the new indirect symbol is dynamic. */
1827 _bfd_elf_add_default_symbol (bfd
*abfd
,
1828 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
1829 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
1831 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
,
1835 bfd_boolean
*dynsym
)
1837 bfd_boolean type_change_ok
;
1838 bfd_boolean size_change_ok
;
1841 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*hi
;
1842 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
1843 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
1844 bfd_boolean collect
;
1845 bfd_boolean dynamic
;
1846 bfd_boolean override
;
1848 size_t len
, shortlen
;
1850 bfd_boolean matched
;
1852 if (h
->versioned
== unversioned
|| h
->versioned
== versioned_hidden
)
1855 /* If this symbol has a version, and it is the default version, we
1856 create an indirect symbol from the default name to the fully
1857 decorated name. This will cause external references which do not
1858 specify a version to be bound to this version of the symbol. */
1859 p
= strchr (name
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
1860 if (h
->versioned
== unknown
)
1864 h
->versioned
= unversioned
;
1869 if (p
[1] != ELF_VER_CHR
)
1871 h
->versioned
= versioned_hidden
;
1875 h
->versioned
= versioned
;
1880 /* PR ld/19073: We may see an unversioned definition after the
1886 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
1887 collect
= bed
->collect
;
1888 dynamic
= (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0;
1890 shortlen
= p
- name
;
1891 shortname
= (char *) bfd_hash_allocate (&info
->hash
->table
, shortlen
+ 1);
1892 if (shortname
== NULL
)
1894 memcpy (shortname
, name
, shortlen
);
1895 shortname
[shortlen
] = '\0';
1897 /* We are going to create a new symbol. Merge it with any existing
1898 symbol with this name. For the purposes of the merge, act as
1899 though we were defining the symbol we just defined, although we
1900 actually going to define an indirect symbol. */
1901 type_change_ok
= FALSE
;
1902 size_change_ok
= FALSE
;
1905 if (!_bfd_elf_merge_symbol (abfd
, info
, shortname
, sym
, &tmp_sec
, &value
,
1906 &hi
, poldbfd
, NULL
, NULL
, &skip
, &override
,
1907 &type_change_ok
, &size_change_ok
, &matched
))
1913 if (hi
->def_regular
)
1915 /* If the undecorated symbol will have a version added by a
1916 script different to H, then don't indirect to/from the
1917 undecorated symbol. This isn't ideal because we may not yet
1918 have seen symbol versions, if given by a script on the
1919 command line rather than via --version-script. */
1920 if (hi
->verinfo
.vertree
== NULL
&& info
->version_info
!= NULL
)
1925 = bfd_find_version_for_sym (info
->version_info
,
1926 hi
->root
.root
.string
, &hide
);
1927 if (hi
->verinfo
.vertree
!= NULL
&& hide
)
1929 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, hi
, TRUE
);
1933 if (hi
->verinfo
.vertree
!= NULL
1934 && strcmp (p
+ 1 + (p
[1] == '@'), hi
->verinfo
.vertree
->name
) != 0)
1940 /* Add the default symbol if not performing a relocatable link. */
1941 if (! bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
1944 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
1945 (info
, abfd
, shortname
, BSF_INDIRECT
,
1946 bfd_ind_section_ptr
,
1947 0, name
, FALSE
, collect
, &bh
)))
1949 hi
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
1954 /* In this case the symbol named SHORTNAME is overriding the
1955 indirect symbol we want to add. We were planning on making
1956 SHORTNAME an indirect symbol referring to NAME. SHORTNAME
1957 is the name without a version. NAME is the fully versioned
1958 name, and it is the default version.
1960 Overriding means that we already saw a definition for the
1961 symbol SHORTNAME in a regular object, and it is overriding
1962 the symbol defined in the dynamic object.
1964 When this happens, we actually want to change NAME, the
1965 symbol we just added, to refer to SHORTNAME. This will cause
1966 references to NAME in the shared object to become references
1967 to SHORTNAME in the regular object. This is what we expect
1968 when we override a function in a shared object: that the
1969 references in the shared object will be mapped to the
1970 definition in the regular object. */
1972 while (hi
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
1973 || hi
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
1974 hi
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) hi
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
1976 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_indirect
;
1977 h
->root
.u
.i
.link
= (struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*) hi
;
1981 hi
->ref_dynamic
= 1;
1985 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, hi
))
1990 /* Now set HI to H, so that the following code will set the
1991 other fields correctly. */
1995 /* Check if HI is a warning symbol. */
1996 if (hi
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
1997 hi
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) hi
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
1999 /* If there is a duplicate definition somewhere, then HI may not
2000 point to an indirect symbol. We will have reported an error to
2001 the user in that case. */
2003 if (hi
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
2005 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*ht
;
2007 ht
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) hi
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
2008 (*bed
->elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol
) (info
, ht
, hi
);
2010 /* A reference to the SHORTNAME symbol from a dynamic library
2011 will be satisfied by the versioned symbol at runtime. In
2012 effect, we have a reference to the versioned symbol. */
2013 ht
->ref_dynamic_nonweak
|= hi
->ref_dynamic_nonweak
;
2014 hi
->dynamic_def
|= ht
->dynamic_def
;
2016 /* See if the new flags lead us to realize that the symbol must
2022 if (! bfd_link_executable (info
)
2029 if (hi
->ref_regular
)
2035 /* We also need to define an indirection from the nondefault version
2039 len
= strlen (name
);
2040 shortname
= (char *) bfd_hash_allocate (&info
->hash
->table
, len
);
2041 if (shortname
== NULL
)
2043 memcpy (shortname
, name
, shortlen
);
2044 memcpy (shortname
+ shortlen
, p
+ 1, len
- shortlen
);
2046 /* Once again, merge with any existing symbol. */
2047 type_change_ok
= FALSE
;
2048 size_change_ok
= FALSE
;
2050 if (!_bfd_elf_merge_symbol (abfd
, info
, shortname
, sym
, &tmp_sec
, &value
,
2051 &hi
, poldbfd
, NULL
, NULL
, &skip
, &override
,
2052 &type_change_ok
, &size_change_ok
, &matched
))
2060 /* Here SHORTNAME is a versioned name, so we don't expect to see
2061 the type of override we do in the case above unless it is
2062 overridden by a versioned definition. */
2063 if (hi
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
2064 && hi
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
2066 /* xgettext:c-format */
2067 (_("%pB: unexpected redefinition of indirect versioned symbol `%s'"),
2073 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
2074 (info
, abfd
, shortname
, BSF_INDIRECT
,
2075 bfd_ind_section_ptr
, 0, name
, FALSE
, collect
, &bh
)))
2077 hi
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
2079 /* If there is a duplicate definition somewhere, then HI may not
2080 point to an indirect symbol. We will have reported an error
2081 to the user in that case. */
2083 if (hi
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
2085 (*bed
->elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol
) (info
, h
, hi
);
2086 h
->ref_dynamic_nonweak
|= hi
->ref_dynamic_nonweak
;
2087 hi
->dynamic_def
|= h
->dynamic_def
;
2089 /* See if the new flags lead us to realize that the symbol
2095 if (! bfd_link_executable (info
)
2101 if (hi
->ref_regular
)
2111 /* This routine is used to export all defined symbols into the dynamic
2112 symbol table. It is called via elf_link_hash_traverse. */
2115 _bfd_elf_export_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
2117 struct elf_info_failed
*eif
= (struct elf_info_failed
*) data
;
2119 /* Ignore indirect symbols. These are added by the versioning code. */
2120 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
2123 /* Ignore this if we won't export it. */
2124 if (!eif
->info
->export_dynamic
&& !h
->dynamic
)
2127 if (h
->dynindx
== -1
2128 && (h
->def_regular
|| h
->ref_regular
)
2129 && ! bfd_hide_sym_by_version (eif
->info
->version_info
,
2130 h
->root
.root
.string
))
2132 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (eif
->info
, h
))
2142 /* Look through the symbols which are defined in other shared
2143 libraries and referenced here. Update the list of version
2144 dependencies. This will be put into the .gnu.version_r section.
2145 This function is called via elf_link_hash_traverse. */
2148 _bfd_elf_link_find_version_dependencies (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
2151 struct elf_find_verdep_info
*rinfo
= (struct elf_find_verdep_info
*) data
;
2152 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*t
;
2153 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*a
;
2156 /* We only care about symbols defined in shared objects with version
2161 || h
->verinfo
.verdef
== NULL
2162 || (elf_dyn_lib_class (h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_bfd
)
2163 & (DYN_AS_NEEDED
| DYN_DT_NEEDED
| DYN_NO_NEEDED
)))
2166 /* See if we already know about this version. */
2167 for (t
= elf_tdata (rinfo
->info
->output_bfd
)->verref
;
2171 if (t
->vn_bfd
!= h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_bfd
)
2174 for (a
= t
->vn_auxptr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->vna_nextptr
)
2175 if (a
->vna_nodename
== h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_nodename
)
2181 /* This is a new version. Add it to tree we are building. */
2186 t
= (Elf_Internal_Verneed
*) bfd_zalloc (rinfo
->info
->output_bfd
, amt
);
2189 rinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
2193 t
->vn_bfd
= h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_bfd
;
2194 t
->vn_nextref
= elf_tdata (rinfo
->info
->output_bfd
)->verref
;
2195 elf_tdata (rinfo
->info
->output_bfd
)->verref
= t
;
2199 a
= (Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*) bfd_zalloc (rinfo
->info
->output_bfd
, amt
);
2202 rinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
2206 /* Note that we are copying a string pointer here, and testing it
2207 above. If bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section is ever changed to
2208 discard the string data when low in memory, this will have to be
2210 a
->vna_nodename
= h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_nodename
;
2212 a
->vna_flags
= h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_flags
;
2213 a
->vna_nextptr
= t
->vn_auxptr
;
2215 h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_exp_refno
= rinfo
->vers
;
2218 a
->vna_other
= h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_exp_refno
+ 1;
2225 /* Return TRUE and set *HIDE to TRUE if the versioned symbol is
2226 hidden. Set *T_P to NULL if there is no match. */
2229 _bfd_elf_link_hide_versioned_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2230 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
2231 const char *version_p
,
2232 struct bfd_elf_version_tree
**t_p
,
2235 struct bfd_elf_version_tree
*t
;
2237 /* Look for the version. If we find it, it is no longer weak. */
2238 for (t
= info
->version_info
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->next
)
2240 if (strcmp (t
->name
, version_p
) == 0)
2244 struct bfd_elf_version_expr
*d
;
2246 len
= version_p
- h
->root
.root
.string
;
2247 alc
= (char *) bfd_malloc (len
);
2250 memcpy (alc
, h
->root
.root
.string
, len
- 1);
2251 alc
[len
- 1] = '\0';
2252 if (alc
[len
- 2] == ELF_VER_CHR
)
2253 alc
[len
- 2] = '\0';
2255 h
->verinfo
.vertree
= t
;
2259 if (t
->globals
.list
!= NULL
)
2260 d
= (*t
->match
) (&t
->globals
, NULL
, alc
);
2262 /* See if there is anything to force this symbol to
2264 if (d
== NULL
&& t
->locals
.list
!= NULL
)
2266 d
= (*t
->match
) (&t
->locals
, NULL
, alc
);
2269 && ! info
->export_dynamic
)
2283 /* Return TRUE if the symbol H is hidden by version script. */
2286 _bfd_elf_link_hide_sym_by_version (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2287 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
2290 bfd_boolean hide
= FALSE
;
2291 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
2292 = get_elf_backend_data (info
->output_bfd
);
2294 /* Version script only hides symbols defined in regular objects. */
2295 if (!h
->def_regular
&& !ELF_COMMON_DEF_P (h
))
2298 p
= strchr (h
->root
.root
.string
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
2299 if (p
!= NULL
&& h
->verinfo
.vertree
== NULL
)
2301 struct bfd_elf_version_tree
*t
;
2304 if (*p
== ELF_VER_CHR
)
2308 && _bfd_elf_link_hide_versioned_symbol (info
, h
, p
, &t
, &hide
)
2312 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, h
, TRUE
);
2317 /* If we don't have a version for this symbol, see if we can find
2319 if (h
->verinfo
.vertree
== NULL
&& info
->version_info
!= NULL
)
2322 = bfd_find_version_for_sym (info
->version_info
,
2323 h
->root
.root
.string
, &hide
);
2324 if (h
->verinfo
.vertree
!= NULL
&& hide
)
2326 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, h
, TRUE
);
2334 /* Figure out appropriate versions for all the symbols. We may not
2335 have the version number script until we have read all of the input
2336 files, so until that point we don't know which symbols should be
2337 local. This function is called via elf_link_hash_traverse. */
2340 _bfd_elf_link_assign_sym_version (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
2342 struct elf_info_failed
*sinfo
;
2343 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
2344 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2345 struct elf_info_failed eif
;
2349 sinfo
= (struct elf_info_failed
*) data
;
2352 /* Fix the symbol flags. */
2355 if (! _bfd_elf_fix_symbol_flags (h
, &eif
))
2358 sinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
2362 /* We only need version numbers for symbols defined in regular
2364 if (!h
->def_regular
)
2368 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (info
->output_bfd
);
2369 p
= strchr (h
->root
.root
.string
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
2370 if (p
!= NULL
&& h
->verinfo
.vertree
== NULL
)
2372 struct bfd_elf_version_tree
*t
;
2375 if (*p
== ELF_VER_CHR
)
2378 /* If there is no version string, we can just return out. */
2382 if (!_bfd_elf_link_hide_versioned_symbol (info
, h
, p
, &t
, &hide
))
2384 sinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
2389 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, h
, TRUE
);
2391 /* If we are building an application, we need to create a
2392 version node for this version. */
2393 if (t
== NULL
&& bfd_link_executable (info
))
2395 struct bfd_elf_version_tree
**pp
;
2398 /* If we aren't going to export this symbol, we don't need
2399 to worry about it. */
2400 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
2403 t
= (struct bfd_elf_version_tree
*) bfd_zalloc (info
->output_bfd
,
2407 sinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
2412 t
->name_indx
= (unsigned int) -1;
2416 /* Don't count anonymous version tag. */
2417 if (sinfo
->info
->version_info
!= NULL
2418 && sinfo
->info
->version_info
->vernum
== 0)
2420 for (pp
= &sinfo
->info
->version_info
;
2424 t
->vernum
= version_index
;
2428 h
->verinfo
.vertree
= t
;
2432 /* We could not find the version for a symbol when
2433 generating a shared archive. Return an error. */
2435 /* xgettext:c-format */
2436 (_("%pB: version node not found for symbol %s"),
2437 info
->output_bfd
, h
->root
.root
.string
);
2438 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
2439 sinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
2444 /* If we don't have a version for this symbol, see if we can find
2447 && h
->verinfo
.vertree
== NULL
2448 && sinfo
->info
->version_info
!= NULL
)
2451 = bfd_find_version_for_sym (sinfo
->info
->version_info
,
2452 h
->root
.root
.string
, &hide
);
2453 if (h
->verinfo
.vertree
!= NULL
&& hide
)
2454 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, h
, TRUE
);
2460 /* Read and swap the relocs from the section indicated by SHDR. This
2461 may be either a REL or a RELA section. The relocations are
2462 translated into RELA relocations and stored in INTERNAL_RELOCS,
2463 which should have already been allocated to contain enough space.
2464 The EXTERNAL_RELOCS are a buffer where the external form of the
2465 relocations should be stored.
2467 Returns FALSE if something goes wrong. */
2470 elf_link_read_relocs_from_section (bfd
*abfd
,
2472 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
,
2473 void *external_relocs
,
2474 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
)
2476 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2477 void (*swap_in
) (bfd
*, const bfd_byte
*, Elf_Internal_Rela
*);
2478 const bfd_byte
*erela
;
2479 const bfd_byte
*erelaend
;
2480 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irela
;
2481 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
2484 /* Position ourselves at the start of the section. */
2485 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, shdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0)
2488 /* Read the relocations. */
2489 if (bfd_bread (external_relocs
, shdr
->sh_size
, abfd
) != shdr
->sh_size
)
2492 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
2493 nsyms
= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr
);
2495 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2497 /* Convert the external relocations to the internal format. */
2498 if (shdr
->sh_entsize
== bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
)
2499 swap_in
= bed
->s
->swap_reloc_in
;
2500 else if (shdr
->sh_entsize
== bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
)
2501 swap_in
= bed
->s
->swap_reloca_in
;
2504 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
2508 erela
= (const bfd_byte
*) external_relocs
;
2509 erelaend
= erela
+ shdr
->sh_size
;
2510 irela
= internal_relocs
;
2511 while (erela
< erelaend
)
2515 (*swap_in
) (abfd
, erela
, irela
);
2516 r_symndx
= ELF32_R_SYM (irela
->r_info
);
2517 if (bed
->s
->arch_size
== 64)
2521 if ((size_t) r_symndx
>= nsyms
)
2524 /* xgettext:c-format */
2525 (_("%pB: bad reloc symbol index (%#" PRIx64
" >= %#lx)"
2526 " for offset %#" PRIx64
" in section `%pA'"),
2527 abfd
, (uint64_t) r_symndx
, (unsigned long) nsyms
,
2528 (uint64_t) irela
->r_offset
, sec
);
2529 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
2533 else if (r_symndx
!= STN_UNDEF
)
2536 /* xgettext:c-format */
2537 (_("%pB: non-zero symbol index (%#" PRIx64
")"
2538 " for offset %#" PRIx64
" in section `%pA'"
2539 " when the object file has no symbol table"),
2540 abfd
, (uint64_t) r_symndx
,
2541 (uint64_t) irela
->r_offset
, sec
);
2542 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
2545 irela
+= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
2546 erela
+= shdr
->sh_entsize
;
2552 /* Read and swap the relocs for a section O. They may have been
2553 cached. If the EXTERNAL_RELOCS and INTERNAL_RELOCS arguments are
2554 not NULL, they are used as buffers to read into. They are known to
2555 be large enough. If the INTERNAL_RELOCS relocs argument is NULL,
2556 the return value is allocated using either malloc or bfd_alloc,
2557 according to the KEEP_MEMORY argument. If O has two relocation
2558 sections (both REL and RELA relocations), then the REL_HDR
2559 relocations will appear first in INTERNAL_RELOCS, followed by the
2560 RELA_HDR relocations. */
2563 _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (bfd
*abfd
,
2565 void *external_relocs
,
2566 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
,
2567 bfd_boolean keep_memory
)
2569 void *alloc1
= NULL
;
2570 Elf_Internal_Rela
*alloc2
= NULL
;
2571 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2572 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdo
= elf_section_data (o
);
2573 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_rela_relocs
;
2575 if (esdo
->relocs
!= NULL
)
2576 return esdo
->relocs
;
2578 if (o
->reloc_count
== 0)
2581 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
)
2585 size
= (bfd_size_type
) o
->reloc_count
* sizeof (Elf_Internal_Rela
);
2587 internal_relocs
= alloc2
= (Elf_Internal_Rela
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, size
);
2589 internal_relocs
= alloc2
= (Elf_Internal_Rela
*) bfd_malloc (size
);
2590 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
)
2594 if (external_relocs
== NULL
)
2596 bfd_size_type size
= 0;
2599 size
+= esdo
->rel
.hdr
->sh_size
;
2601 size
+= esdo
->rela
.hdr
->sh_size
;
2603 alloc1
= bfd_malloc (size
);
2606 external_relocs
= alloc1
;
2609 internal_rela_relocs
= internal_relocs
;
2612 if (!elf_link_read_relocs_from_section (abfd
, o
, esdo
->rel
.hdr
,
2616 external_relocs
= (((bfd_byte
*) external_relocs
)
2617 + esdo
->rel
.hdr
->sh_size
);
2618 internal_rela_relocs
+= (NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (esdo
->rel
.hdr
)
2619 * bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
);
2623 && (!elf_link_read_relocs_from_section (abfd
, o
, esdo
->rela
.hdr
,
2625 internal_rela_relocs
)))
2628 /* Cache the results for next time, if we can. */
2630 esdo
->relocs
= internal_relocs
;
2635 /* Don't free alloc2, since if it was allocated we are passing it
2636 back (under the name of internal_relocs). */
2638 return internal_relocs
;
2646 bfd_release (abfd
, alloc2
);
2653 /* Compute the size of, and allocate space for, REL_HDR which is the
2654 section header for a section containing relocations for O. */
2657 _bfd_elf_link_size_reloc_section (bfd
*abfd
,
2658 struct bfd_elf_section_reloc_data
*reldata
)
2660 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
= reldata
->hdr
;
2662 /* That allows us to calculate the size of the section. */
2663 rel_hdr
->sh_size
= rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
* reldata
->count
;
2665 /* The contents field must last into write_object_contents, so we
2666 allocate it with bfd_alloc rather than malloc. Also since we
2667 cannot be sure that the contents will actually be filled in,
2668 we zero the allocated space. */
2669 rel_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, rel_hdr
->sh_size
);
2670 if (rel_hdr
->contents
== NULL
&& rel_hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
2673 if (reldata
->hashes
== NULL
&& reldata
->count
)
2675 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**p
;
2677 p
= ((struct elf_link_hash_entry
**)
2678 bfd_zmalloc (reldata
->count
* sizeof (*p
)));
2682 reldata
->hashes
= p
;
2688 /* Copy the relocations indicated by the INTERNAL_RELOCS (which
2689 originated from the section given by INPUT_REL_HDR) to the
2693 _bfd_elf_link_output_relocs (bfd
*output_bfd
,
2694 asection
*input_section
,
2695 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*input_rel_hdr
,
2696 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
,
2697 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**rel_hash
2700 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irela
;
2701 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irelaend
;
2703 struct bfd_elf_section_reloc_data
*output_reldata
;
2704 asection
*output_section
;
2705 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2706 void (*swap_out
) (bfd
*, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*, bfd_byte
*);
2707 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdo
;
2709 output_section
= input_section
->output_section
;
2711 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
2712 esdo
= elf_section_data (output_section
);
2713 if (esdo
->rel
.hdr
&& esdo
->rel
.hdr
->sh_entsize
== input_rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
)
2715 output_reldata
= &esdo
->rel
;
2716 swap_out
= bed
->s
->swap_reloc_out
;
2718 else if (esdo
->rela
.hdr
2719 && esdo
->rela
.hdr
->sh_entsize
== input_rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
)
2721 output_reldata
= &esdo
->rela
;
2722 swap_out
= bed
->s
->swap_reloca_out
;
2727 /* xgettext:c-format */
2728 (_("%pB: relocation size mismatch in %pB section %pA"),
2729 output_bfd
, input_section
->owner
, input_section
);
2730 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
2734 erel
= output_reldata
->hdr
->contents
;
2735 erel
+= output_reldata
->count
* input_rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
;
2736 irela
= internal_relocs
;
2737 irelaend
= irela
+ (NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (input_rel_hdr
)
2738 * bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
);
2739 while (irela
< irelaend
)
2741 (*swap_out
) (output_bfd
, irela
, erel
);
2742 irela
+= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
2743 erel
+= input_rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
;
2746 /* Bump the counter, so that we know where to add the next set of
2748 output_reldata
->count
+= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (input_rel_hdr
);
2753 /* Make weak undefined symbols in PIE dynamic. */
2756 _bfd_elf_link_hash_fixup_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2757 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
2759 if (bfd_link_pie (info
)
2761 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
2762 return bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
);
2767 /* Fix up the flags for a symbol. This handles various cases which
2768 can only be fixed after all the input files are seen. This is
2769 currently called by both adjust_dynamic_symbol and
2770 assign_sym_version, which is unnecessary but perhaps more robust in
2771 the face of future changes. */
2774 _bfd_elf_fix_symbol_flags (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
2775 struct elf_info_failed
*eif
)
2777 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2779 /* If this symbol was mentioned in a non-ELF file, try to set
2780 DEF_REGULAR and REF_REGULAR correctly. This is the only way to
2781 permit a non-ELF file to correctly refer to a symbol defined in
2782 an ELF dynamic object. */
2785 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
2786 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
2788 if (h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
2789 && h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
2792 h
->ref_regular_nonweak
= 1;
2796 if (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
!= NULL
2797 && (bfd_get_flavour (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
)
2798 == bfd_target_elf_flavour
))
2801 h
->ref_regular_nonweak
= 1;
2807 if (h
->dynindx
== -1
2811 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (eif
->info
, h
))
2820 /* Unfortunately, NON_ELF is only correct if the symbol
2821 was first seen in a non-ELF file. Fortunately, if the symbol
2822 was first seen in an ELF file, we're probably OK unless the
2823 symbol was defined in a non-ELF file. Catch that case here.
2824 FIXME: We're still in trouble if the symbol was first seen in
2825 a dynamic object, and then later in a non-ELF regular object. */
2826 if ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
2827 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
2829 && (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
!= NULL
2830 ? (bfd_get_flavour (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
)
2831 != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
2832 : (bfd_is_abs_section (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
)
2833 && !h
->def_dynamic
)))
2837 /* Backend specific symbol fixup. */
2838 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (elf_hash_table (eif
->info
)->dynobj
);
2839 if (bed
->elf_backend_fixup_symbol
2840 && !(*bed
->elf_backend_fixup_symbol
) (eif
->info
, h
))
2843 /* If this is a final link, and the symbol was defined as a common
2844 symbol in a regular object file, and there was no definition in
2845 any dynamic object, then the linker will have allocated space for
2846 the symbol in a common section but the DEF_REGULAR
2847 flag will not have been set. */
2848 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
2852 && (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
->flags
& (DYNAMIC
| BFD_PLUGIN
)) == 0)
2855 /* If a weak undefined symbol has non-default visibility, we also
2856 hide it from the dynamic linker. */
2857 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_DEFAULT
2858 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
2859 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (eif
->info
, h
, TRUE
);
2861 /* A hidden versioned symbol in executable should be forced local if
2862 it is is locally defined, not referenced by shared library and not
2864 else if (bfd_link_executable (eif
->info
)
2865 && h
->versioned
== versioned_hidden
2866 && !eif
->info
->export_dynamic
2870 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (eif
->info
, h
, TRUE
);
2872 /* If -Bsymbolic was used (which means to bind references to global
2873 symbols to the definition within the shared object), and this
2874 symbol was defined in a regular object, then it actually doesn't
2875 need a PLT entry. Likewise, if the symbol has non-default
2876 visibility. If the symbol has hidden or internal visibility, we
2877 will force it local. */
2878 else if (h
->needs_plt
2879 && bfd_link_pic (eif
->info
)
2880 && is_elf_hash_table (eif
->info
->hash
)
2881 && (SYMBOLIC_BIND (eif
->info
, h
)
2882 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_DEFAULT
)
2885 bfd_boolean force_local
;
2887 force_local
= (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_INTERNAL
2888 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_HIDDEN
);
2889 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (eif
->info
, h
, force_local
);
2892 /* If this is a weak defined symbol in a dynamic object, and we know
2893 the real definition in the dynamic object, copy interesting flags
2894 over to the real definition. */
2895 if (h
->is_weakalias
)
2897 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*def
= weakdef (h
);
2899 /* If the real definition is defined by a regular object file,
2900 don't do anything special. See the longer description in
2901 _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol, below. */
2902 if (def
->def_regular
)
2905 while ((h
= h
->u
.alias
) != def
)
2906 h
->is_weakalias
= 0;
2910 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
2911 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
2912 BFD_ASSERT (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
2913 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
);
2914 BFD_ASSERT (def
->def_dynamic
);
2915 BFD_ASSERT (def
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
);
2916 (*bed
->elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol
) (eif
->info
, def
, h
);
2923 /* Make the backend pick a good value for a dynamic symbol. This is
2924 called via elf_link_hash_traverse, and also calls itself
2928 _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
2930 struct elf_info_failed
*eif
= (struct elf_info_failed
*) data
;
2931 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
2932 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2934 if (! is_elf_hash_table (eif
->info
->hash
))
2937 /* Ignore indirect symbols. These are added by the versioning code. */
2938 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
2941 /* Fix the symbol flags. */
2942 if (! _bfd_elf_fix_symbol_flags (h
, eif
))
2945 htab
= elf_hash_table (eif
->info
);
2946 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (htab
->dynobj
);
2948 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
2950 if (eif
->info
->dynamic_undefined_weak
== 0)
2951 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (eif
->info
, h
, TRUE
);
2952 else if (eif
->info
->dynamic_undefined_weak
> 0
2954 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_DEFAULT
2955 && !bfd_hide_sym_by_version (eif
->info
->version_info
,
2956 h
->root
.root
.string
))
2958 if (!bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (eif
->info
, h
))
2966 /* If this symbol does not require a PLT entry, and it is not
2967 defined by a dynamic object, or is not referenced by a regular
2968 object, ignore it. We do have to handle a weak defined symbol,
2969 even if no regular object refers to it, if we decided to add it
2970 to the dynamic symbol table. FIXME: Do we normally need to worry
2971 about symbols which are defined by one dynamic object and
2972 referenced by another one? */
2974 && h
->type
!= STT_GNU_IFUNC
2978 && (!h
->is_weakalias
|| weakdef (h
)->dynindx
== -1))))
2980 h
->plt
= elf_hash_table (eif
->info
)->init_plt_offset
;
2984 /* If we've already adjusted this symbol, don't do it again. This
2985 can happen via a recursive call. */
2986 if (h
->dynamic_adjusted
)
2989 /* Don't look at this symbol again. Note that we must set this
2990 after checking the above conditions, because we may look at a
2991 symbol once, decide not to do anything, and then get called
2992 recursively later after REF_REGULAR is set below. */
2993 h
->dynamic_adjusted
= 1;
2995 /* If this is a weak definition, and we know a real definition, and
2996 the real symbol is not itself defined by a regular object file,
2997 then get a good value for the real definition. We handle the
2998 real symbol first, for the convenience of the backend routine.
3000 Note that there is a confusing case here. If the real definition
3001 is defined by a regular object file, we don't get the real symbol
3002 from the dynamic object, but we do get the weak symbol. If the
3003 processor backend uses a COPY reloc, then if some routine in the
3004 dynamic object changes the real symbol, we will not see that
3005 change in the corresponding weak symbol. This is the way other
3006 ELF linkers work as well, and seems to be a result of the shared
3009 I will clarify this issue. Most SVR4 shared libraries define the
3010 variable _timezone and define timezone as a weak synonym. The
3011 tzset call changes _timezone. If you write
3012 extern int timezone;
3014 int main () { tzset (); printf ("%d %d\n", timezone, _timezone); }
3015 you might expect that, since timezone is a synonym for _timezone,
3016 the same number will print both times. However, if the processor
3017 backend uses a COPY reloc, then actually timezone will be copied
3018 into your process image, and, since you define _timezone
3019 yourself, _timezone will not. Thus timezone and _timezone will
3020 wind up at different memory locations. The tzset call will set
3021 _timezone, leaving timezone unchanged. */
3023 if (h
->is_weakalias
)
3025 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*def
= weakdef (h
);
3027 /* If we get to this point, there is an implicit reference to
3028 the alias by a regular object file via the weak symbol H. */
3029 def
->ref_regular
= 1;
3031 /* Ensure that the backend adjust_dynamic_symbol function sees
3032 the strong alias before H by recursively calling ourselves. */
3033 if (!_bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol (def
, eif
))
3037 /* If a symbol has no type and no size and does not require a PLT
3038 entry, then we are probably about to do the wrong thing here: we
3039 are probably going to create a COPY reloc for an empty object.
3040 This case can arise when a shared object is built with assembly
3041 code, and the assembly code fails to set the symbol type. */
3043 && h
->type
== STT_NOTYPE
3046 (_("warning: type and size of dynamic symbol `%s' are not defined"),
3047 h
->root
.root
.string
);
3049 if (! (*bed
->elf_backend_adjust_dynamic_symbol
) (eif
->info
, h
))
3058 /* Adjust the dynamic symbol, H, for copy in the dynamic bss section,
3062 _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_copy (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3063 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
3066 unsigned int power_of_two
;
3068 asection
*sec
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
3070 /* The section alignment of the definition is the maximum alignment
3071 requirement of symbols defined in the section. Since we don't
3072 know the symbol alignment requirement, we start with the
3073 maximum alignment and check low bits of the symbol address
3074 for the minimum alignment. */
3075 power_of_two
= bfd_get_section_alignment (sec
->owner
, sec
);
3076 mask
= ((bfd_vma
) 1 << power_of_two
) - 1;
3077 while ((h
->root
.u
.def
.value
& mask
) != 0)
3083 if (power_of_two
> bfd_get_section_alignment (dynbss
->owner
,
3086 /* Adjust the section alignment if needed. */
3087 if (! bfd_set_section_alignment (dynbss
->owner
, dynbss
,
3092 /* We make sure that the symbol will be aligned properly. */
3093 dynbss
->size
= BFD_ALIGN (dynbss
->size
, mask
+ 1);
3095 /* Define the symbol as being at this point in DYNBSS. */
3096 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= dynbss
;
3097 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= dynbss
->size
;
3099 /* Increment the size of DYNBSS to make room for the symbol. */
3100 dynbss
->size
+= h
->size
;
3102 /* No error if extern_protected_data is true. */
3103 if (h
->protected_def
3104 && (!info
->extern_protected_data
3105 || (info
->extern_protected_data
< 0
3106 && !get_elf_backend_data (dynbss
->owner
)->extern_protected_data
)))
3107 info
->callbacks
->einfo
3108 (_("%P: copy reloc against protected `%pT' is dangerous\n"),
3109 h
->root
.root
.string
);
3114 /* Adjust all external symbols pointing into SEC_MERGE sections
3115 to reflect the object merging within the sections. */
3118 _bfd_elf_link_sec_merge_syms (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
3122 if ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
3123 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
3124 && ((sec
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
)->flags
& SEC_MERGE
)
3125 && sec
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
)
3127 bfd
*output_bfd
= (bfd
*) data
;
3129 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
=
3130 _bfd_merged_section_offset (output_bfd
,
3131 &h
->root
.u
.def
.section
,
3132 elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_info
,
3133 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
);
3139 /* Returns false if the symbol referred to by H should be considered
3140 to resolve local to the current module, and true if it should be
3141 considered to bind dynamically. */
3144 _bfd_elf_dynamic_symbol_p (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
3145 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3146 bfd_boolean not_local_protected
)
3148 bfd_boolean binding_stays_local_p
;
3149 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3150 struct elf_link_hash_table
*hash_table
;
3155 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
3156 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
3157 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
3159 /* If it was forced local, then clearly it's not dynamic. */
3160 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
3162 if (h
->forced_local
)
3165 /* Identify the cases where name binding rules say that a
3166 visible symbol resolves locally. */
3167 binding_stays_local_p
= (bfd_link_executable (info
)
3168 || SYMBOLIC_BIND (info
, h
));
3170 switch (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
))
3177 hash_table
= elf_hash_table (info
);
3178 if (!is_elf_hash_table (hash_table
))
3181 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (hash_table
->dynobj
);
3183 /* Proper resolution for function pointer equality may require
3184 that these symbols perhaps be resolved dynamically, even though
3185 we should be resolving them to the current module. */
3186 if (!not_local_protected
|| !bed
->is_function_type (h
->type
))
3187 binding_stays_local_p
= TRUE
;
3194 /* If it isn't defined locally, then clearly it's dynamic. */
3195 if (!h
->def_regular
&& !ELF_COMMON_DEF_P (h
))
3198 /* Otherwise, the symbol is dynamic if binding rules don't tell
3199 us that it remains local. */
3200 return !binding_stays_local_p
;
3203 /* Return true if the symbol referred to by H should be considered
3204 to resolve local to the current module, and false otherwise. Differs
3205 from (the inverse of) _bfd_elf_dynamic_symbol_p in the treatment of
3206 undefined symbols. The two functions are virtually identical except
3207 for the place where dynindx == -1 is tested. If that test is true,
3208 _bfd_elf_dynamic_symbol_p will say the symbol is local, while
3209 _bfd_elf_symbol_refs_local_p will say the symbol is local only for
3211 It might seem that _bfd_elf_dynamic_symbol_p could be rewritten as
3212 !_bfd_elf_symbol_refs_local_p, except that targets differ in their
3213 treatment of undefined weak symbols. For those that do not make
3214 undefined weak symbols dynamic, both functions may return false. */
3217 _bfd_elf_symbol_refs_local_p (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
3218 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3219 bfd_boolean local_protected
)
3221 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3222 struct elf_link_hash_table
*hash_table
;
3224 /* If it's a local sym, of course we resolve locally. */
3228 /* STV_HIDDEN or STV_INTERNAL ones must be local. */
3229 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_HIDDEN
3230 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_INTERNAL
)
3233 /* Forced local symbols resolve locally. */
3234 if (h
->forced_local
)
3237 /* Common symbols that become definitions don't get the DEF_REGULAR
3238 flag set, so test it first, and don't bail out. */
3239 if (ELF_COMMON_DEF_P (h
))
3241 /* If we don't have a definition in a regular file, then we can't
3242 resolve locally. The sym is either undefined or dynamic. */
3243 else if (!h
->def_regular
)
3246 /* Non-dynamic symbols resolve locally. */
3247 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
3250 /* At this point, we know the symbol is defined and dynamic. In an
3251 executable it must resolve locally, likewise when building symbolic
3252 shared libraries. */
3253 if (bfd_link_executable (info
) || SYMBOLIC_BIND (info
, h
))
3256 /* Now deal with defined dynamic symbols in shared libraries. Ones
3257 with default visibility might not resolve locally. */
3258 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_DEFAULT
)
3261 hash_table
= elf_hash_table (info
);
3262 if (!is_elf_hash_table (hash_table
))
3265 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (hash_table
->dynobj
);
3267 /* If extern_protected_data is false, STV_PROTECTED non-function
3268 symbols are local. */
3269 if ((!info
->extern_protected_data
3270 || (info
->extern_protected_data
< 0
3271 && !bed
->extern_protected_data
))
3272 && !bed
->is_function_type (h
->type
))
3275 /* Function pointer equality tests may require that STV_PROTECTED
3276 symbols be treated as dynamic symbols. If the address of a
3277 function not defined in an executable is set to that function's
3278 plt entry in the executable, then the address of the function in
3279 a shared library must also be the plt entry in the executable. */
3280 return local_protected
;
3283 /* Caches some TLS segment info, and ensures that the TLS segment vma is
3284 aligned. Returns the first TLS output section. */
3286 struct bfd_section
*
3287 _bfd_elf_tls_setup (bfd
*obfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3289 struct bfd_section
*sec
, *tls
;
3290 unsigned int align
= 0;
3292 for (sec
= obfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
3293 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) != 0)
3297 for (; sec
!= NULL
&& (sec
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) != 0; sec
= sec
->next
)
3298 if (sec
->alignment_power
> align
)
3299 align
= sec
->alignment_power
;
3301 elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
= tls
;
3303 /* Ensure the alignment of the first section is the largest alignment,
3304 so that the tls segment starts aligned. */
3306 tls
->alignment_power
= align
;
3311 /* Return TRUE iff this is a non-common, definition of a non-function symbol. */
3313 is_global_data_symbol_definition (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
3314 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
3316 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3318 /* Local symbols do not count, but target specific ones might. */
3319 if (ELF_ST_BIND (sym
->st_info
) != STB_GLOBAL
3320 && ELF_ST_BIND (sym
->st_info
) < STB_LOOS
)
3323 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3324 /* Function symbols do not count. */
3325 if (bed
->is_function_type (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
)))
3328 /* If the section is undefined, then so is the symbol. */
3329 if (sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
)
3332 /* If the symbol is defined in the common section, then
3333 it is a common definition and so does not count. */
3334 if (bed
->common_definition (sym
))
3337 /* If the symbol is in a target specific section then we
3338 must rely upon the backend to tell us what it is. */
3339 if (sym
->st_shndx
>= SHN_LORESERVE
&& sym
->st_shndx
< SHN_ABS
)
3340 /* FIXME - this function is not coded yet:
3342 return _bfd_is_global_symbol_definition (abfd, sym);
3344 Instead for now assume that the definition is not global,
3345 Even if this is wrong, at least the linker will behave
3346 in the same way that it used to do. */
3352 /* Search the symbol table of the archive element of the archive ABFD
3353 whose archive map contains a mention of SYMDEF, and determine if
3354 the symbol is defined in this element. */
3356 elf_link_is_defined_archive_symbol (bfd
* abfd
, carsym
* symdef
)
3358 Elf_Internal_Shdr
* hdr
;
3362 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
;
3363 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
3364 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymend
;
3367 abfd
= _bfd_get_elt_at_filepos (abfd
, symdef
->file_offset
);
3371 if (! bfd_check_format (abfd
, bfd_object
))
3374 /* Select the appropriate symbol table. If we don't know if the
3375 object file is an IR object, give linker LTO plugin a chance to
3376 get the correct symbol table. */
3377 if (abfd
->plugin_format
== bfd_plugin_yes
3378 #if BFD_SUPPORTS_PLUGINS
3379 || (abfd
->plugin_format
== bfd_plugin_unknown
3380 && bfd_link_plugin_object_p (abfd
))
3384 /* Use the IR symbol table if the object has been claimed by
3386 abfd
= abfd
->plugin_dummy_bfd
;
3387 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
3389 else if ((abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0 || elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
3390 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
3392 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynsymtab_hdr
;
3394 symcount
= hdr
->sh_size
/ get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_sym
;
3396 /* The sh_info field of the symtab header tells us where the
3397 external symbols start. We don't care about the local symbols. */
3398 if (elf_bad_symtab (abfd
))
3400 extsymcount
= symcount
;
3405 extsymcount
= symcount
- hdr
->sh_info
;
3406 extsymoff
= hdr
->sh_info
;
3409 if (extsymcount
== 0)
3412 /* Read in the symbol table. */
3413 isymbuf
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, hdr
, extsymcount
, extsymoff
,
3415 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
3418 /* Scan the symbol table looking for SYMDEF. */
3420 for (isym
= isymbuf
, isymend
= isymbuf
+ extsymcount
; isym
< isymend
; isym
++)
3424 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
,
3429 if (strcmp (name
, symdef
->name
) == 0)
3431 result
= is_global_data_symbol_definition (abfd
, isym
);
3441 /* Add an entry to the .dynamic table. */
3444 _bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3448 struct elf_link_hash_table
*hash_table
;
3449 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3451 bfd_size_type newsize
;
3452 bfd_byte
*newcontents
;
3453 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
3455 hash_table
= elf_hash_table (info
);
3456 if (! is_elf_hash_table (hash_table
))
3459 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (hash_table
->dynobj
);
3460 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (hash_table
->dynobj
, ".dynamic");
3461 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
3463 newsize
= s
->size
+ bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
;
3464 newcontents
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_realloc (s
->contents
, newsize
);
3465 if (newcontents
== NULL
)
3469 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= val
;
3470 bed
->s
->swap_dyn_out (hash_table
->dynobj
, &dyn
, newcontents
+ s
->size
);
3473 s
->contents
= newcontents
;
3478 /* Add a DT_NEEDED entry for this dynamic object if DO_IT is true,
3479 otherwise just check whether one already exists. Returns -1 on error,
3480 1 if a DT_NEEDED tag already exists, and 0 on success. */
3483 elf_add_dt_needed_tag (bfd
*abfd
,
3484 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3488 struct elf_link_hash_table
*hash_table
;
3491 if (!_bfd_elf_link_create_dynstrtab (abfd
, info
))
3494 hash_table
= elf_hash_table (info
);
3495 strindex
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (hash_table
->dynstr
, soname
, FALSE
);
3496 if (strindex
== (size_t) -1)
3499 if (_bfd_elf_strtab_refcount (hash_table
->dynstr
, strindex
) != 1)
3502 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3505 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (hash_table
->dynobj
);
3506 sdyn
= bfd_get_linker_section (hash_table
->dynobj
, ".dynamic");
3508 for (extdyn
= sdyn
->contents
;
3509 extdyn
< sdyn
->contents
+ sdyn
->size
;
3510 extdyn
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
)
3512 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
3514 bed
->s
->swap_dyn_in (hash_table
->dynobj
, extdyn
, &dyn
);
3515 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_NEEDED
3516 && dyn
.d_un
.d_val
== strindex
)
3518 _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (hash_table
->dynstr
, strindex
);
3526 if (!_bfd_elf_link_create_dynamic_sections (hash_table
->dynobj
, info
))
3529 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_NEEDED
, strindex
))
3533 /* We were just checking for existence of the tag. */
3534 _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (hash_table
->dynstr
, strindex
);
3539 /* Return true if SONAME is on the needed list between NEEDED and STOP
3540 (or the end of list if STOP is NULL), and needed by a library that
3544 on_needed_list (const char *soname
,
3545 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*needed
,
3546 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*stop
)
3548 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*look
;
3549 for (look
= needed
; look
!= stop
; look
= look
->next
)
3550 if (strcmp (soname
, look
->name
) == 0
3551 && ((elf_dyn_lib_class (look
->by
) & DYN_AS_NEEDED
) == 0
3552 /* If needed by a library that itself is not directly
3553 needed, recursively check whether that library is
3554 indirectly needed. Since we add DT_NEEDED entries to
3555 the end of the list, library dependencies appear after
3556 the library. Therefore search prior to the current
3557 LOOK, preventing possible infinite recursion. */
3558 || on_needed_list (elf_dt_name (look
->by
), needed
, look
)))
3564 /* Sort symbol by value, section, and size. */
3566 elf_sort_symbol (const void *arg1
, const void *arg2
)
3568 const struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h1
;
3569 const struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h2
;
3570 bfd_signed_vma vdiff
;
3572 h1
= *(const struct elf_link_hash_entry
**) arg1
;
3573 h2
= *(const struct elf_link_hash_entry
**) arg2
;
3574 vdiff
= h1
->root
.u
.def
.value
- h2
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
3576 return vdiff
> 0 ? 1 : -1;
3579 int sdiff
= h1
->root
.u
.def
.section
->id
- h2
->root
.u
.def
.section
->id
;
3581 return sdiff
> 0 ? 1 : -1;
3583 vdiff
= h1
->size
- h2
->size
;
3584 return vdiff
== 0 ? 0 : vdiff
> 0 ? 1 : -1;
3587 /* This function is used to adjust offsets into .dynstr for
3588 dynamic symbols. This is called via elf_link_hash_traverse. */
3591 elf_adjust_dynstr_offsets (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
3593 struct elf_strtab_hash
*dynstr
= (struct elf_strtab_hash
*) data
;
3595 if (h
->dynindx
!= -1)
3596 h
->dynstr_index
= _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (dynstr
, h
->dynstr_index
);
3600 /* Assign string offsets in .dynstr, update all structures referencing
3604 elf_finalize_dynstr (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3606 struct elf_link_hash_table
*hash_table
= elf_hash_table (info
);
3607 struct elf_link_local_dynamic_entry
*entry
;
3608 struct elf_strtab_hash
*dynstr
= hash_table
->dynstr
;
3609 bfd
*dynobj
= hash_table
->dynobj
;
3612 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3615 _bfd_elf_strtab_finalize (dynstr
);
3616 size
= _bfd_elf_strtab_size (dynstr
);
3618 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
);
3619 sdyn
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".dynamic");
3620 BFD_ASSERT (sdyn
!= NULL
);
3622 /* Update all .dynamic entries referencing .dynstr strings. */
3623 for (extdyn
= sdyn
->contents
;
3624 extdyn
< sdyn
->contents
+ sdyn
->size
;
3625 extdyn
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
)
3627 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
3629 bed
->s
->swap_dyn_in (dynobj
, extdyn
, &dyn
);
3633 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= size
;
3643 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (dynstr
, dyn
.d_un
.d_val
);
3648 bed
->s
->swap_dyn_out (dynobj
, &dyn
, extdyn
);
3651 /* Now update local dynamic symbols. */
3652 for (entry
= hash_table
->dynlocal
; entry
; entry
= entry
->next
)
3653 entry
->isym
.st_name
= _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (dynstr
,
3654 entry
->isym
.st_name
);
3656 /* And the rest of dynamic symbols. */
3657 elf_link_hash_traverse (hash_table
, elf_adjust_dynstr_offsets
, dynstr
);
3659 /* Adjust version definitions. */
3660 if (elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->cverdefs
)
3665 Elf_Internal_Verdef def
;
3666 Elf_Internal_Verdaux defaux
;
3668 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".gnu.version_d");
3672 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (output_bfd
, (Elf_External_Verdef
*) p
,
3674 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
3675 if (def
.vd_aux
!= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
))
3677 for (i
= 0; i
< def
.vd_cnt
; ++i
)
3679 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_in (output_bfd
,
3680 (Elf_External_Verdaux
*) p
, &defaux
);
3681 defaux
.vda_name
= _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (dynstr
,
3683 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_out (output_bfd
,
3684 &defaux
, (Elf_External_Verdaux
*) p
);
3685 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
3688 while (def
.vd_next
);
3691 /* Adjust version references. */
3692 if (elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->verref
)
3697 Elf_Internal_Verneed need
;
3698 Elf_Internal_Vernaux needaux
;
3700 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".gnu.version_r");
3704 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_in (output_bfd
, (Elf_External_Verneed
*) p
,
3706 need
.vn_file
= _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (dynstr
, need
.vn_file
);
3707 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_out (output_bfd
, &need
,
3708 (Elf_External_Verneed
*) p
);
3709 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
);
3710 for (i
= 0; i
< need
.vn_cnt
; ++i
)
3712 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_in (output_bfd
,
3713 (Elf_External_Vernaux
*) p
, &needaux
);
3714 needaux
.vna_name
= _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (dynstr
,
3716 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_out (output_bfd
,
3718 (Elf_External_Vernaux
*) p
);
3719 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Vernaux
);
3722 while (need
.vn_next
);
3728 /* Return TRUE iff relocations for INPUT are compatible with OUTPUT.
3729 The default is to only match when the INPUT and OUTPUT are exactly
3733 _bfd_elf_default_relocs_compatible (const bfd_target
*input
,
3734 const bfd_target
*output
)
3736 return input
== output
;
3739 /* Return TRUE iff relocations for INPUT are compatible with OUTPUT.
3740 This version is used when different targets for the same architecture
3741 are virtually identical. */
3744 _bfd_elf_relocs_compatible (const bfd_target
*input
,
3745 const bfd_target
*output
)
3747 const struct elf_backend_data
*obed
, *ibed
;
3749 if (input
== output
)
3752 ibed
= xvec_get_elf_backend_data (input
);
3753 obed
= xvec_get_elf_backend_data (output
);
3755 if (ibed
->arch
!= obed
->arch
)
3758 /* If both backends are using this function, deem them compatible. */
3759 return ibed
->relocs_compatible
== obed
->relocs_compatible
;
3762 /* Make a special call to the linker "notice" function to tell it that
3763 we are about to handle an as-needed lib, or have finished
3764 processing the lib. */
3767 _bfd_elf_notice_as_needed (bfd
*ibfd
,
3768 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3769 enum notice_asneeded_action act
)
3771 return (*info
->callbacks
->notice
) (info
, NULL
, NULL
, ibfd
, NULL
, act
, 0);
3774 /* Check relocations an ELF object file. */
3777 _bfd_elf_link_check_relocs (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3779 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3780 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
3782 /* If this object is the same format as the output object, and it is
3783 not a shared library, then let the backend look through the
3786 This is required to build global offset table entries and to
3787 arrange for dynamic relocs. It is not required for the
3788 particular common case of linking non PIC code, even when linking
3789 against shared libraries, but unfortunately there is no way of
3790 knowing whether an object file has been compiled PIC or not.
3791 Looking through the relocs is not particularly time consuming.
3792 The problem is that we must either (1) keep the relocs in memory,
3793 which causes the linker to require additional runtime memory or
3794 (2) read the relocs twice from the input file, which wastes time.
3795 This would be a good case for using mmap.
3797 I have no idea how to handle linking PIC code into a file of a
3798 different format. It probably can't be done. */
3799 if ((abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0
3800 && is_elf_hash_table (htab
)
3801 && bed
->check_relocs
!= NULL
3802 && elf_object_id (abfd
) == elf_hash_table_id (htab
)
3803 && (*bed
->relocs_compatible
) (abfd
->xvec
, info
->output_bfd
->xvec
))
3807 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
3809 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
;
3812 /* Don't check relocations in excluded sections. */
3813 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0
3814 || (o
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) != 0
3815 || o
->reloc_count
== 0
3816 || ((info
->strip
== strip_all
|| info
->strip
== strip_debugger
)
3817 && (o
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
) != 0)
3818 || bfd_is_abs_section (o
->output_section
))
3821 internal_relocs
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, o
, NULL
, NULL
,
3823 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
)
3826 ok
= (*bed
->check_relocs
) (abfd
, info
, o
, internal_relocs
);
3828 if (elf_section_data (o
)->relocs
!= internal_relocs
)
3829 free (internal_relocs
);
3839 /* Add symbols from an ELF object file to the linker hash table. */
3842 elf_link_add_object_symbols (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3844 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*ehdr
;
3845 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
3849 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hash
;
3850 bfd_boolean dynamic
;
3851 Elf_External_Versym
*extversym
= NULL
;
3852 Elf_External_Versym
*ever
;
3853 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*weaks
;
3854 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**nondeflt_vers
= NULL
;
3855 size_t nondeflt_vers_cnt
= 0;
3856 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
= NULL
;
3857 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
3858 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymend
;
3859 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3860 bfd_boolean add_needed
;
3861 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3863 void *alloc_mark
= NULL
;
3864 struct bfd_hash_entry
**old_table
= NULL
;
3865 unsigned int old_size
= 0;
3866 unsigned int old_count
= 0;
3867 void *old_tab
= NULL
;
3869 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*old_undefs
= NULL
;
3870 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*old_undefs_tail
= NULL
;
3871 void *old_strtab
= NULL
;
3874 bfd_boolean just_syms
;
3876 htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
3877 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3879 if ((abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0)
3885 /* You can't use -r against a dynamic object. Also, there's no
3886 hope of using a dynamic object which does not exactly match
3887 the format of the output file. */
3888 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
3889 || !is_elf_hash_table (htab
)
3890 || info
->output_bfd
->xvec
!= abfd
->xvec
)
3892 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
3893 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
3895 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
3900 ehdr
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
3901 if (info
->warn_alternate_em
3902 && bed
->elf_machine_code
!= ehdr
->e_machine
3903 && ((bed
->elf_machine_alt1
!= 0
3904 && ehdr
->e_machine
== bed
->elf_machine_alt1
)
3905 || (bed
->elf_machine_alt2
!= 0
3906 && ehdr
->e_machine
== bed
->elf_machine_alt2
)))
3908 /* xgettext:c-format */
3909 (_("alternate ELF machine code found (%d) in %pB, expecting %d"),
3910 ehdr
->e_machine
, abfd
, bed
->elf_machine_code
);
3912 /* As a GNU extension, any input sections which are named
3913 .gnu.warning.SYMBOL are treated as warning symbols for the given
3914 symbol. This differs from .gnu.warning sections, which generate
3915 warnings when they are included in an output file. */
3916 /* PR 12761: Also generate this warning when building shared libraries. */
3917 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
3921 name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, s
);
3922 if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".gnu.warning."))
3927 name
+= sizeof ".gnu.warning." - 1;
3929 /* If this is a shared object, then look up the symbol
3930 in the hash table. If it is there, and it is already
3931 been defined, then we will not be using the entry
3932 from this shared object, so we don't need to warn.
3933 FIXME: If we see the definition in a regular object
3934 later on, we will warn, but we shouldn't. The only
3935 fix is to keep track of what warnings we are supposed
3936 to emit, and then handle them all at the end of the
3940 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
3942 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (htab
, name
, FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
3944 /* FIXME: What about bfd_link_hash_common? */
3946 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
3947 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
3952 msg
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, sz
+ 1);
3956 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, s
, msg
, 0, sz
))
3961 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
3962 (info
, abfd
, name
, BSF_WARNING
, s
, 0, msg
,
3963 FALSE
, bed
->collect
, NULL
)))
3966 if (bfd_link_executable (info
))
3968 /* Clobber the section size so that the warning does
3969 not get copied into the output file. */
3972 /* Also set SEC_EXCLUDE, so that symbols defined in
3973 the warning section don't get copied to the output. */
3974 s
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
3979 just_syms
= ((s
= abfd
->sections
) != NULL
3980 && s
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS
);
3985 /* If we are creating a shared library, create all the dynamic
3986 sections immediately. We need to attach them to something,
3987 so we attach them to this BFD, provided it is the right
3988 format and is not from ld --just-symbols. Always create the
3989 dynamic sections for -E/--dynamic-list. FIXME: If there
3990 are no input BFD's of the same format as the output, we can't
3991 make a shared library. */
3993 && (bfd_link_pic (info
)
3994 || (!bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
3996 && (info
->export_dynamic
|| info
->dynamic
)))
3997 && is_elf_hash_table (htab
)
3998 && info
->output_bfd
->xvec
== abfd
->xvec
3999 && !htab
->dynamic_sections_created
)
4001 if (! _bfd_elf_link_create_dynamic_sections (abfd
, info
))
4005 else if (!is_elf_hash_table (htab
))
4009 const char *soname
= NULL
;
4011 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*rpath
= NULL
, *runpath
= NULL
;
4012 const Elf_Internal_Phdr
*phdr
;
4015 /* ld --just-symbols and dynamic objects don't mix very well.
4016 ld shouldn't allow it. */
4020 /* If this dynamic lib was specified on the command line with
4021 --as-needed in effect, then we don't want to add a DT_NEEDED
4022 tag unless the lib is actually used. Similary for libs brought
4023 in by another lib's DT_NEEDED. When --no-add-needed is used
4024 on a dynamic lib, we don't want to add a DT_NEEDED entry for
4025 any dynamic library in DT_NEEDED tags in the dynamic lib at
4027 add_needed
= (elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
)
4028 & (DYN_AS_NEEDED
| DYN_DT_NEEDED
4029 | DYN_NO_NEEDED
)) == 0;
4031 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic");
4036 unsigned int elfsec
;
4037 unsigned long shlink
;
4039 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, s
, &dynbuf
))
4046 elfsec
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, s
);
4047 if (elfsec
== SHN_BAD
)
4048 goto error_free_dyn
;
4049 shlink
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elfsec
]->sh_link
;
4051 for (extdyn
= dynbuf
;
4052 extdyn
< dynbuf
+ s
->size
;
4053 extdyn
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
)
4055 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
4057 bed
->s
->swap_dyn_in (abfd
, extdyn
, &dyn
);
4058 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_SONAME
)
4060 unsigned int tagv
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
;
4061 soname
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shlink
, tagv
);
4063 goto error_free_dyn
;
4065 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_NEEDED
)
4067 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*n
, **pn
;
4069 unsigned int tagv
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
;
4071 amt
= sizeof (struct bfd_link_needed_list
);
4072 n
= (struct bfd_link_needed_list
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
4073 fnm
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shlink
, tagv
);
4074 if (n
== NULL
|| fnm
== NULL
)
4075 goto error_free_dyn
;
4076 amt
= strlen (fnm
) + 1;
4077 anm
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
4079 goto error_free_dyn
;
4080 memcpy (anm
, fnm
, amt
);
4084 for (pn
= &htab
->needed
; *pn
!= NULL
; pn
= &(*pn
)->next
)
4088 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_RUNPATH
)
4090 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*n
, **pn
;
4092 unsigned int tagv
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
;
4094 amt
= sizeof (struct bfd_link_needed_list
);
4095 n
= (struct bfd_link_needed_list
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
4096 fnm
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shlink
, tagv
);
4097 if (n
== NULL
|| fnm
== NULL
)
4098 goto error_free_dyn
;
4099 amt
= strlen (fnm
) + 1;
4100 anm
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
4102 goto error_free_dyn
;
4103 memcpy (anm
, fnm
, amt
);
4107 for (pn
= & runpath
;
4113 /* Ignore DT_RPATH if we have seen DT_RUNPATH. */
4114 if (!runpath
&& dyn
.d_tag
== DT_RPATH
)
4116 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*n
, **pn
;
4118 unsigned int tagv
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
;
4120 amt
= sizeof (struct bfd_link_needed_list
);
4121 n
= (struct bfd_link_needed_list
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
4122 fnm
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shlink
, tagv
);
4123 if (n
== NULL
|| fnm
== NULL
)
4124 goto error_free_dyn
;
4125 amt
= strlen (fnm
) + 1;
4126 anm
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
4128 goto error_free_dyn
;
4129 memcpy (anm
, fnm
, amt
);
4139 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_AUDIT
)
4141 unsigned int tagv
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
;
4142 audit
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shlink
, tagv
);
4149 /* DT_RUNPATH overrides DT_RPATH. Do _NOT_ bfd_release, as that
4150 frees all more recently bfd_alloc'd blocks as well. */
4156 struct bfd_link_needed_list
**pn
;
4157 for (pn
= &htab
->runpath
; *pn
!= NULL
; pn
= &(*pn
)->next
)
4162 /* If we have a PT_GNU_RELRO program header, mark as read-only
4163 all sections contained fully therein. This makes relro
4164 shared library sections appear as they will at run-time. */
4165 phdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
+ elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
;
4166 while (--phdr
>= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
)
4167 if (phdr
->p_type
== PT_GNU_RELRO
)
4169 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
4170 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
4171 && s
->vma
>= phdr
->p_vaddr
4172 && s
->vma
+ s
->size
<= phdr
->p_vaddr
+ phdr
->p_memsz
)
4173 s
->flags
|= SEC_READONLY
;
4177 /* We do not want to include any of the sections in a dynamic
4178 object in the output file. We hack by simply clobbering the
4179 list of sections in the BFD. This could be handled more
4180 cleanly by, say, a new section flag; the existing
4181 SEC_NEVER_LOAD flag is not the one we want, because that one
4182 still implies that the section takes up space in the output
4184 bfd_section_list_clear (abfd
);
4186 /* Find the name to use in a DT_NEEDED entry that refers to this
4187 object. If the object has a DT_SONAME entry, we use it.
4188 Otherwise, if the generic linker stuck something in
4189 elf_dt_name, we use that. Otherwise, we just use the file
4191 if (soname
== NULL
|| *soname
== '\0')
4193 soname
= elf_dt_name (abfd
);
4194 if (soname
== NULL
|| *soname
== '\0')
4195 soname
= bfd_get_filename (abfd
);
4198 /* Save the SONAME because sometimes the linker emulation code
4199 will need to know it. */
4200 elf_dt_name (abfd
) = soname
;
4202 ret
= elf_add_dt_needed_tag (abfd
, info
, soname
, add_needed
);
4206 /* If we have already included this dynamic object in the
4207 link, just ignore it. There is no reason to include a
4208 particular dynamic object more than once. */
4212 /* Save the DT_AUDIT entry for the linker emulation code. */
4213 elf_dt_audit (abfd
) = audit
;
4216 /* If this is a dynamic object, we always link against the .dynsym
4217 symbol table, not the .symtab symbol table. The dynamic linker
4218 will only see the .dynsym symbol table, so there is no reason to
4219 look at .symtab for a dynamic object. */
4221 if (! dynamic
|| elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
4222 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
4224 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynsymtab_hdr
;
4226 symcount
= hdr
->sh_size
/ bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
4228 /* The sh_info field of the symtab header tells us where the
4229 external symbols start. We don't care about the local symbols at
4231 if (elf_bad_symtab (abfd
))
4233 extsymcount
= symcount
;
4238 extsymcount
= symcount
- hdr
->sh_info
;
4239 extsymoff
= hdr
->sh_info
;
4242 sym_hash
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
4243 if (extsymcount
!= 0)
4245 isymbuf
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, hdr
, extsymcount
, extsymoff
,
4247 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
4250 if (sym_hash
== NULL
)
4252 /* We store a pointer to the hash table entry for each
4255 amt
*= sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*);
4256 sym_hash
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
**) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4257 if (sym_hash
== NULL
)
4258 goto error_free_sym
;
4259 elf_sym_hashes (abfd
) = sym_hash
;
4265 /* Read in any version definitions. */
4266 if (!_bfd_elf_slurp_version_tables (abfd
,
4267 info
->default_imported_symver
))
4268 goto error_free_sym
;
4270 /* Read in the symbol versions, but don't bother to convert them
4271 to internal format. */
4272 if (elf_dynversym (abfd
) != 0)
4274 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*versymhdr
;
4276 versymhdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynversym_hdr
;
4277 extversym
= (Elf_External_Versym
*) bfd_malloc (versymhdr
->sh_size
);
4278 if (extversym
== NULL
)
4279 goto error_free_sym
;
4280 amt
= versymhdr
->sh_size
;
4281 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, versymhdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
4282 || bfd_bread (extversym
, amt
, abfd
) != amt
)
4283 goto error_free_vers
;
4287 /* If we are loading an as-needed shared lib, save the symbol table
4288 state before we start adding symbols. If the lib turns out
4289 to be unneeded, restore the state. */
4290 if ((elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
) & DYN_AS_NEEDED
) != 0)
4295 for (entsize
= 0, i
= 0; i
< htab
->root
.table
.size
; i
++)
4297 struct bfd_hash_entry
*p
;
4298 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4300 for (p
= htab
->root
.table
.table
[i
]; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
4302 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) p
;
4303 entsize
+= htab
->root
.table
.entsize
;
4304 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
4305 entsize
+= htab
->root
.table
.entsize
;
4309 tabsize
= htab
->root
.table
.size
* sizeof (struct bfd_hash_entry
*);
4310 old_tab
= bfd_malloc (tabsize
+ entsize
);
4311 if (old_tab
== NULL
)
4312 goto error_free_vers
;
4314 /* Remember the current objalloc pointer, so that all mem for
4315 symbols added can later be reclaimed. */
4316 alloc_mark
= bfd_hash_allocate (&htab
->root
.table
, 1);
4317 if (alloc_mark
== NULL
)
4318 goto error_free_vers
;
4320 /* Make a special call to the linker "notice" function to
4321 tell it that we are about to handle an as-needed lib. */
4322 if (!(*bed
->notice_as_needed
) (abfd
, info
, notice_as_needed
))
4323 goto error_free_vers
;
4325 /* Clone the symbol table. Remember some pointers into the
4326 symbol table, and dynamic symbol count. */
4327 old_ent
= (char *) old_tab
+ tabsize
;
4328 memcpy (old_tab
, htab
->root
.table
.table
, tabsize
);
4329 old_undefs
= htab
->root
.undefs
;
4330 old_undefs_tail
= htab
->root
.undefs_tail
;
4331 old_table
= htab
->root
.table
.table
;
4332 old_size
= htab
->root
.table
.size
;
4333 old_count
= htab
->root
.table
.count
;
4334 old_strtab
= _bfd_elf_strtab_save (htab
->dynstr
);
4335 if (old_strtab
== NULL
)
4336 goto error_free_vers
;
4338 for (i
= 0; i
< htab
->root
.table
.size
; i
++)
4340 struct bfd_hash_entry
*p
;
4341 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4343 for (p
= htab
->root
.table
.table
[i
]; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
4345 memcpy (old_ent
, p
, htab
->root
.table
.entsize
);
4346 old_ent
= (char *) old_ent
+ htab
->root
.table
.entsize
;
4347 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) p
;
4348 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
4350 memcpy (old_ent
, h
->root
.u
.i
.link
, htab
->root
.table
.entsize
);
4351 old_ent
= (char *) old_ent
+ htab
->root
.table
.entsize
;
4358 ever
= extversym
!= NULL
? extversym
+ extsymoff
: NULL
;
4359 for (isym
= isymbuf
, isymend
= isymbuf
+ extsymcount
;
4361 isym
++, sym_hash
++, ever
= (ever
!= NULL
? ever
+ 1 : NULL
))
4365 asection
*sec
, *new_sec
;
4368 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4369 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*hi
;
4370 bfd_boolean definition
;
4371 bfd_boolean size_change_ok
;
4372 bfd_boolean type_change_ok
;
4373 bfd_boolean new_weak
;
4374 bfd_boolean old_weak
;
4375 bfd_boolean override
;
4377 bfd_boolean discarded
;
4378 unsigned int old_alignment
;
4380 bfd_boolean matched
;
4384 flags
= BSF_NO_FLAGS
;
4386 value
= isym
->st_value
;
4387 common
= bed
->common_definition (isym
);
4388 if (common
&& info
->inhibit_common_definition
)
4390 /* Treat common symbol as undefined for --no-define-common. */
4391 isym
->st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
4396 bind
= ELF_ST_BIND (isym
->st_info
);
4400 /* This should be impossible, since ELF requires that all
4401 global symbols follow all local symbols, and that sh_info
4402 point to the first global symbol. Unfortunately, Irix 5
4407 if (isym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
&& !common
)
4415 case STB_GNU_UNIQUE
:
4416 flags
= BSF_GNU_UNIQUE
;
4420 /* Leave it up to the processor backend. */
4424 if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
)
4425 sec
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
4426 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_ABS
)
4427 sec
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
4428 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
)
4430 sec
= bfd_com_section_ptr
;
4431 /* What ELF calls the size we call the value. What ELF
4432 calls the value we call the alignment. */
4433 value
= isym
->st_size
;
4437 sec
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
4439 sec
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
4440 else if (discarded_section (sec
))
4442 /* Symbols from discarded section are undefined. We keep
4444 sec
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
4446 isym
->st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
4448 else if ((abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
)) != 0)
4452 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
,
4455 goto error_free_vers
;
4457 if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
4458 && (abfd
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) != 0)
4460 asection
*xc
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, "COMMON");
4464 flagword sflags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_IS_COMMON
| SEC_KEEP
4466 xc
= bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd
, "COMMON", sflags
);
4468 goto error_free_vers
;
4472 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
4473 && ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_TLS
4474 && !bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
4476 asection
*tcomm
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".tcommon");
4480 flagword sflags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
| SEC_IS_COMMON
4481 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
4482 tcomm
= bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd
, ".tcommon", sflags
);
4484 goto error_free_vers
;
4488 else if (bed
->elf_add_symbol_hook
)
4490 if (! (*bed
->elf_add_symbol_hook
) (abfd
, info
, isym
, &name
, &flags
,
4492 goto error_free_vers
;
4494 /* The hook function sets the name to NULL if this symbol
4495 should be skipped for some reason. */
4500 /* Sanity check that all possibilities were handled. */
4503 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
4504 goto error_free_vers
;
4507 /* Silently discard TLS symbols from --just-syms. There's
4508 no way to combine a static TLS block with a new TLS block
4509 for this executable. */
4510 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_TLS
4511 && sec
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS
)
4514 if (bfd_is_und_section (sec
)
4515 || bfd_is_com_section (sec
))
4520 size_change_ok
= FALSE
;
4521 type_change_ok
= bed
->type_change_ok
;
4528 if (is_elf_hash_table (htab
))
4530 Elf_Internal_Versym iver
;
4531 unsigned int vernum
= 0;
4536 if (info
->default_imported_symver
)
4537 /* Use the default symbol version created earlier. */
4538 iver
.vs_vers
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
;
4543 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_in (abfd
, ever
, &iver
);
4545 vernum
= iver
.vs_vers
& VERSYM_VERSION
;
4547 /* If this is a hidden symbol, or if it is not version
4548 1, we append the version name to the symbol name.
4549 However, we do not modify a non-hidden absolute symbol
4550 if it is not a function, because it might be the version
4551 symbol itself. FIXME: What if it isn't? */
4552 if ((iver
.vs_vers
& VERSYM_HIDDEN
) != 0
4554 && (!bfd_is_abs_section (sec
)
4555 || bed
->is_function_type (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
)))))
4558 size_t namelen
, verlen
, newlen
;
4561 if (isym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
)
4563 if (vernum
> elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
)
4565 else if (vernum
> 1)
4567 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
[vernum
- 1].vd_nodename
;
4574 /* xgettext:c-format */
4575 (_("%pB: %s: invalid version %u (max %d)"),
4577 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
);
4578 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
4579 goto error_free_vers
;
4584 /* We cannot simply test for the number of
4585 entries in the VERNEED section since the
4586 numbers for the needed versions do not start
4588 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*t
;
4591 for (t
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
;
4595 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*a
;
4597 for (a
= t
->vn_auxptr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->vna_nextptr
)
4599 if (a
->vna_other
== vernum
)
4601 verstr
= a
->vna_nodename
;
4611 /* xgettext:c-format */
4612 (_("%pB: %s: invalid needed version %d"),
4613 abfd
, name
, vernum
);
4614 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
4615 goto error_free_vers
;
4619 namelen
= strlen (name
);
4620 verlen
= strlen (verstr
);
4621 newlen
= namelen
+ verlen
+ 2;
4622 if ((iver
.vs_vers
& VERSYM_HIDDEN
) == 0
4623 && isym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
)
4626 newname
= (char *) bfd_hash_allocate (&htab
->root
.table
, newlen
);
4627 if (newname
== NULL
)
4628 goto error_free_vers
;
4629 memcpy (newname
, name
, namelen
);
4630 p
= newname
+ namelen
;
4632 /* If this is a defined non-hidden version symbol,
4633 we add another @ to the name. This indicates the
4634 default version of the symbol. */
4635 if ((iver
.vs_vers
& VERSYM_HIDDEN
) == 0
4636 && isym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
)
4638 memcpy (p
, verstr
, verlen
+ 1);
4643 /* If this symbol has default visibility and the user has
4644 requested we not re-export it, then mark it as hidden. */
4645 if (!bfd_is_und_section (sec
)
4648 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (isym
->st_other
) != STV_INTERNAL
)
4649 isym
->st_other
= (STV_HIDDEN
4650 | (isym
->st_other
& ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1)));
4652 if (!_bfd_elf_merge_symbol (abfd
, info
, name
, isym
, &sec
, &value
,
4653 sym_hash
, &old_bfd
, &old_weak
,
4654 &old_alignment
, &skip
, &override
,
4655 &type_change_ok
, &size_change_ok
,
4657 goto error_free_vers
;
4662 /* Override a definition only if the new symbol matches the
4664 if (override
&& matched
)
4668 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
4669 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
4670 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
4672 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
!= NULL
4675 h
->verinfo
.verdef
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
[vernum
- 1];
4678 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
4679 (info
, abfd
, name
, flags
, sec
, value
, NULL
, FALSE
, bed
->collect
,
4680 (struct bfd_link_hash_entry
**) sym_hash
)))
4681 goto error_free_vers
;
4683 if ((abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0
4684 && (bfd_get_flavour (info
->output_bfd
)
4685 == bfd_target_elf_flavour
))
4687 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
4688 elf_tdata (info
->output_bfd
)->has_gnu_symbols
4689 |= elf_gnu_symbol_ifunc
;
4690 if ((flags
& BSF_GNU_UNIQUE
))
4691 elf_tdata (info
->output_bfd
)->has_gnu_symbols
4692 |= elf_gnu_symbol_unique
;
4696 /* We need to make sure that indirect symbol dynamic flags are
4699 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
4700 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
4701 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
4703 /* Setting the index to -3 tells elf_link_output_extsym that
4704 this symbol is defined in a discarded section. */
4710 new_weak
= (flags
& BSF_WEAK
) != 0;
4714 && !bed
->is_function_type (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
))
4715 && is_elf_hash_table (htab
)
4716 && h
->u
.alias
== NULL
)
4718 /* Keep a list of all weak defined non function symbols from
4719 a dynamic object, using the alias field. Later in this
4720 function we will set the alias field to the correct
4721 value. We only put non-function symbols from dynamic
4722 objects on this list, because that happens to be the only
4723 time we need to know the normal symbol corresponding to a
4724 weak symbol, and the information is time consuming to
4725 figure out. If the alias field is not already NULL,
4726 then this symbol was already defined by some previous
4727 dynamic object, and we will be using that previous
4728 definition anyhow. */
4734 /* Set the alignment of a common symbol. */
4735 if ((common
|| bfd_is_com_section (sec
))
4736 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
4741 align
= bfd_log2 (isym
->st_value
);
4744 /* The new symbol is a common symbol in a shared object.
4745 We need to get the alignment from the section. */
4746 align
= new_sec
->alignment_power
;
4748 if (align
> old_alignment
)
4749 h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->alignment_power
= align
;
4751 h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->alignment_power
= old_alignment
;
4754 if (is_elf_hash_table (htab
))
4756 /* Set a flag in the hash table entry indicating the type of
4757 reference or definition we just found. A dynamic symbol
4758 is one which is referenced or defined by both a regular
4759 object and a shared object. */
4760 bfd_boolean dynsym
= FALSE
;
4762 /* Plugin symbols aren't normal. Don't set def_regular or
4763 ref_regular for them, or make them dynamic. */
4764 if ((abfd
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) != 0)
4771 if (bind
!= STB_WEAK
)
4772 h
->ref_regular_nonweak
= 1;
4784 /* If the indirect symbol has been forced local, don't
4785 make the real symbol dynamic. */
4786 if ((h
== hi
|| !hi
->forced_local
)
4787 && (bfd_link_dll (info
)
4797 hi
->ref_dynamic
= 1;
4802 hi
->def_dynamic
= 1;
4805 /* If the indirect symbol has been forced local, don't
4806 make the real symbol dynamic. */
4807 if ((h
== hi
|| !hi
->forced_local
)
4811 && weakdef (h
)->dynindx
!= -1)))
4815 /* Check to see if we need to add an indirect symbol for
4816 the default name. */
4818 || (!override
&& h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
))
4819 if (!_bfd_elf_add_default_symbol (abfd
, info
, h
, name
, isym
,
4820 sec
, value
, &old_bfd
, &dynsym
))
4821 goto error_free_vers
;
4823 /* Check the alignment when a common symbol is involved. This
4824 can change when a common symbol is overridden by a normal
4825 definition or a common symbol is ignored due to the old
4826 normal definition. We need to make sure the maximum
4827 alignment is maintained. */
4828 if ((old_alignment
|| common
)
4829 && h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_common
)
4831 unsigned int common_align
;
4832 unsigned int normal_align
;
4833 unsigned int symbol_align
;
4837 BFD_ASSERT (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
4838 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
);
4840 symbol_align
= ffs (h
->root
.u
.def
.value
) - 1;
4841 if (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
!= NULL
4842 && (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
->flags
4843 & (DYNAMIC
| BFD_PLUGIN
)) == 0)
4845 normal_align
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->alignment_power
;
4846 if (normal_align
> symbol_align
)
4847 normal_align
= symbol_align
;
4850 normal_align
= symbol_align
;
4854 common_align
= old_alignment
;
4855 common_bfd
= old_bfd
;
4860 common_align
= bfd_log2 (isym
->st_value
);
4862 normal_bfd
= old_bfd
;
4865 if (normal_align
< common_align
)
4867 /* PR binutils/2735 */
4868 if (normal_bfd
== NULL
)
4870 /* xgettext:c-format */
4871 (_("warning: alignment %u of common symbol `%s' in %pB is"
4872 " greater than the alignment (%u) of its section %pA"),
4873 1 << common_align
, name
, common_bfd
,
4874 1 << normal_align
, h
->root
.u
.def
.section
);
4877 /* xgettext:c-format */
4878 (_("warning: alignment %u of symbol `%s' in %pB"
4879 " is smaller than %u in %pB"),
4880 1 << normal_align
, name
, normal_bfd
,
4881 1 << common_align
, common_bfd
);
4885 /* Remember the symbol size if it isn't undefined. */
4886 if (isym
->st_size
!= 0
4887 && isym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
4888 && (definition
|| h
->size
== 0))
4891 && h
->size
!= isym
->st_size
4892 && ! size_change_ok
)
4894 /* xgettext:c-format */
4895 (_("warning: size of symbol `%s' changed"
4896 " from %" PRIu64
" in %pB to %" PRIu64
" in %pB"),
4897 name
, (uint64_t) h
->size
, old_bfd
,
4898 (uint64_t) isym
->st_size
, abfd
);
4900 h
->size
= isym
->st_size
;
4903 /* If this is a common symbol, then we always want H->SIZE
4904 to be the size of the common symbol. The code just above
4905 won't fix the size if a common symbol becomes larger. We
4906 don't warn about a size change here, because that is
4907 covered by --warn-common. Allow changes between different
4909 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
4910 h
->size
= h
->root
.u
.c
.size
;
4912 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) != STT_NOTYPE
4913 && ((definition
&& !new_weak
)
4914 || (old_weak
&& h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
4915 || h
->type
== STT_NOTYPE
))
4917 unsigned int type
= ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
);
4919 /* Turn an IFUNC symbol from a DSO into a normal FUNC
4921 if (type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
4922 && (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
4925 if (h
->type
!= type
)
4927 if (h
->type
!= STT_NOTYPE
&& ! type_change_ok
)
4928 /* xgettext:c-format */
4930 (_("warning: type of symbol `%s' changed"
4931 " from %d to %d in %pB"),
4932 name
, h
->type
, type
, abfd
);
4938 /* Merge st_other field. */
4939 elf_merge_st_other (abfd
, h
, isym
, sec
, definition
, dynamic
);
4941 /* We don't want to make debug symbol dynamic. */
4943 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
)
4944 && !bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
4947 /* Nor should we make plugin symbols dynamic. */
4948 if ((abfd
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) != 0)
4953 h
->target_internal
= isym
->st_target_internal
;
4954 h
->unique_global
= (flags
& BSF_GNU_UNIQUE
) != 0;
4957 if (definition
&& !dynamic
)
4959 char *p
= strchr (name
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
4960 if (p
!= NULL
&& p
[1] != ELF_VER_CHR
)
4962 /* Queue non-default versions so that .symver x, x@FOO
4963 aliases can be checked. */
4966 amt
= ((isymend
- isym
+ 1)
4967 * sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*));
4969 = (struct elf_link_hash_entry
**) bfd_malloc (amt
);
4971 goto error_free_vers
;
4973 nondeflt_vers
[nondeflt_vers_cnt
++] = h
;
4977 if (dynsym
&& h
->dynindx
== -1)
4979 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
4980 goto error_free_vers
;
4982 && weakdef (h
)->dynindx
== -1)
4984 if (!bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, weakdef (h
)))
4985 goto error_free_vers
;
4988 else if (h
->dynindx
!= -1)
4989 /* If the symbol already has a dynamic index, but
4990 visibility says it should not be visible, turn it into
4992 switch (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
))
4996 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, h
, TRUE
);
5001 /* Don't add DT_NEEDED for references from the dummy bfd nor
5002 for unmatched symbol. */
5007 && h
->ref_regular_nonweak
5009 || (old_bfd
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) == 0))
5010 || (h
->ref_dynamic_nonweak
5011 && (elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
) & DYN_AS_NEEDED
) != 0
5012 && !on_needed_list (elf_dt_name (abfd
),
5013 htab
->needed
, NULL
))))
5016 const char *soname
= elf_dt_name (abfd
);
5018 info
->callbacks
->minfo ("%!", soname
, old_bfd
,
5019 h
->root
.root
.string
);
5021 /* A symbol from a library loaded via DT_NEEDED of some
5022 other library is referenced by a regular object.
5023 Add a DT_NEEDED entry for it. Issue an error if
5024 --no-add-needed is used and the reference was not
5027 && (elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
) & DYN_NO_NEEDED
) != 0)
5030 /* xgettext:c-format */
5031 (_("%pB: undefined reference to symbol '%s'"),
5033 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_missing_dso
);
5034 goto error_free_vers
;
5037 elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
) = (enum dynamic_lib_link_class
)
5038 (elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
) & ~DYN_AS_NEEDED
);
5041 ret
= elf_add_dt_needed_tag (abfd
, info
, soname
, add_needed
);
5043 goto error_free_vers
;
5045 BFD_ASSERT (ret
== 0);
5050 if (info
->lto_plugin_active
5051 && !bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
5052 && (abfd
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) == 0
5058 if (bed
->s
->arch_size
== 32)
5063 /* If linker plugin is enabled, set non_ir_ref_regular on symbols
5064 referenced in regular objects so that linker plugin will get
5065 the correct symbol resolution. */
5067 sym_hash
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
5068 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
5070 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
;
5071 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
, *relend
;
5073 /* Don't check relocations in excluded sections. */
5074 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0
5075 || s
->reloc_count
== 0
5076 || (s
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) != 0
5077 || ((info
->strip
== strip_all
5078 || info
->strip
== strip_debugger
)
5079 && (s
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
) != 0))
5082 internal_relocs
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, s
, NULL
,
5085 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
)
5086 goto error_free_vers
;
5088 rel
= internal_relocs
;
5089 relend
= rel
+ s
->reloc_count
;
5090 for ( ; rel
< relend
; rel
++)
5092 unsigned long r_symndx
= rel
->r_info
>> r_sym_shift
;
5093 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
5095 /* Skip local symbols. */
5096 if (r_symndx
< extsymoff
)
5099 h
= sym_hash
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
];
5101 h
->root
.non_ir_ref_regular
= 1;
5104 if (elf_section_data (s
)->relocs
!= internal_relocs
)
5105 free (internal_relocs
);
5109 if (extversym
!= NULL
)
5115 if (isymbuf
!= NULL
)
5121 if ((elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
) & DYN_AS_NEEDED
) != 0)
5125 /* Restore the symbol table. */
5126 old_ent
= (char *) old_tab
+ tabsize
;
5127 memset (elf_sym_hashes (abfd
), 0,
5128 extsymcount
* sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*));
5129 htab
->root
.table
.table
= old_table
;
5130 htab
->root
.table
.size
= old_size
;
5131 htab
->root
.table
.count
= old_count
;
5132 memcpy (htab
->root
.table
.table
, old_tab
, tabsize
);
5133 htab
->root
.undefs
= old_undefs
;
5134 htab
->root
.undefs_tail
= old_undefs_tail
;
5135 _bfd_elf_strtab_restore (htab
->dynstr
, old_strtab
);
5138 for (i
= 0; i
< htab
->root
.table
.size
; i
++)
5140 struct bfd_hash_entry
*p
;
5141 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
5143 unsigned int alignment_power
;
5144 unsigned int non_ir_ref_dynamic
;
5146 for (p
= htab
->root
.table
.table
[i
]; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
5148 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) p
;
5149 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
5150 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
5152 /* Preserve the maximum alignment and size for common
5153 symbols even if this dynamic lib isn't on DT_NEEDED
5154 since it can still be loaded at run time by another
5156 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
5158 size
= h
->root
.u
.c
.size
;
5159 alignment_power
= h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->alignment_power
;
5164 alignment_power
= 0;
5166 /* Preserve non_ir_ref_dynamic so that this symbol
5167 will be exported when the dynamic lib becomes needed
5168 in the second pass. */
5169 non_ir_ref_dynamic
= h
->root
.non_ir_ref_dynamic
;
5170 memcpy (p
, old_ent
, htab
->root
.table
.entsize
);
5171 old_ent
= (char *) old_ent
+ htab
->root
.table
.entsize
;
5172 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) p
;
5173 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
5175 memcpy (h
->root
.u
.i
.link
, old_ent
, htab
->root
.table
.entsize
);
5176 old_ent
= (char *) old_ent
+ htab
->root
.table
.entsize
;
5177 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
5179 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
5181 if (size
> h
->root
.u
.c
.size
)
5182 h
->root
.u
.c
.size
= size
;
5183 if (alignment_power
> h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->alignment_power
)
5184 h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->alignment_power
= alignment_power
;
5186 h
->root
.non_ir_ref_dynamic
= non_ir_ref_dynamic
;
5190 /* Make a special call to the linker "notice" function to
5191 tell it that symbols added for crefs may need to be removed. */
5192 if (!(*bed
->notice_as_needed
) (abfd
, info
, notice_not_needed
))
5193 goto error_free_vers
;
5196 objalloc_free_block ((struct objalloc
*) htab
->root
.table
.memory
,
5198 if (nondeflt_vers
!= NULL
)
5199 free (nondeflt_vers
);
5203 if (old_tab
!= NULL
)
5205 if (!(*bed
->notice_as_needed
) (abfd
, info
, notice_needed
))
5206 goto error_free_vers
;
5211 /* Now that all the symbols from this input file are created, if
5212 not performing a relocatable link, handle .symver foo, foo@BAR
5213 such that any relocs against foo become foo@BAR. */
5214 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info
) && nondeflt_vers
!= NULL
)
5218 for (cnt
= 0; cnt
< nondeflt_vers_cnt
; ++cnt
)
5220 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
= nondeflt_vers
[cnt
], *hi
;
5221 char *shortname
, *p
;
5223 p
= strchr (h
->root
.root
.string
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
5225 || (h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
5226 && h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
5229 amt
= p
- h
->root
.root
.string
;
5230 shortname
= (char *) bfd_malloc (amt
+ 1);
5232 goto error_free_vers
;
5233 memcpy (shortname
, h
->root
.root
.string
, amt
);
5234 shortname
[amt
] = '\0';
5236 hi
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*)
5237 bfd_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->root
, shortname
,
5238 FALSE
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
5240 && hi
->root
.type
== h
->root
.type
5241 && hi
->root
.u
.def
.value
== h
->root
.u
.def
.value
5242 && hi
->root
.u
.def
.section
== h
->root
.u
.def
.section
)
5244 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, hi
, TRUE
);
5245 hi
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_indirect
;
5246 hi
->root
.u
.i
.link
= (struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
5247 (*bed
->elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol
) (info
, h
, hi
);
5248 sym_hash
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
5250 for (symidx
= 0; symidx
< extsymcount
; ++symidx
)
5251 if (sym_hash
[symidx
] == hi
)
5253 sym_hash
[symidx
] = h
;
5259 free (nondeflt_vers
);
5260 nondeflt_vers
= NULL
;
5263 /* Now set the alias field correctly for all the weak defined
5264 symbols we found. The only way to do this is to search all the
5265 symbols. Since we only need the information for non functions in
5266 dynamic objects, that's the only time we actually put anything on
5267 the list WEAKS. We need this information so that if a regular
5268 object refers to a symbol defined weakly in a dynamic object, the
5269 real symbol in the dynamic object is also put in the dynamic
5270 symbols; we also must arrange for both symbols to point to the
5271 same memory location. We could handle the general case of symbol
5272 aliasing, but a general symbol alias can only be generated in
5273 assembler code, handling it correctly would be very time
5274 consuming, and other ELF linkers don't handle general aliasing
5278 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**hpp
;
5279 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**hppend
;
5280 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sorted_sym_hash
;
5281 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
5284 /* Since we have to search the whole symbol list for each weak
5285 defined symbol, search time for N weak defined symbols will be
5286 O(N^2). Binary search will cut it down to O(NlogN). */
5288 amt
*= sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*);
5289 sorted_sym_hash
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
**) bfd_malloc (amt
);
5290 if (sorted_sym_hash
== NULL
)
5292 sym_hash
= sorted_sym_hash
;
5293 hpp
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
5294 hppend
= hpp
+ extsymcount
;
5296 for (; hpp
< hppend
; hpp
++)
5300 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
5301 && !bed
->is_function_type (h
->type
))
5309 qsort (sorted_sym_hash
, sym_count
,
5310 sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*),
5313 while (weaks
!= NULL
)
5315 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*hlook
;
5318 size_t i
, j
, idx
= 0;
5321 weaks
= hlook
->u
.alias
;
5322 hlook
->u
.alias
= NULL
;
5324 if (hlook
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
5325 && hlook
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
5328 slook
= hlook
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
5329 vlook
= hlook
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
5335 bfd_signed_vma vdiff
;
5337 h
= sorted_sym_hash
[idx
];
5338 vdiff
= vlook
- h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
5345 int sdiff
= slook
->id
- h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->id
;
5355 /* We didn't find a value/section match. */
5359 /* With multiple aliases, or when the weak symbol is already
5360 strongly defined, we have multiple matching symbols and
5361 the binary search above may land on any of them. Step
5362 one past the matching symbol(s). */
5365 h
= sorted_sym_hash
[idx
];
5366 if (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
!= slook
5367 || h
->root
.u
.def
.value
!= vlook
)
5371 /* Now look back over the aliases. Since we sorted by size
5372 as well as value and section, we'll choose the one with
5373 the largest size. */
5376 h
= sorted_sym_hash
[idx
];
5378 /* Stop if value or section doesn't match. */
5379 if (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
!= slook
5380 || h
->root
.u
.def
.value
!= vlook
)
5382 else if (h
!= hlook
)
5384 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*t
;
5387 hlook
->is_weakalias
= 1;
5389 if (t
->u
.alias
!= NULL
)
5390 while (t
->u
.alias
!= h
)
5394 /* If the weak definition is in the list of dynamic
5395 symbols, make sure the real definition is put
5397 if (hlook
->dynindx
!= -1 && h
->dynindx
== -1)
5399 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
5402 free (sorted_sym_hash
);
5407 /* If the real definition is in the list of dynamic
5408 symbols, make sure the weak definition is put
5409 there as well. If we don't do this, then the
5410 dynamic loader might not merge the entries for the
5411 real definition and the weak definition. */
5412 if (h
->dynindx
!= -1 && hlook
->dynindx
== -1)
5414 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, hlook
))
5415 goto err_free_sym_hash
;
5422 free (sorted_sym_hash
);
5425 if (bed
->check_directives
5426 && !(*bed
->check_directives
) (abfd
, info
))
5429 /* If this is a non-traditional link, try to optimize the handling
5430 of the .stab/.stabstr sections. */
5432 && ! info
->traditional_format
5433 && is_elf_hash_table (htab
)
5434 && (info
->strip
!= strip_all
&& info
->strip
!= strip_debugger
))
5438 stabstr
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".stabstr");
5439 if (stabstr
!= NULL
)
5441 bfd_size_type string_offset
= 0;
5444 for (stab
= abfd
->sections
; stab
; stab
= stab
->next
)
5445 if (CONST_STRNEQ (stab
->name
, ".stab")
5446 && (!stab
->name
[5] ||
5447 (stab
->name
[5] == '.' && ISDIGIT (stab
->name
[6])))
5448 && (stab
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
) == 0
5449 && !bfd_is_abs_section (stab
->output_section
))
5451 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*secdata
;
5453 secdata
= elf_section_data (stab
);
5454 if (! _bfd_link_section_stabs (abfd
, &htab
->stab_info
, stab
,
5455 stabstr
, &secdata
->sec_info
,
5458 if (secdata
->sec_info
)
5459 stab
->sec_info_type
= SEC_INFO_TYPE_STABS
;
5464 if (is_elf_hash_table (htab
) && add_needed
)
5466 /* Add this bfd to the loaded list. */
5467 struct elf_link_loaded_list
*n
;
5469 n
= (struct elf_link_loaded_list
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (*n
));
5473 n
->next
= htab
->loaded
;
5480 if (old_tab
!= NULL
)
5482 if (old_strtab
!= NULL
)
5484 if (nondeflt_vers
!= NULL
)
5485 free (nondeflt_vers
);
5486 if (extversym
!= NULL
)
5489 if (isymbuf
!= NULL
)
5495 /* Return the linker hash table entry of a symbol that might be
5496 satisfied by an archive symbol. Return -1 on error. */
5498 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*
5499 _bfd_elf_archive_symbol_lookup (bfd
*abfd
,
5500 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
5503 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
5507 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
), name
, FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
5511 /* If this is a default version (the name contains @@), look up the
5512 symbol again with only one `@' as well as without the version.
5513 The effect is that references to the symbol with and without the
5514 version will be matched by the default symbol in the archive. */
5516 p
= strchr (name
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
5517 if (p
== NULL
|| p
[1] != ELF_VER_CHR
)
5520 /* First check with only one `@'. */
5521 len
= strlen (name
);
5522 copy
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
5524 return (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) -1;
5526 first
= p
- name
+ 1;
5527 memcpy (copy
, name
, first
);
5528 memcpy (copy
+ first
, name
+ first
+ 1, len
- first
);
5530 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
), copy
, FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
5533 /* We also need to check references to the symbol without the
5535 copy
[first
- 1] = '\0';
5536 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
), copy
,
5537 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
5540 bfd_release (abfd
, copy
);
5544 /* Add symbols from an ELF archive file to the linker hash table. We
5545 don't use _bfd_generic_link_add_archive_symbols because we need to
5546 handle versioned symbols.
5548 Fortunately, ELF archive handling is simpler than that done by
5549 _bfd_generic_link_add_archive_symbols, which has to allow for a.out
5550 oddities. In ELF, if we find a symbol in the archive map, and the
5551 symbol is currently undefined, we know that we must pull in that
5554 Unfortunately, we do have to make multiple passes over the symbol
5555 table until nothing further is resolved. */
5558 elf_link_add_archive_symbols (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
5561 unsigned char *included
= NULL
;
5565 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
5566 struct elf_link_hash_entry
* (*archive_symbol_lookup
)
5567 (bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, const char *);
5569 if (! bfd_has_map (abfd
))
5571 /* An empty archive is a special case. */
5572 if (bfd_openr_next_archived_file (abfd
, NULL
) == NULL
)
5574 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_armap
);
5578 /* Keep track of all symbols we know to be already defined, and all
5579 files we know to be already included. This is to speed up the
5580 second and subsequent passes. */
5581 c
= bfd_ardata (abfd
)->symdef_count
;
5585 amt
*= sizeof (*included
);
5586 included
= (unsigned char *) bfd_zmalloc (amt
);
5587 if (included
== NULL
)
5590 symdefs
= bfd_ardata (abfd
)->symdefs
;
5591 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
5592 archive_symbol_lookup
= bed
->elf_backend_archive_symbol_lookup
;
5605 symdefend
= symdef
+ c
;
5606 for (i
= 0; symdef
< symdefend
; symdef
++, i
++)
5608 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
5610 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*undefs_tail
;
5615 if (symdef
->file_offset
== last
)
5621 h
= archive_symbol_lookup (abfd
, info
, symdef
->name
);
5622 if (h
== (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) -1)
5628 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
5630 /* We currently have a common symbol. The archive map contains
5631 a reference to this symbol, so we may want to include it. We
5632 only want to include it however, if this archive element
5633 contains a definition of the symbol, not just another common
5636 Unfortunately some archivers (including GNU ar) will put
5637 declarations of common symbols into their archive maps, as
5638 well as real definitions, so we cannot just go by the archive
5639 map alone. Instead we must read in the element's symbol
5640 table and check that to see what kind of symbol definition
5642 if (! elf_link_is_defined_archive_symbol (abfd
, symdef
))
5645 else if (h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefined
)
5647 if (h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
5648 /* Symbol must be defined. Don't check it again. */
5653 /* We need to include this archive member. */
5654 element
= _bfd_get_elt_at_filepos (abfd
, symdef
->file_offset
);
5655 if (element
== NULL
)
5658 if (! bfd_check_format (element
, bfd_object
))
5661 undefs_tail
= info
->hash
->undefs_tail
;
5663 if (!(*info
->callbacks
5664 ->add_archive_element
) (info
, element
, symdef
->name
, &element
))
5666 if (!bfd_link_add_symbols (element
, info
))
5669 /* If there are any new undefined symbols, we need to make
5670 another pass through the archive in order to see whether
5671 they can be defined. FIXME: This isn't perfect, because
5672 common symbols wind up on undefs_tail and because an
5673 undefined symbol which is defined later on in this pass
5674 does not require another pass. This isn't a bug, but it
5675 does make the code less efficient than it could be. */
5676 if (undefs_tail
!= info
->hash
->undefs_tail
)
5679 /* Look backward to mark all symbols from this object file
5680 which we have already seen in this pass. */
5684 included
[mark
] = TRUE
;
5689 while (symdefs
[mark
].file_offset
== symdef
->file_offset
);
5691 /* We mark subsequent symbols from this object file as we go
5692 on through the loop. */
5693 last
= symdef
->file_offset
;
5703 if (included
!= NULL
)
5708 /* Given an ELF BFD, add symbols to the global hash table as
5712 bfd_elf_link_add_symbols (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
5714 switch (bfd_get_format (abfd
))
5717 return elf_link_add_object_symbols (abfd
, info
);
5719 return elf_link_add_archive_symbols (abfd
, info
);
5721 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
5726 struct hash_codes_info
5728 unsigned long *hashcodes
;
5732 /* This function will be called though elf_link_hash_traverse to store
5733 all hash value of the exported symbols in an array. */
5736 elf_collect_hash_codes (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
5738 struct hash_codes_info
*inf
= (struct hash_codes_info
*) data
;
5743 /* Ignore indirect symbols. These are added by the versioning code. */
5744 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
5747 name
= h
->root
.root
.string
;
5748 if (h
->versioned
>= versioned
)
5750 char *p
= strchr (name
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
5753 alc
= (char *) bfd_malloc (p
- name
+ 1);
5759 memcpy (alc
, name
, p
- name
);
5760 alc
[p
- name
] = '\0';
5765 /* Compute the hash value. */
5766 ha
= bfd_elf_hash (name
);
5768 /* Store the found hash value in the array given as the argument. */
5769 *(inf
->hashcodes
)++ = ha
;
5771 /* And store it in the struct so that we can put it in the hash table
5773 h
->u
.elf_hash_value
= ha
;
5781 struct collect_gnu_hash_codes
5784 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
5785 unsigned long int nsyms
;
5786 unsigned long int maskbits
;
5787 unsigned long int *hashcodes
;
5788 unsigned long int *hashval
;
5789 unsigned long int *indx
;
5790 unsigned long int *counts
;
5793 long int min_dynindx
;
5794 unsigned long int bucketcount
;
5795 unsigned long int symindx
;
5796 long int local_indx
;
5797 long int shift1
, shift2
;
5798 unsigned long int mask
;
5802 /* This function will be called though elf_link_hash_traverse to store
5803 all hash value of the exported symbols in an array. */
5806 elf_collect_gnu_hash_codes (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
5808 struct collect_gnu_hash_codes
*s
= (struct collect_gnu_hash_codes
*) data
;
5813 /* Ignore indirect symbols. These are added by the versioning code. */
5814 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
5817 /* Ignore also local symbols and undefined symbols. */
5818 if (! (*s
->bed
->elf_hash_symbol
) (h
))
5821 name
= h
->root
.root
.string
;
5822 if (h
->versioned
>= versioned
)
5824 char *p
= strchr (name
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
5827 alc
= (char *) bfd_malloc (p
- name
+ 1);
5833 memcpy (alc
, name
, p
- name
);
5834 alc
[p
- name
] = '\0';
5839 /* Compute the hash value. */
5840 ha
= bfd_elf_gnu_hash (name
);
5842 /* Store the found hash value in the array for compute_bucket_count,
5843 and also for .dynsym reordering purposes. */
5844 s
->hashcodes
[s
->nsyms
] = ha
;
5845 s
->hashval
[h
->dynindx
] = ha
;
5847 if (s
->min_dynindx
< 0 || s
->min_dynindx
> h
->dynindx
)
5848 s
->min_dynindx
= h
->dynindx
;
5856 /* This function will be called though elf_link_hash_traverse to do
5857 final dynaminc symbol renumbering. */
5860 elf_renumber_gnu_hash_syms (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
5862 struct collect_gnu_hash_codes
*s
= (struct collect_gnu_hash_codes
*) data
;
5863 unsigned long int bucket
;
5864 unsigned long int val
;
5866 /* Ignore indirect symbols. */
5867 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
5870 /* Ignore also local symbols and undefined symbols. */
5871 if (! (*s
->bed
->elf_hash_symbol
) (h
))
5873 if (h
->dynindx
>= s
->min_dynindx
)
5874 h
->dynindx
= s
->local_indx
++;
5878 bucket
= s
->hashval
[h
->dynindx
] % s
->bucketcount
;
5879 val
= (s
->hashval
[h
->dynindx
] >> s
->shift1
)
5880 & ((s
->maskbits
>> s
->shift1
) - 1);
5881 s
->bitmask
[val
] |= ((bfd_vma
) 1) << (s
->hashval
[h
->dynindx
] & s
->mask
);
5883 |= ((bfd_vma
) 1) << ((s
->hashval
[h
->dynindx
] >> s
->shift2
) & s
->mask
);
5884 val
= s
->hashval
[h
->dynindx
] & ~(unsigned long int) 1;
5885 if (s
->counts
[bucket
] == 1)
5886 /* Last element terminates the chain. */
5888 bfd_put_32 (s
->output_bfd
, val
,
5889 s
->contents
+ (s
->indx
[bucket
] - s
->symindx
) * 4);
5890 --s
->counts
[bucket
];
5891 h
->dynindx
= s
->indx
[bucket
]++;
5895 /* Return TRUE if symbol should be hashed in the `.gnu.hash' section. */
5898 _bfd_elf_hash_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
5900 return !(h
->forced_local
5901 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
5902 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
5903 || ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
5904 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
5905 && h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
== NULL
));
5908 /* Array used to determine the number of hash table buckets to use
5909 based on the number of symbols there are. If there are fewer than
5910 3 symbols we use 1 bucket, fewer than 17 symbols we use 3 buckets,
5911 fewer than 37 we use 17 buckets, and so forth. We never use more
5912 than 32771 buckets. */
5914 static const size_t elf_buckets
[] =
5916 1, 3, 17, 37, 67, 97, 131, 197, 263, 521, 1031, 2053, 4099, 8209,
5920 /* Compute bucket count for hashing table. We do not use a static set
5921 of possible tables sizes anymore. Instead we determine for all
5922 possible reasonable sizes of the table the outcome (i.e., the
5923 number of collisions etc) and choose the best solution. The
5924 weighting functions are not too simple to allow the table to grow
5925 without bounds. Instead one of the weighting factors is the size.
5926 Therefore the result is always a good payoff between few collisions
5927 (= short chain lengths) and table size. */
5929 compute_bucket_count (struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
5930 unsigned long int *hashcodes ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
5931 unsigned long int nsyms
,
5934 size_t best_size
= 0;
5935 unsigned long int i
;
5937 /* We have a problem here. The following code to optimize the table
5938 size requires an integer type with more the 32 bits. If
5939 BFD_HOST_U_64_BIT is set we know about such a type. */
5940 #ifdef BFD_HOST_U_64_BIT
5945 BFD_HOST_U_64_BIT best_chlen
= ~((BFD_HOST_U_64_BIT
) 0);
5946 bfd
*dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
5947 size_t dynsymcount
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
;
5948 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
);
5949 unsigned long int *counts
;
5951 unsigned int no_improvement_count
= 0;
5953 /* Possible optimization parameters: if we have NSYMS symbols we say
5954 that the hashing table must at least have NSYMS/4 and at most
5956 minsize
= nsyms
/ 4;
5959 best_size
= maxsize
= nsyms
* 2;
5964 if ((best_size
& 31) == 0)
5968 /* Create array where we count the collisions in. We must use bfd_malloc
5969 since the size could be large. */
5971 amt
*= sizeof (unsigned long int);
5972 counts
= (unsigned long int *) bfd_malloc (amt
);
5976 /* Compute the "optimal" size for the hash table. The criteria is a
5977 minimal chain length. The minor criteria is (of course) the size
5979 for (i
= minsize
; i
< maxsize
; ++i
)
5981 /* Walk through the array of hashcodes and count the collisions. */
5982 BFD_HOST_U_64_BIT max
;
5983 unsigned long int j
;
5984 unsigned long int fact
;
5986 if (gnu_hash
&& (i
& 31) == 0)
5989 memset (counts
, '\0', i
* sizeof (unsigned long int));
5991 /* Determine how often each hash bucket is used. */
5992 for (j
= 0; j
< nsyms
; ++j
)
5993 ++counts
[hashcodes
[j
] % i
];
5995 /* For the weight function we need some information about the
5996 pagesize on the target. This is information need not be 100%
5997 accurate. Since this information is not available (so far) we
5998 define it here to a reasonable default value. If it is crucial
5999 to have a better value some day simply define this value. */
6000 # ifndef BFD_TARGET_PAGESIZE
6001 # define BFD_TARGET_PAGESIZE (4096)
6004 /* We in any case need 2 + DYNSYMCOUNT entries for the size values
6006 max
= (2 + dynsymcount
) * bed
->s
->sizeof_hash_entry
;
6009 /* Variant 1: optimize for short chains. We add the squares
6010 of all the chain lengths (which favors many small chain
6011 over a few long chains). */
6012 for (j
= 0; j
< i
; ++j
)
6013 max
+= counts
[j
] * counts
[j
];
6015 /* This adds penalties for the overall size of the table. */
6016 fact
= i
/ (BFD_TARGET_PAGESIZE
/ bed
->s
->sizeof_hash_entry
) + 1;
6019 /* Variant 2: Optimize a lot more for small table. Here we
6020 also add squares of the size but we also add penalties for
6021 empty slots (the +1 term). */
6022 for (j
= 0; j
< i
; ++j
)
6023 max
+= (1 + counts
[j
]) * (1 + counts
[j
]);
6025 /* The overall size of the table is considered, but not as
6026 strong as in variant 1, where it is squared. */
6027 fact
= i
/ (BFD_TARGET_PAGESIZE
/ bed
->s
->sizeof_hash_entry
) + 1;
6031 /* Compare with current best results. */
6032 if (max
< best_chlen
)
6036 no_improvement_count
= 0;
6038 /* PR 11843: Avoid futile long searches for the best bucket size
6039 when there are a large number of symbols. */
6040 else if (++no_improvement_count
== 100)
6047 #endif /* defined (BFD_HOST_U_64_BIT) */
6049 /* This is the fallback solution if no 64bit type is available or if we
6050 are not supposed to spend much time on optimizations. We select the
6051 bucket count using a fixed set of numbers. */
6052 for (i
= 0; elf_buckets
[i
] != 0; i
++)
6054 best_size
= elf_buckets
[i
];
6055 if (nsyms
< elf_buckets
[i
+ 1])
6058 if (gnu_hash
&& best_size
< 2)
6065 /* Size any SHT_GROUP section for ld -r. */
6068 _bfd_elf_size_group_sections (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
6073 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
6074 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
6075 && (s
= ibfd
->sections
) != NULL
6076 && s
->sec_info_type
!= SEC_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS
6077 && !_bfd_elf_fixup_group_sections (ibfd
, bfd_abs_section_ptr
))
6082 /* Set a default stack segment size. The value in INFO wins. If it
6083 is unset, LEGACY_SYMBOL's value is used, and if that symbol is
6084 undefined it is initialized. */
6087 bfd_elf_stack_segment_size (bfd
*output_bfd
,
6088 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
6089 const char *legacy_symbol
,
6090 bfd_vma default_size
)
6092 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
= NULL
;
6094 /* Look for legacy symbol. */
6096 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
), legacy_symbol
,
6097 FALSE
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
6098 if (h
&& (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
6099 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
6101 && (h
->type
== STT_NOTYPE
|| h
->type
== STT_OBJECT
))
6103 /* The symbol has no type if specified on the command line. */
6104 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
6105 if (info
->stacksize
)
6106 /* xgettext:c-format */
6107 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: stack size specified and %s set"),
6108 output_bfd
, legacy_symbol
);
6109 else if (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
!= bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
6110 /* xgettext:c-format */
6111 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: %s not absolute"),
6112 output_bfd
, legacy_symbol
);
6114 info
->stacksize
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
6117 if (!info
->stacksize
)
6118 /* If the user didn't set a size, or explicitly inhibit the
6119 size, set it now. */
6120 info
->stacksize
= default_size
;
6122 /* Provide the legacy symbol, if it is referenced. */
6123 if (h
&& (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
6124 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
))
6126 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
= NULL
;
6128 if (!(_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
6129 (info
, output_bfd
, legacy_symbol
,
6130 BSF_GLOBAL
, bfd_abs_section_ptr
,
6131 info
->stacksize
>= 0 ? info
->stacksize
: 0,
6132 NULL
, FALSE
, get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
6135 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
6137 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
6143 /* Sweep symbols in swept sections. Called via elf_link_hash_traverse. */
6145 struct elf_gc_sweep_symbol_info
6147 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
6148 void (*hide_symbol
) (struct bfd_link_info
*, struct elf_link_hash_entry
*,
6153 elf_gc_sweep_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
6156 && (((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
6157 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
6158 && !((h
->def_regular
|| ELF_COMMON_DEF_P (h
))
6159 && h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->gc_mark
))
6160 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
6161 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
))
6163 struct elf_gc_sweep_symbol_info
*inf
;
6165 inf
= (struct elf_gc_sweep_symbol_info
*) data
;
6166 (*inf
->hide_symbol
) (inf
->info
, h
, TRUE
);
6169 h
->ref_regular_nonweak
= 0;
6175 /* Set up the sizes and contents of the ELF dynamic sections. This is
6176 called by the ELF linker emulation before_allocation routine. We
6177 must set the sizes of the sections before the linker sets the
6178 addresses of the various sections. */
6181 bfd_elf_size_dynamic_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
,
6184 const char *filter_shlib
,
6186 const char *depaudit
,
6187 const char * const *auxiliary_filters
,
6188 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
6189 asection
**sinterpptr
)
6192 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
6196 if (!is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
6199 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
6201 if (dynobj
!= NULL
&& elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
6203 struct bfd_elf_version_tree
*verdefs
;
6204 struct elf_info_failed asvinfo
;
6205 struct bfd_elf_version_tree
*t
;
6206 struct bfd_elf_version_expr
*d
;
6210 /* If we are supposed to export all symbols into the dynamic symbol
6211 table (this is not the normal case), then do so. */
6212 if (info
->export_dynamic
6213 || (bfd_link_executable (info
) && info
->dynamic
))
6215 struct elf_info_failed eif
;
6219 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
6220 _bfd_elf_export_symbol
,
6228 soname_indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
6230 if (soname_indx
== (size_t) -1
6231 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_SONAME
, soname_indx
))
6235 soname_indx
= (size_t) -1;
6237 /* Make all global versions with definition. */
6238 for (t
= info
->version_info
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->next
)
6239 for (d
= t
->globals
.list
; d
!= NULL
; d
= d
->next
)
6240 if (!d
->symver
&& d
->literal
)
6242 const char *verstr
, *name
;
6243 size_t namelen
, verlen
, newlen
;
6244 char *newname
, *p
, leading_char
;
6245 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*newh
;
6247 leading_char
= bfd_get_symbol_leading_char (output_bfd
);
6249 namelen
= strlen (name
) + (leading_char
!= '\0');
6251 verlen
= strlen (verstr
);
6252 newlen
= namelen
+ verlen
+ 3;
6254 newname
= (char *) bfd_malloc (newlen
);
6255 if (newname
== NULL
)
6257 newname
[0] = leading_char
;
6258 memcpy (newname
+ (leading_char
!= '\0'), name
, namelen
);
6260 /* Check the hidden versioned definition. */
6261 p
= newname
+ namelen
;
6263 memcpy (p
, verstr
, verlen
+ 1);
6264 newh
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
),
6265 newname
, FALSE
, FALSE
,
6268 || (newh
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
6269 && newh
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
6271 /* Check the default versioned definition. */
6273 memcpy (p
, verstr
, verlen
+ 1);
6274 newh
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
),
6275 newname
, FALSE
, FALSE
,
6280 /* Mark this version if there is a definition and it is
6281 not defined in a shared object. */
6283 && !newh
->def_dynamic
6284 && (newh
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
6285 || newh
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
6289 /* Attach all the symbols to their version information. */
6290 asvinfo
.info
= info
;
6291 asvinfo
.failed
= FALSE
;
6293 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
6294 _bfd_elf_link_assign_sym_version
,
6299 if (!info
->allow_undefined_version
)
6301 /* Check if all global versions have a definition. */
6302 bfd_boolean all_defined
= TRUE
;
6303 for (t
= info
->version_info
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->next
)
6304 for (d
= t
->globals
.list
; d
!= NULL
; d
= d
->next
)
6305 if (d
->literal
&& !d
->symver
&& !d
->script
)
6308 (_("%s: undefined version: %s"),
6309 d
->pattern
, t
->name
);
6310 all_defined
= FALSE
;
6315 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
6320 /* Set up the version definition section. */
6321 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".gnu.version_d");
6322 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
6324 /* We may have created additional version definitions if we are
6325 just linking a regular application. */
6326 verdefs
= info
->version_info
;
6328 /* Skip anonymous version tag. */
6329 if (verdefs
!= NULL
&& verdefs
->vernum
== 0)
6330 verdefs
= verdefs
->next
;
6332 if (verdefs
== NULL
&& !info
->create_default_symver
)
6333 s
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
6339 Elf_Internal_Verdef def
;
6340 Elf_Internal_Verdaux defaux
;
6341 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
6342 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
6348 /* Make space for the base version. */
6349 size
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
6350 size
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
6353 /* Make space for the default version. */
6354 if (info
->create_default_symver
)
6356 size
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
6360 for (t
= verdefs
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->next
)
6362 struct bfd_elf_version_deps
*n
;
6364 /* Don't emit base version twice. */
6368 size
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
6369 size
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
6372 for (n
= t
->deps
; n
!= NULL
; n
= n
->next
)
6373 size
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
6377 s
->contents
= (unsigned char *) bfd_alloc (output_bfd
, s
->size
);
6378 if (s
->contents
== NULL
&& s
->size
!= 0)
6381 /* Fill in the version definition section. */
6385 def
.vd_version
= VER_DEF_CURRENT
;
6386 def
.vd_flags
= VER_FLG_BASE
;
6389 if (info
->create_default_symver
)
6391 def
.vd_aux
= 2 * sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
6392 def
.vd_next
= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
6396 def
.vd_aux
= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
6397 def
.vd_next
= (sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
)
6398 + sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
));
6401 if (soname_indx
!= (size_t) -1)
6403 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
6405 def
.vd_hash
= bfd_elf_hash (soname
);
6406 defaux
.vda_name
= soname_indx
;
6413 name
= lbasename (output_bfd
->filename
);
6414 def
.vd_hash
= bfd_elf_hash (name
);
6415 indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
6417 if (indx
== (size_t) -1)
6419 defaux
.vda_name
= indx
;
6421 defaux
.vda_next
= 0;
6423 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_out (output_bfd
, &def
,
6424 (Elf_External_Verdef
*) p
);
6425 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
6426 if (info
->create_default_symver
)
6428 /* Add a symbol representing this version. */
6430 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
6431 (info
, dynobj
, name
, BSF_GLOBAL
, bfd_abs_section_ptr
,
6433 get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->collect
, &bh
)))
6435 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
6438 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
6439 h
->verinfo
.vertree
= NULL
;
6441 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
6444 /* Create a duplicate of the base version with the same
6445 aux block, but different flags. */
6448 def
.vd_aux
= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
6450 def
.vd_next
= (sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
)
6451 + sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
));
6454 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_out (output_bfd
, &def
,
6455 (Elf_External_Verdef
*) p
);
6456 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
6458 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_out (output_bfd
, &defaux
,
6459 (Elf_External_Verdaux
*) p
);
6460 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
6462 for (t
= verdefs
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->next
)
6465 struct bfd_elf_version_deps
*n
;
6467 /* Don't emit the base version twice. */
6472 for (n
= t
->deps
; n
!= NULL
; n
= n
->next
)
6475 /* Add a symbol representing this version. */
6477 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
6478 (info
, dynobj
, t
->name
, BSF_GLOBAL
, bfd_abs_section_ptr
,
6480 get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->collect
, &bh
)))
6482 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
6485 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
6486 h
->verinfo
.vertree
= t
;
6488 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
6491 def
.vd_version
= VER_DEF_CURRENT
;
6493 if (t
->globals
.list
== NULL
6494 && t
->locals
.list
== NULL
6496 def
.vd_flags
|= VER_FLG_WEAK
;
6497 def
.vd_ndx
= t
->vernum
+ (info
->create_default_symver
? 2 : 1);
6498 def
.vd_cnt
= cdeps
+ 1;
6499 def
.vd_hash
= bfd_elf_hash (t
->name
);
6500 def
.vd_aux
= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
6503 /* If a basever node is next, it *must* be the last node in
6504 the chain, otherwise Verdef construction breaks. */
6505 if (t
->next
!= NULL
&& t
->next
->vernum
== 0)
6506 BFD_ASSERT (t
->next
->next
== NULL
);
6508 if (t
->next
!= NULL
&& t
->next
->vernum
!= 0)
6509 def
.vd_next
= (sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
)
6510 + (cdeps
+ 1) * sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
));
6512 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_out (output_bfd
, &def
,
6513 (Elf_External_Verdef
*) p
);
6514 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
6516 defaux
.vda_name
= h
->dynstr_index
;
6517 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
6519 defaux
.vda_next
= 0;
6520 if (t
->deps
!= NULL
)
6521 defaux
.vda_next
= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
6522 t
->name_indx
= defaux
.vda_name
;
6524 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_out (output_bfd
, &defaux
,
6525 (Elf_External_Verdaux
*) p
);
6526 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
6528 for (n
= t
->deps
; n
!= NULL
; n
= n
->next
)
6530 if (n
->version_needed
== NULL
)
6532 /* This can happen if there was an error in the
6534 defaux
.vda_name
= 0;
6538 defaux
.vda_name
= n
->version_needed
->name_indx
;
6539 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
6542 if (n
->next
== NULL
)
6543 defaux
.vda_next
= 0;
6545 defaux
.vda_next
= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
6547 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_out (output_bfd
, &defaux
,
6548 (Elf_External_Verdaux
*) p
);
6549 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
6553 elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->cverdefs
= cdefs
;
6557 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
6559 if (info
->gc_sections
&& bed
->can_gc_sections
)
6561 struct elf_gc_sweep_symbol_info sweep_info
;
6563 /* Remove the symbols that were in the swept sections from the
6564 dynamic symbol table. */
6565 sweep_info
.info
= info
;
6566 sweep_info
.hide_symbol
= bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
;
6567 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
), elf_gc_sweep_symbol
,
6571 if (dynobj
!= NULL
&& elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
6574 struct elf_find_verdep_info sinfo
;
6576 /* Work out the size of the version reference section. */
6578 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".gnu.version_r");
6579 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
6582 sinfo
.vers
= elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->cverdefs
;
6583 if (sinfo
.vers
== 0)
6585 sinfo
.failed
= FALSE
;
6587 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
6588 _bfd_elf_link_find_version_dependencies
,
6593 if (elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->verref
== NULL
)
6594 s
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
6597 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*vn
;
6602 /* Build the version dependency section. */
6605 for (vn
= elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->verref
;
6607 vn
= vn
->vn_nextref
)
6609 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*a
;
6611 size
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
);
6613 for (a
= vn
->vn_auxptr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->vna_nextptr
)
6614 size
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Vernaux
);
6618 s
->contents
= (unsigned char *) bfd_alloc (output_bfd
, s
->size
);
6619 if (s
->contents
== NULL
)
6623 for (vn
= elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->verref
;
6625 vn
= vn
->vn_nextref
)
6628 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*a
;
6632 for (a
= vn
->vn_auxptr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->vna_nextptr
)
6635 vn
->vn_version
= VER_NEED_CURRENT
;
6637 indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
6638 elf_dt_name (vn
->vn_bfd
) != NULL
6639 ? elf_dt_name (vn
->vn_bfd
)
6640 : lbasename (vn
->vn_bfd
->filename
),
6642 if (indx
== (size_t) -1)
6645 vn
->vn_aux
= sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
);
6646 if (vn
->vn_nextref
== NULL
)
6649 vn
->vn_next
= (sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
)
6650 + caux
* sizeof (Elf_External_Vernaux
));
6652 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_out (output_bfd
, vn
,
6653 (Elf_External_Verneed
*) p
);
6654 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
);
6656 for (a
= vn
->vn_auxptr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->vna_nextptr
)
6658 a
->vna_hash
= bfd_elf_hash (a
->vna_nodename
);
6659 indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
6660 a
->vna_nodename
, FALSE
);
6661 if (indx
== (size_t) -1)
6664 if (a
->vna_nextptr
== NULL
)
6667 a
->vna_next
= sizeof (Elf_External_Vernaux
);
6669 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_out (output_bfd
, a
,
6670 (Elf_External_Vernaux
*) p
);
6671 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Vernaux
);
6675 elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->cverrefs
= crefs
;
6679 /* Any syms created from now on start with -1 in
6680 got.refcount/offset and plt.refcount/offset. */
6681 elf_hash_table (info
)->init_got_refcount
6682 = elf_hash_table (info
)->init_got_offset
;
6683 elf_hash_table (info
)->init_plt_refcount
6684 = elf_hash_table (info
)->init_plt_offset
;
6686 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
6687 && !_bfd_elf_size_group_sections (info
))
6690 /* The backend may have to create some sections regardless of whether
6691 we're dynamic or not. */
6692 if (bed
->elf_backend_always_size_sections
6693 && ! (*bed
->elf_backend_always_size_sections
) (output_bfd
, info
))
6696 /* Determine any GNU_STACK segment requirements, after the backend
6697 has had a chance to set a default segment size. */
6698 if (info
->execstack
)
6699 elf_stack_flags (output_bfd
) = PF_R
| PF_W
| PF_X
;
6700 else if (info
->noexecstack
)
6701 elf_stack_flags (output_bfd
) = PF_R
| PF_W
;
6705 asection
*notesec
= NULL
;
6708 for (inputobj
= info
->input_bfds
;
6710 inputobj
= inputobj
->link
.next
)
6715 & (DYNAMIC
| EXEC_P
| BFD_PLUGIN
| BFD_LINKER_CREATED
))
6717 s
= inputobj
->sections
;
6718 if (s
== NULL
|| s
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS
)
6721 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (inputobj
, ".note.GNU-stack");
6724 if (s
->flags
& SEC_CODE
)
6728 else if (bed
->default_execstack
)
6731 if (notesec
|| info
->stacksize
> 0)
6732 elf_stack_flags (output_bfd
) = PF_R
| PF_W
| exec
;
6733 if (notesec
&& exec
&& bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
6734 && notesec
->output_section
!= bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
6735 notesec
->output_section
->flags
|= SEC_CODE
;
6738 if (dynobj
!= NULL
&& elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
6740 struct elf_info_failed eif
;
6741 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
6745 *sinterpptr
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".interp");
6746 BFD_ASSERT (*sinterpptr
!= NULL
|| !bfd_link_executable (info
) || info
->nointerp
);
6750 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_SYMBOLIC
, 0))
6752 info
->flags
|= DF_SYMBOLIC
;
6760 indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
, rpath
,
6762 if (indx
== (size_t) -1)
6765 tag
= info
->new_dtags
? DT_RUNPATH
: DT_RPATH
;
6766 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, tag
, indx
))
6770 if (filter_shlib
!= NULL
)
6774 indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
6775 filter_shlib
, TRUE
);
6776 if (indx
== (size_t) -1
6777 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_FILTER
, indx
))
6781 if (auxiliary_filters
!= NULL
)
6783 const char * const *p
;
6785 for (p
= auxiliary_filters
; *p
!= NULL
; p
++)
6789 indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
6791 if (indx
== (size_t) -1
6792 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_AUXILIARY
, indx
))
6801 indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
, audit
,
6803 if (indx
== (size_t) -1
6804 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_AUDIT
, indx
))
6808 if (depaudit
!= NULL
)
6812 indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
, depaudit
,
6814 if (indx
== (size_t) -1
6815 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_DEPAUDIT
, indx
))
6822 /* Find all symbols which were defined in a dynamic object and make
6823 the backend pick a reasonable value for them. */
6824 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
6825 _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol
,
6830 /* Add some entries to the .dynamic section. We fill in some of the
6831 values later, in bfd_elf_final_link, but we must add the entries
6832 now so that we know the final size of the .dynamic section. */
6834 /* If there are initialization and/or finalization functions to
6835 call then add the corresponding DT_INIT/DT_FINI entries. */
6836 h
= (info
->init_function
6837 ? elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
),
6838 info
->init_function
, FALSE
,
6845 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_INIT
, 0))
6848 h
= (info
->fini_function
6849 ? elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
),
6850 info
->fini_function
, FALSE
,
6857 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_FINI
, 0))
6861 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, ".preinit_array");
6862 if (s
!= NULL
&& s
->linker_has_input
)
6864 /* DT_PREINIT_ARRAY is not allowed in shared library. */
6865 if (! bfd_link_executable (info
))
6870 for (sub
= info
->input_bfds
; sub
!= NULL
; sub
= sub
->link
.next
)
6871 if (bfd_get_flavour (sub
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
6872 && (o
= sub
->sections
) != NULL
6873 && o
->sec_info_type
!= SEC_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS
)
6874 for (o
= sub
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
6875 if (elf_section_data (o
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
6876 == SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY
)
6879 (_("%pB: .preinit_array section is not allowed in DSO"),
6884 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section
);
6888 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_PREINIT_ARRAY
, 0)
6889 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_PREINIT_ARRAYSZ
, 0))
6892 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, ".init_array");
6893 if (s
!= NULL
&& s
->linker_has_input
)
6895 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_INIT_ARRAY
, 0)
6896 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_INIT_ARRAYSZ
, 0))
6899 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, ".fini_array");
6900 if (s
!= NULL
&& s
->linker_has_input
)
6902 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_FINI_ARRAY
, 0)
6903 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_FINI_ARRAYSZ
, 0))
6907 dynstr
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".dynstr");
6908 /* If .dynstr is excluded from the link, we don't want any of
6909 these tags. Strictly, we should be checking each section
6910 individually; This quick check covers for the case where
6911 someone does a /DISCARD/ : { *(*) }. */
6912 if (dynstr
!= NULL
&& dynstr
->output_section
!= bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
6914 bfd_size_type strsize
;
6916 strsize
= _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
);
6917 if ((info
->emit_hash
6918 && !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_HASH
, 0))
6919 || (info
->emit_gnu_hash
6920 && !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_GNU_HASH
, 0))
6921 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_STRTAB
, 0)
6922 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_SYMTAB
, 0)
6923 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_STRSZ
, strsize
)
6924 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_SYMENT
,
6925 bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
))
6930 if (! _bfd_elf_maybe_strip_eh_frame_hdr (info
))
6933 /* The backend must work out the sizes of all the other dynamic
6936 && bed
->elf_backend_size_dynamic_sections
!= NULL
6937 && ! (*bed
->elf_backend_size_dynamic_sections
) (output_bfd
, info
))
6940 if (dynobj
!= NULL
&& elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
6942 if (elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->cverdefs
)
6944 unsigned int crefs
= elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->cverdefs
;
6946 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_VERDEF
, 0)
6947 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_VERDEFNUM
, crefs
))
6951 if ((info
->new_dtags
&& info
->flags
) || (info
->flags
& DF_STATIC_TLS
))
6953 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_FLAGS
, info
->flags
))
6956 else if (info
->flags
& DF_BIND_NOW
)
6958 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_BIND_NOW
, 0))
6964 if (bfd_link_executable (info
))
6965 info
->flags_1
&= ~ (DF_1_INITFIRST
6968 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_FLAGS_1
, info
->flags_1
))
6972 if (elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->cverrefs
)
6974 unsigned int crefs
= elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->cverrefs
;
6976 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_VERNEED
, 0)
6977 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_VERNEEDNUM
, crefs
))
6981 if ((elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->cverrefs
== 0
6982 && elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->cverdefs
== 0)
6983 || _bfd_elf_link_renumber_dynsyms (output_bfd
, info
, NULL
) <= 1)
6987 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".gnu.version");
6988 s
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
6994 /* Find the first non-excluded output section. We'll use its
6995 section symbol for some emitted relocs. */
6997 _bfd_elf_init_1_index_section (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
7001 for (s
= output_bfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
7002 if ((s
->flags
& (SEC_EXCLUDE
| SEC_ALLOC
)) == SEC_ALLOC
7003 && !_bfd_elf_omit_section_dynsym_default (output_bfd
, info
, s
))
7005 elf_hash_table (info
)->text_index_section
= s
;
7010 /* Find two non-excluded output sections, one for code, one for data.
7011 We'll use their section symbols for some emitted relocs. */
7013 _bfd_elf_init_2_index_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
7017 /* Data first, since setting text_index_section changes
7018 _bfd_elf_link_omit_section_dynsym. */
7019 for (s
= output_bfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
7020 if (((s
->flags
& (SEC_EXCLUDE
| SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_READONLY
)) == SEC_ALLOC
)
7021 && !_bfd_elf_omit_section_dynsym_default (output_bfd
, info
, s
))
7023 elf_hash_table (info
)->data_index_section
= s
;
7027 for (s
= output_bfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
7028 if (((s
->flags
& (SEC_EXCLUDE
| SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_READONLY
))
7029 == (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_READONLY
))
7030 && !_bfd_elf_omit_section_dynsym_default (output_bfd
, info
, s
))
7032 elf_hash_table (info
)->text_index_section
= s
;
7036 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->text_index_section
== NULL
)
7037 elf_hash_table (info
)->text_index_section
7038 = elf_hash_table (info
)->data_index_section
;
7042 bfd_elf_size_dynsym_hash_dynstr (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
7044 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
7045 unsigned long section_sym_count
;
7046 bfd_size_type dynsymcount
= 0;
7048 if (!is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
7051 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
7052 (*bed
->elf_backend_init_index_section
) (output_bfd
, info
);
7054 /* Assign dynsym indices. In a shared library we generate a section
7055 symbol for each output section, which come first. Next come all
7056 of the back-end allocated local dynamic syms, followed by the rest
7057 of the global symbols.
7059 This is usually not needed for static binaries, however backends
7060 can request to always do it, e.g. the MIPS backend uses dynamic
7061 symbol counts to lay out GOT, which will be produced in the
7062 presence of GOT relocations even in static binaries (holding fixed
7063 data in that case, to satisfy those relocations). */
7065 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
7066 || bed
->always_renumber_dynsyms
)
7067 dynsymcount
= _bfd_elf_link_renumber_dynsyms (output_bfd
, info
,
7068 §ion_sym_count
);
7070 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
7074 unsigned int dtagcount
;
7076 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
7078 /* Work out the size of the symbol version section. */
7079 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".gnu.version");
7080 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
7081 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) == 0)
7083 s
->size
= dynsymcount
* sizeof (Elf_External_Versym
);
7084 s
->contents
= (unsigned char *) bfd_zalloc (output_bfd
, s
->size
);
7085 if (s
->contents
== NULL
)
7088 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_VERSYM
, 0))
7092 /* Set the size of the .dynsym and .hash sections. We counted
7093 the number of dynamic symbols in elf_link_add_object_symbols.
7094 We will build the contents of .dynsym and .hash when we build
7095 the final symbol table, because until then we do not know the
7096 correct value to give the symbols. We built the .dynstr
7097 section as we went along in elf_link_add_object_symbols. */
7098 s
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsym
;
7099 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
7100 s
->size
= dynsymcount
* bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
7102 s
->contents
= (unsigned char *) bfd_alloc (output_bfd
, s
->size
);
7103 if (s
->contents
== NULL
)
7106 /* The first entry in .dynsym is a dummy symbol. Clear all the
7107 section syms, in case we don't output them all. */
7108 ++section_sym_count
;
7109 memset (s
->contents
, 0, section_sym_count
* bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
);
7111 elf_hash_table (info
)->bucketcount
= 0;
7113 /* Compute the size of the hashing table. As a side effect this
7114 computes the hash values for all the names we export. */
7115 if (info
->emit_hash
)
7117 unsigned long int *hashcodes
;
7118 struct hash_codes_info hashinf
;
7120 unsigned long int nsyms
;
7122 size_t hash_entry_size
;
7124 /* Compute the hash values for all exported symbols. At the same
7125 time store the values in an array so that we could use them for
7127 amt
= dynsymcount
* sizeof (unsigned long int);
7128 hashcodes
= (unsigned long int *) bfd_malloc (amt
);
7129 if (hashcodes
== NULL
)
7131 hashinf
.hashcodes
= hashcodes
;
7132 hashinf
.error
= FALSE
;
7134 /* Put all hash values in HASHCODES. */
7135 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
7136 elf_collect_hash_codes
, &hashinf
);
7143 nsyms
= hashinf
.hashcodes
- hashcodes
;
7145 = compute_bucket_count (info
, hashcodes
, nsyms
, 0);
7148 if (bucketcount
== 0 && nsyms
> 0)
7151 elf_hash_table (info
)->bucketcount
= bucketcount
;
7153 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".hash");
7154 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
7155 hash_entry_size
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
;
7156 s
->size
= ((2 + bucketcount
+ dynsymcount
) * hash_entry_size
);
7157 s
->contents
= (unsigned char *) bfd_zalloc (output_bfd
, s
->size
);
7158 if (s
->contents
== NULL
)
7161 bfd_put (8 * hash_entry_size
, output_bfd
, bucketcount
, s
->contents
);
7162 bfd_put (8 * hash_entry_size
, output_bfd
, dynsymcount
,
7163 s
->contents
+ hash_entry_size
);
7166 if (info
->emit_gnu_hash
)
7169 unsigned char *contents
;
7170 struct collect_gnu_hash_codes cinfo
;
7174 memset (&cinfo
, 0, sizeof (cinfo
));
7176 /* Compute the hash values for all exported symbols. At the same
7177 time store the values in an array so that we could use them for
7179 amt
= dynsymcount
* 2 * sizeof (unsigned long int);
7180 cinfo
.hashcodes
= (long unsigned int *) bfd_malloc (amt
);
7181 if (cinfo
.hashcodes
== NULL
)
7184 cinfo
.hashval
= cinfo
.hashcodes
+ dynsymcount
;
7185 cinfo
.min_dynindx
= -1;
7186 cinfo
.output_bfd
= output_bfd
;
7189 /* Put all hash values in HASHCODES. */
7190 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
7191 elf_collect_gnu_hash_codes
, &cinfo
);
7194 free (cinfo
.hashcodes
);
7199 = compute_bucket_count (info
, cinfo
.hashcodes
, cinfo
.nsyms
, 1);
7201 if (bucketcount
== 0)
7203 free (cinfo
.hashcodes
);
7207 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".gnu.hash");
7208 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
7210 if (cinfo
.nsyms
== 0)
7212 /* Empty .gnu.hash section is special. */
7213 BFD_ASSERT (cinfo
.min_dynindx
== -1);
7214 free (cinfo
.hashcodes
);
7215 s
->size
= 5 * 4 + bed
->s
->arch_size
/ 8;
7216 contents
= (unsigned char *) bfd_zalloc (output_bfd
, s
->size
);
7217 if (contents
== NULL
)
7219 s
->contents
= contents
;
7220 /* 1 empty bucket. */
7221 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, 1, contents
);
7222 /* SYMIDX above the special symbol 0. */
7223 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, 1, contents
+ 4);
7224 /* Just one word for bitmask. */
7225 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, 1, contents
+ 8);
7226 /* Only hash fn bloom filter. */
7227 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, 0, contents
+ 12);
7228 /* No hashes are valid - empty bitmask. */
7229 bfd_put (bed
->s
->arch_size
, output_bfd
, 0, contents
+ 16);
7230 /* No hashes in the only bucket. */
7231 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, 0,
7232 contents
+ 16 + bed
->s
->arch_size
/ 8);
7236 unsigned long int maskwords
, maskbitslog2
, x
;
7237 BFD_ASSERT (cinfo
.min_dynindx
!= -1);
7241 while ((x
>>= 1) != 0)
7243 if (maskbitslog2
< 3)
7245 else if ((1 << (maskbitslog2
- 2)) & cinfo
.nsyms
)
7246 maskbitslog2
= maskbitslog2
+ 3;
7248 maskbitslog2
= maskbitslog2
+ 2;
7249 if (bed
->s
->arch_size
== 64)
7251 if (maskbitslog2
== 5)
7257 cinfo
.mask
= (1 << cinfo
.shift1
) - 1;
7258 cinfo
.shift2
= maskbitslog2
;
7259 cinfo
.maskbits
= 1 << maskbitslog2
;
7260 maskwords
= 1 << (maskbitslog2
- cinfo
.shift1
);
7261 amt
= bucketcount
* sizeof (unsigned long int) * 2;
7262 amt
+= maskwords
* sizeof (bfd_vma
);
7263 cinfo
.bitmask
= (bfd_vma
*) bfd_malloc (amt
);
7264 if (cinfo
.bitmask
== NULL
)
7266 free (cinfo
.hashcodes
);
7270 cinfo
.counts
= (long unsigned int *) (cinfo
.bitmask
+ maskwords
);
7271 cinfo
.indx
= cinfo
.counts
+ bucketcount
;
7272 cinfo
.symindx
= dynsymcount
- cinfo
.nsyms
;
7273 memset (cinfo
.bitmask
, 0, maskwords
* sizeof (bfd_vma
));
7275 /* Determine how often each hash bucket is used. */
7276 memset (cinfo
.counts
, 0, bucketcount
* sizeof (cinfo
.counts
[0]));
7277 for (i
= 0; i
< cinfo
.nsyms
; ++i
)
7278 ++cinfo
.counts
[cinfo
.hashcodes
[i
] % bucketcount
];
7280 for (i
= 0, cnt
= cinfo
.symindx
; i
< bucketcount
; ++i
)
7281 if (cinfo
.counts
[i
] != 0)
7283 cinfo
.indx
[i
] = cnt
;
7284 cnt
+= cinfo
.counts
[i
];
7286 BFD_ASSERT (cnt
== dynsymcount
);
7287 cinfo
.bucketcount
= bucketcount
;
7288 cinfo
.local_indx
= cinfo
.min_dynindx
;
7290 s
->size
= (4 + bucketcount
+ cinfo
.nsyms
) * 4;
7291 s
->size
+= cinfo
.maskbits
/ 8;
7292 contents
= (unsigned char *) bfd_zalloc (output_bfd
, s
->size
);
7293 if (contents
== NULL
)
7295 free (cinfo
.bitmask
);
7296 free (cinfo
.hashcodes
);
7300 s
->contents
= contents
;
7301 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, bucketcount
, contents
);
7302 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, cinfo
.symindx
, contents
+ 4);
7303 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, maskwords
, contents
+ 8);
7304 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, cinfo
.shift2
, contents
+ 12);
7305 contents
+= 16 + cinfo
.maskbits
/ 8;
7307 for (i
= 0; i
< bucketcount
; ++i
)
7309 if (cinfo
.counts
[i
] == 0)
7310 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, 0, contents
);
7312 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, cinfo
.indx
[i
], contents
);
7316 cinfo
.contents
= contents
;
7318 /* Renumber dynamic symbols, populate .gnu.hash section. */
7319 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
7320 elf_renumber_gnu_hash_syms
, &cinfo
);
7322 contents
= s
->contents
+ 16;
7323 for (i
= 0; i
< maskwords
; ++i
)
7325 bfd_put (bed
->s
->arch_size
, output_bfd
, cinfo
.bitmask
[i
],
7327 contents
+= bed
->s
->arch_size
/ 8;
7330 free (cinfo
.bitmask
);
7331 free (cinfo
.hashcodes
);
7335 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".dynstr");
7336 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
7338 elf_finalize_dynstr (output_bfd
, info
);
7340 s
->size
= _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
);
7342 for (dtagcount
= 0; dtagcount
<= info
->spare_dynamic_tags
; ++dtagcount
)
7343 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_NULL
, 0))
7350 /* Make sure sec_info_type is cleared if sec_info is cleared too. */
7353 merge_sections_remove_hook (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7356 BFD_ASSERT (sec
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
);
7357 sec
->sec_info_type
= SEC_INFO_TYPE_NONE
;
7360 /* Finish SHF_MERGE section merging. */
7363 _bfd_elf_merge_sections (bfd
*obfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
7368 if (!is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
7371 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
7372 if ((ibfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0
7373 && bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
7374 && (elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]
7375 == get_elf_backend_data (obfd
)->s
->elfclass
))
7376 for (sec
= ibfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
7377 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
) != 0
7378 && !bfd_is_abs_section (sec
->output_section
))
7380 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*secdata
;
7382 secdata
= elf_section_data (sec
);
7383 if (! _bfd_add_merge_section (obfd
,
7384 &elf_hash_table (info
)->merge_info
,
7385 sec
, &secdata
->sec_info
))
7387 else if (secdata
->sec_info
)
7388 sec
->sec_info_type
= SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
;
7391 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->merge_info
!= NULL
)
7392 _bfd_merge_sections (obfd
, info
, elf_hash_table (info
)->merge_info
,
7393 merge_sections_remove_hook
);
7397 /* Create an entry in an ELF linker hash table. */
7399 struct bfd_hash_entry
*
7400 _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry
*entry
,
7401 struct bfd_hash_table
*table
,
7404 /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
7408 entry
= (struct bfd_hash_entry
*)
7409 bfd_hash_allocate (table
, sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
));
7414 /* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */
7415 entry
= _bfd_link_hash_newfunc (entry
, table
, string
);
7418 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*ret
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) entry
;
7419 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= (struct elf_link_hash_table
*) table
;
7421 /* Set local fields. */
7424 ret
->got
= htab
->init_got_refcount
;
7425 ret
->plt
= htab
->init_plt_refcount
;
7426 memset (&ret
->size
, 0, (sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
)
7427 - offsetof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
, size
)));
7428 /* Assume that we have been called by a non-ELF symbol reader.
7429 This flag is then reset by the code which reads an ELF input
7430 file. This ensures that a symbol created by a non-ELF symbol
7431 reader will have the flag set correctly. */
7438 /* Copy data from an indirect symbol to its direct symbol, hiding the
7439 old indirect symbol. Also used for copying flags to a weakdef. */
7442 _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
7443 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*dir
,
7444 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*ind
)
7446 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
7448 /* Copy down any references that we may have already seen to the
7449 symbol which just became indirect. */
7451 if (dir
->versioned
!= versioned_hidden
)
7452 dir
->ref_dynamic
|= ind
->ref_dynamic
;
7453 dir
->ref_regular
|= ind
->ref_regular
;
7454 dir
->ref_regular_nonweak
|= ind
->ref_regular_nonweak
;
7455 dir
->non_got_ref
|= ind
->non_got_ref
;
7456 dir
->needs_plt
|= ind
->needs_plt
;
7457 dir
->pointer_equality_needed
|= ind
->pointer_equality_needed
;
7459 if (ind
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
7462 /* Copy over the global and procedure linkage table refcount entries.
7463 These may have been already set up by a check_relocs routine. */
7464 htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
7465 if (ind
->got
.refcount
> htab
->init_got_refcount
.refcount
)
7467 if (dir
->got
.refcount
< 0)
7468 dir
->got
.refcount
= 0;
7469 dir
->got
.refcount
+= ind
->got
.refcount
;
7470 ind
->got
.refcount
= htab
->init_got_refcount
.refcount
;
7473 if (ind
->plt
.refcount
> htab
->init_plt_refcount
.refcount
)
7475 if (dir
->plt
.refcount
< 0)
7476 dir
->plt
.refcount
= 0;
7477 dir
->plt
.refcount
+= ind
->plt
.refcount
;
7478 ind
->plt
.refcount
= htab
->init_plt_refcount
.refcount
;
7481 if (ind
->dynindx
!= -1)
7483 if (dir
->dynindx
!= -1)
7484 _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (htab
->dynstr
, dir
->dynstr_index
);
7485 dir
->dynindx
= ind
->dynindx
;
7486 dir
->dynstr_index
= ind
->dynstr_index
;
7488 ind
->dynstr_index
= 0;
7493 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
7494 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
7495 bfd_boolean force_local
)
7497 /* STT_GNU_IFUNC symbol must go through PLT. */
7498 if (h
->type
!= STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
7500 h
->plt
= elf_hash_table (info
)->init_plt_offset
;
7505 h
->forced_local
= 1;
7506 if (h
->dynindx
!= -1)
7508 _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
7511 h
->dynstr_index
= 0;
7516 /* Hide a symbol. */
7519 _bfd_elf_link_hide_symbol (bfd
*output_bfd
,
7520 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
7521 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*h
)
7523 if (is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
7525 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
7526 = get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
7527 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*eh
7528 = (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
7529 bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol (info
, eh
, TRUE
);
7530 eh
->def_dynamic
= 0;
7531 eh
->ref_dynamic
= 0;
7532 eh
->dynamic_def
= 0;
7536 /* Initialize an ELF linker hash table. *TABLE has been zeroed by our
7540 _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init
7541 (struct elf_link_hash_table
*table
,
7543 struct bfd_hash_entry
*(*newfunc
) (struct bfd_hash_entry
*,
7544 struct bfd_hash_table
*,
7546 unsigned int entsize
,
7547 enum elf_target_id target_id
)
7550 int can_refcount
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->can_refcount
;
7552 table
->init_got_refcount
.refcount
= can_refcount
- 1;
7553 table
->init_plt_refcount
.refcount
= can_refcount
- 1;
7554 table
->init_got_offset
.offset
= -(bfd_vma
) 1;
7555 table
->init_plt_offset
.offset
= -(bfd_vma
) 1;
7556 /* The first dynamic symbol is a dummy. */
7557 table
->dynsymcount
= 1;
7559 ret
= _bfd_link_hash_table_init (&table
->root
, abfd
, newfunc
, entsize
);
7561 table
->root
.type
= bfd_link_elf_hash_table
;
7562 table
->hash_table_id
= target_id
;
7567 /* Create an ELF linker hash table. */
7569 struct bfd_link_hash_table
*
7570 _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_create (bfd
*abfd
)
7572 struct elf_link_hash_table
*ret
;
7573 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_table
);
7575 ret
= (struct elf_link_hash_table
*) bfd_zmalloc (amt
);
7579 if (! _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (ret
, abfd
, _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc
,
7580 sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
),
7586 ret
->root
.hash_table_free
= _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_free
;
7591 /* Destroy an ELF linker hash table. */
7594 _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_free (bfd
*obfd
)
7596 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
7598 htab
= (struct elf_link_hash_table
*) obfd
->link
.hash
;
7599 if (htab
->dynstr
!= NULL
)
7600 _bfd_elf_strtab_free (htab
->dynstr
);
7601 _bfd_merge_sections_free (htab
->merge_info
);
7602 _bfd_generic_link_hash_table_free (obfd
);
7605 /* This is a hook for the ELF emulation code in the generic linker to
7606 tell the backend linker what file name to use for the DT_NEEDED
7607 entry for a dynamic object. */
7610 bfd_elf_set_dt_needed_name (bfd
*abfd
, const char *name
)
7612 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
7613 && bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_object
)
7614 elf_dt_name (abfd
) = name
;
7618 bfd_elf_get_dyn_lib_class (bfd
*abfd
)
7621 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
7622 && bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_object
)
7623 lib_class
= elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
);
7630 bfd_elf_set_dyn_lib_class (bfd
*abfd
, enum dynamic_lib_link_class lib_class
)
7632 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
7633 && bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_object
)
7634 elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
) = lib_class
;
7637 /* Get the list of DT_NEEDED entries for a link. This is a hook for
7638 the linker ELF emulation code. */
7640 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*
7641 bfd_elf_get_needed_list (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7642 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
7644 if (! is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
7646 return elf_hash_table (info
)->needed
;
7649 /* Get the list of DT_RPATH/DT_RUNPATH entries for a link. This is a
7650 hook for the linker ELF emulation code. */
7652 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*
7653 bfd_elf_get_runpath_list (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7654 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
7656 if (! is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
7658 return elf_hash_table (info
)->runpath
;
7661 /* Get the name actually used for a dynamic object for a link. This
7662 is the SONAME entry if there is one. Otherwise, it is the string
7663 passed to bfd_elf_set_dt_needed_name, or it is the filename. */
7666 bfd_elf_get_dt_soname (bfd
*abfd
)
7668 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
7669 && bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_object
)
7670 return elf_dt_name (abfd
);
7674 /* Get the list of DT_NEEDED entries from a BFD. This is a hook for
7675 the ELF linker emulation code. */
7678 bfd_elf_get_bfd_needed_list (bfd
*abfd
,
7679 struct bfd_link_needed_list
**pneeded
)
7682 bfd_byte
*dynbuf
= NULL
;
7683 unsigned int elfsec
;
7684 unsigned long shlink
;
7685 bfd_byte
*extdyn
, *extdynend
;
7687 void (*swap_dyn_in
) (bfd
*, const void *, Elf_Internal_Dyn
*);
7691 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
7692 || bfd_get_format (abfd
) != bfd_object
)
7695 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic");
7696 if (s
== NULL
|| s
->size
== 0)
7699 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, s
, &dynbuf
))
7702 elfsec
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, s
);
7703 if (elfsec
== SHN_BAD
)
7706 shlink
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elfsec
]->sh_link
;
7708 extdynsize
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_dyn
;
7709 swap_dyn_in
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->swap_dyn_in
;
7712 extdynend
= extdyn
+ s
->size
;
7713 for (; extdyn
< extdynend
; extdyn
+= extdynsize
)
7715 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
7717 (*swap_dyn_in
) (abfd
, extdyn
, &dyn
);
7719 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_NULL
)
7722 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_NEEDED
)
7725 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*l
;
7726 unsigned int tagv
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
;
7729 string
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shlink
, tagv
);
7734 l
= (struct bfd_link_needed_list
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
7755 struct elf_symbuf_symbol
7757 unsigned long st_name
; /* Symbol name, index in string tbl */
7758 unsigned char st_info
; /* Type and binding attributes */
7759 unsigned char st_other
; /* Visibilty, and target specific */
7762 struct elf_symbuf_head
7764 struct elf_symbuf_symbol
*ssym
;
7766 unsigned int st_shndx
;
7773 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
7774 struct elf_symbuf_symbol
*ssym
;
7779 /* Sort references to symbols by ascending section number. */
7782 elf_sort_elf_symbol (const void *arg1
, const void *arg2
)
7784 const Elf_Internal_Sym
*s1
= *(const Elf_Internal_Sym
**) arg1
;
7785 const Elf_Internal_Sym
*s2
= *(const Elf_Internal_Sym
**) arg2
;
7787 return s1
->st_shndx
- s2
->st_shndx
;
7791 elf_sym_name_compare (const void *arg1
, const void *arg2
)
7793 const struct elf_symbol
*s1
= (const struct elf_symbol
*) arg1
;
7794 const struct elf_symbol
*s2
= (const struct elf_symbol
*) arg2
;
7795 return strcmp (s1
->name
, s2
->name
);
7798 static struct elf_symbuf_head
*
7799 elf_create_symbuf (size_t symcount
, Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
)
7801 Elf_Internal_Sym
**ind
, **indbufend
, **indbuf
;
7802 struct elf_symbuf_symbol
*ssym
;
7803 struct elf_symbuf_head
*ssymbuf
, *ssymhead
;
7804 size_t i
, shndx_count
, total_size
;
7806 indbuf
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
**) bfd_malloc2 (symcount
, sizeof (*indbuf
));
7810 for (ind
= indbuf
, i
= 0; i
< symcount
; i
++)
7811 if (isymbuf
[i
].st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
)
7812 *ind
++ = &isymbuf
[i
];
7815 qsort (indbuf
, indbufend
- indbuf
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Sym
*),
7816 elf_sort_elf_symbol
);
7819 if (indbufend
> indbuf
)
7820 for (ind
= indbuf
, shndx_count
++; ind
< indbufend
- 1; ind
++)
7821 if (ind
[0]->st_shndx
!= ind
[1]->st_shndx
)
7824 total_size
= ((shndx_count
+ 1) * sizeof (*ssymbuf
)
7825 + (indbufend
- indbuf
) * sizeof (*ssym
));
7826 ssymbuf
= (struct elf_symbuf_head
*) bfd_malloc (total_size
);
7827 if (ssymbuf
== NULL
)
7833 ssym
= (struct elf_symbuf_symbol
*) (ssymbuf
+ shndx_count
+ 1);
7834 ssymbuf
->ssym
= NULL
;
7835 ssymbuf
->count
= shndx_count
;
7836 ssymbuf
->st_shndx
= 0;
7837 for (ssymhead
= ssymbuf
, ind
= indbuf
; ind
< indbufend
; ssym
++, ind
++)
7839 if (ind
== indbuf
|| ssymhead
->st_shndx
!= (*ind
)->st_shndx
)
7842 ssymhead
->ssym
= ssym
;
7843 ssymhead
->count
= 0;
7844 ssymhead
->st_shndx
= (*ind
)->st_shndx
;
7846 ssym
->st_name
= (*ind
)->st_name
;
7847 ssym
->st_info
= (*ind
)->st_info
;
7848 ssym
->st_other
= (*ind
)->st_other
;
7851 BFD_ASSERT ((size_t) (ssymhead
- ssymbuf
) == shndx_count
7852 && (((bfd_hostptr_t
) ssym
- (bfd_hostptr_t
) ssymbuf
)
7859 /* Check if 2 sections define the same set of local and global
7863 bfd_elf_match_symbols_in_sections (asection
*sec1
, asection
*sec2
,
7864 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
7867 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed1
, *bed2
;
7868 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr1
, *hdr2
;
7869 size_t symcount1
, symcount2
;
7870 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf1
, *isymbuf2
;
7871 struct elf_symbuf_head
*ssymbuf1
, *ssymbuf2
;
7872 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
, *isymend
;
7873 struct elf_symbol
*symtable1
= NULL
, *symtable2
= NULL
;
7874 size_t count1
, count2
, i
;
7875 unsigned int shndx1
, shndx2
;
7881 /* Both sections have to be in ELF. */
7882 if (bfd_get_flavour (bfd1
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
7883 || bfd_get_flavour (bfd2
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
7886 if (elf_section_type (sec1
) != elf_section_type (sec2
))
7889 shndx1
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd1
, sec1
);
7890 shndx2
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd2
, sec2
);
7891 if (shndx1
== SHN_BAD
|| shndx2
== SHN_BAD
)
7894 bed1
= get_elf_backend_data (bfd1
);
7895 bed2
= get_elf_backend_data (bfd2
);
7896 hdr1
= &elf_tdata (bfd1
)->symtab_hdr
;
7897 symcount1
= hdr1
->sh_size
/ bed1
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
7898 hdr2
= &elf_tdata (bfd2
)->symtab_hdr
;
7899 symcount2
= hdr2
->sh_size
/ bed2
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
7901 if (symcount1
== 0 || symcount2
== 0)
7907 ssymbuf1
= (struct elf_symbuf_head
*) elf_tdata (bfd1
)->symbuf
;
7908 ssymbuf2
= (struct elf_symbuf_head
*) elf_tdata (bfd2
)->symbuf
;
7910 if (ssymbuf1
== NULL
)
7912 isymbuf1
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (bfd1
, hdr1
, symcount1
, 0,
7914 if (isymbuf1
== NULL
)
7917 if (!info
->reduce_memory_overheads
)
7918 elf_tdata (bfd1
)->symbuf
= ssymbuf1
7919 = elf_create_symbuf (symcount1
, isymbuf1
);
7922 if (ssymbuf1
== NULL
|| ssymbuf2
== NULL
)
7924 isymbuf2
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (bfd2
, hdr2
, symcount2
, 0,
7926 if (isymbuf2
== NULL
)
7929 if (ssymbuf1
!= NULL
&& !info
->reduce_memory_overheads
)
7930 elf_tdata (bfd2
)->symbuf
= ssymbuf2
7931 = elf_create_symbuf (symcount2
, isymbuf2
);
7934 if (ssymbuf1
!= NULL
&& ssymbuf2
!= NULL
)
7936 /* Optimized faster version. */
7938 struct elf_symbol
*symp
;
7939 struct elf_symbuf_symbol
*ssym
, *ssymend
;
7942 hi
= ssymbuf1
->count
;
7947 mid
= (lo
+ hi
) / 2;
7948 if (shndx1
< ssymbuf1
[mid
].st_shndx
)
7950 else if (shndx1
> ssymbuf1
[mid
].st_shndx
)
7954 count1
= ssymbuf1
[mid
].count
;
7961 hi
= ssymbuf2
->count
;
7966 mid
= (lo
+ hi
) / 2;
7967 if (shndx2
< ssymbuf2
[mid
].st_shndx
)
7969 else if (shndx2
> ssymbuf2
[mid
].st_shndx
)
7973 count2
= ssymbuf2
[mid
].count
;
7979 if (count1
== 0 || count2
== 0 || count1
!= count2
)
7983 = (struct elf_symbol
*) bfd_malloc (count1
* sizeof (*symtable1
));
7985 = (struct elf_symbol
*) bfd_malloc (count2
* sizeof (*symtable2
));
7986 if (symtable1
== NULL
|| symtable2
== NULL
)
7990 for (ssym
= ssymbuf1
->ssym
, ssymend
= ssym
+ count1
;
7991 ssym
< ssymend
; ssym
++, symp
++)
7993 symp
->u
.ssym
= ssym
;
7994 symp
->name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (bfd1
,
8000 for (ssym
= ssymbuf2
->ssym
, ssymend
= ssym
+ count2
;
8001 ssym
< ssymend
; ssym
++, symp
++)
8003 symp
->u
.ssym
= ssym
;
8004 symp
->name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (bfd2
,
8009 /* Sort symbol by name. */
8010 qsort (symtable1
, count1
, sizeof (struct elf_symbol
),
8011 elf_sym_name_compare
);
8012 qsort (symtable2
, count1
, sizeof (struct elf_symbol
),
8013 elf_sym_name_compare
);
8015 for (i
= 0; i
< count1
; i
++)
8016 /* Two symbols must have the same binding, type and name. */
8017 if (symtable1
[i
].u
.ssym
->st_info
!= symtable2
[i
].u
.ssym
->st_info
8018 || symtable1
[i
].u
.ssym
->st_other
!= symtable2
[i
].u
.ssym
->st_other
8019 || strcmp (symtable1
[i
].name
, symtable2
[i
].name
) != 0)
8026 symtable1
= (struct elf_symbol
*)
8027 bfd_malloc (symcount1
* sizeof (struct elf_symbol
));
8028 symtable2
= (struct elf_symbol
*)
8029 bfd_malloc (symcount2
* sizeof (struct elf_symbol
));
8030 if (symtable1
== NULL
|| symtable2
== NULL
)
8033 /* Count definitions in the section. */
8035 for (isym
= isymbuf1
, isymend
= isym
+ symcount1
; isym
< isymend
; isym
++)
8036 if (isym
->st_shndx
== shndx1
)
8037 symtable1
[count1
++].u
.isym
= isym
;
8040 for (isym
= isymbuf2
, isymend
= isym
+ symcount2
; isym
< isymend
; isym
++)
8041 if (isym
->st_shndx
== shndx2
)
8042 symtable2
[count2
++].u
.isym
= isym
;
8044 if (count1
== 0 || count2
== 0 || count1
!= count2
)
8047 for (i
= 0; i
< count1
; i
++)
8049 = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (bfd1
, hdr1
->sh_link
,
8050 symtable1
[i
].u
.isym
->st_name
);
8052 for (i
= 0; i
< count2
; i
++)
8054 = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (bfd2
, hdr2
->sh_link
,
8055 symtable2
[i
].u
.isym
->st_name
);
8057 /* Sort symbol by name. */
8058 qsort (symtable1
, count1
, sizeof (struct elf_symbol
),
8059 elf_sym_name_compare
);
8060 qsort (symtable2
, count1
, sizeof (struct elf_symbol
),
8061 elf_sym_name_compare
);
8063 for (i
= 0; i
< count1
; i
++)
8064 /* Two symbols must have the same binding, type and name. */
8065 if (symtable1
[i
].u
.isym
->st_info
!= symtable2
[i
].u
.isym
->st_info
8066 || symtable1
[i
].u
.isym
->st_other
!= symtable2
[i
].u
.isym
->st_other
8067 || strcmp (symtable1
[i
].name
, symtable2
[i
].name
) != 0)
8085 /* Return TRUE if 2 section types are compatible. */
8088 _bfd_elf_match_sections_by_type (bfd
*abfd
, const asection
*asec
,
8089 bfd
*bbfd
, const asection
*bsec
)
8093 || abfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
8094 || bbfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
8097 return elf_section_type (asec
) == elf_section_type (bsec
);
8100 /* Final phase of ELF linker. */
8102 /* A structure we use to avoid passing large numbers of arguments. */
8104 struct elf_final_link_info
8106 /* General link information. */
8107 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
8110 /* Symbol string table. */
8111 struct elf_strtab_hash
*symstrtab
;
8112 /* .hash section. */
8114 /* symbol version section (.gnu.version). */
8115 asection
*symver_sec
;
8116 /* Buffer large enough to hold contents of any section. */
8118 /* Buffer large enough to hold external relocs of any section. */
8119 void *external_relocs
;
8120 /* Buffer large enough to hold internal relocs of any section. */
8121 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
;
8122 /* Buffer large enough to hold external local symbols of any input
8124 bfd_byte
*external_syms
;
8125 /* And a buffer for symbol section indices. */
8126 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*locsym_shndx
;
8127 /* Buffer large enough to hold internal local symbols of any input
8129 Elf_Internal_Sym
*internal_syms
;
8130 /* Array large enough to hold a symbol index for each local symbol
8131 of any input BFD. */
8133 /* Array large enough to hold a section pointer for each local
8134 symbol of any input BFD. */
8135 asection
**sections
;
8136 /* Buffer for SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX section. */
8137 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*symshndxbuf
;
8138 /* Number of STT_FILE syms seen. */
8139 size_t filesym_count
;
8142 /* This struct is used to pass information to elf_link_output_extsym. */
8144 struct elf_outext_info
8147 bfd_boolean localsyms
;
8148 bfd_boolean file_sym_done
;
8149 struct elf_final_link_info
*flinfo
;
8153 /* Support for evaluating a complex relocation.
8155 Complex relocations are generalized, self-describing relocations. The
8156 implementation of them consists of two parts: complex symbols, and the
8157 relocations themselves.
8159 The relocations are use a reserved elf-wide relocation type code (R_RELC
8160 external / BFD_RELOC_RELC internal) and an encoding of relocation field
8161 information (start bit, end bit, word width, etc) into the addend. This
8162 information is extracted from CGEN-generated operand tables within gas.
8164 Complex symbols are mangled symbols (BSF_RELC external / STT_RELC
8165 internal) representing prefix-notation expressions, including but not
8166 limited to those sorts of expressions normally encoded as addends in the
8167 addend field. The symbol mangling format is:
8170 | <unary-operator> ':' <node>
8171 | <binary-operator> ':' <node> ':' <node>
8174 <literal> := 's' <digits=N> ':' <N character symbol name>
8175 | 'S' <digits=N> ':' <N character section name>
8179 <binary-operator> := as in C
8180 <unary-operator> := as in C, plus "0-" for unambiguous negation. */
8183 set_symbol_value (bfd
*bfd_with_globals
,
8184 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
,
8189 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
8190 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
8191 size_t extsymoff
= locsymcount
;
8193 if (symidx
< locsymcount
)
8195 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
8197 sym
= isymbuf
+ symidx
;
8198 if (ELF_ST_BIND (sym
->st_info
) == STB_LOCAL
)
8200 /* It is a local symbol: move it to the
8201 "absolute" section and give it a value. */
8202 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
8203 sym
->st_value
= val
;
8206 BFD_ASSERT (elf_bad_symtab (bfd_with_globals
));
8210 /* It is a global symbol: set its link type
8211 to "defined" and give it a value. */
8213 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (bfd_with_globals
);
8214 h
= sym_hashes
[symidx
- extsymoff
];
8215 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
8216 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
8217 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
8218 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defined
;
8219 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= val
;
8220 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
8224 resolve_symbol (const char *name
,
8226 struct elf_final_link_info
*flinfo
,
8228 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
,
8231 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
8232 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*global_entry
;
8233 const char *candidate
= NULL
;
8234 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
8237 symtab_hdr
= & elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
8239 for (i
= 0; i
< locsymcount
; ++ i
)
8243 if (ELF_ST_BIND (sym
->st_info
) != STB_LOCAL
)
8246 candidate
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (input_bfd
,
8247 symtab_hdr
->sh_link
,
8250 printf ("Comparing string: '%s' vs. '%s' = 0x%lx\n",
8251 name
, candidate
, (unsigned long) sym
->st_value
);
8253 if (candidate
&& strcmp (candidate
, name
) == 0)
8255 asection
*sec
= flinfo
->sections
[i
];
8257 *result
= _bfd_elf_rel_local_sym (input_bfd
, sym
, &sec
, 0);
8258 *result
+= sec
->output_offset
+ sec
->output_section
->vma
;
8260 printf ("Found symbol with value %8.8lx\n",
8261 (unsigned long) *result
);
8267 /* Hmm, haven't found it yet. perhaps it is a global. */
8268 global_entry
= bfd_link_hash_lookup (flinfo
->info
->hash
, name
,
8269 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
8273 if (global_entry
->type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
8274 || global_entry
->type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
8276 *result
= (global_entry
->u
.def
.value
8277 + global_entry
->u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
8278 + global_entry
->u
.def
.section
->output_offset
);
8280 printf ("Found GLOBAL symbol '%s' with value %8.8lx\n",
8281 global_entry
->root
.string
, (unsigned long) *result
);
8289 /* Looks up NAME in SECTIONS. If found sets RESULT to NAME's address (in
8290 bytes) and returns TRUE, otherwise returns FALSE. Accepts pseudo-section
8291 names like "foo.end" which is the end address of section "foo". */
8294 resolve_section (const char *name
,
8302 for (curr
= sections
; curr
; curr
= curr
->next
)
8303 if (strcmp (curr
->name
, name
) == 0)
8305 *result
= curr
->vma
;
8309 /* Hmm. still haven't found it. try pseudo-section names. */
8310 /* FIXME: This could be coded more efficiently... */
8311 for (curr
= sections
; curr
; curr
= curr
->next
)
8313 len
= strlen (curr
->name
);
8314 if (len
> strlen (name
))
8317 if (strncmp (curr
->name
, name
, len
) == 0)
8319 if (strncmp (".end", name
+ len
, 4) == 0)
8321 *result
= curr
->vma
+ curr
->size
/ bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd
);
8325 /* Insert more pseudo-section names here, if you like. */
8333 undefined_reference (const char *reftype
, const char *name
)
8335 /* xgettext:c-format */
8336 _bfd_error_handler (_("undefined %s reference in complex symbol: %s"),
8341 eval_symbol (bfd_vma
*result
,
8344 struct elf_final_link_info
*flinfo
,
8346 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
,
8355 const char *sym
= *symp
;
8357 bfd_boolean symbol_is_section
= FALSE
;
8362 if (len
< 1 || len
> sizeof (symbuf
))
8364 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8377 *result
= strtoul (sym
, (char **) symp
, 16);
8381 symbol_is_section
= TRUE
;
8385 symlen
= strtol (sym
, (char **) symp
, 10);
8386 sym
= *symp
+ 1; /* Skip the trailing ':'. */
8388 if (symend
< sym
|| symlen
+ 1 > sizeof (symbuf
))
8390 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8394 memcpy (symbuf
, sym
, symlen
);
8395 symbuf
[symlen
] = '\0';
8396 *symp
= sym
+ symlen
;
8398 /* Is it always possible, with complex symbols, that gas "mis-guessed"
8399 the symbol as a section, or vice-versa. so we're pretty liberal in our
8400 interpretation here; section means "try section first", not "must be a
8401 section", and likewise with symbol. */
8403 if (symbol_is_section
)
8405 if (!resolve_section (symbuf
, flinfo
->output_bfd
->sections
, result
, input_bfd
)
8406 && !resolve_symbol (symbuf
, input_bfd
, flinfo
, result
,
8407 isymbuf
, locsymcount
))
8409 undefined_reference ("section", symbuf
);
8415 if (!resolve_symbol (symbuf
, input_bfd
, flinfo
, result
,
8416 isymbuf
, locsymcount
)
8417 && !resolve_section (symbuf
, flinfo
->output_bfd
->sections
,
8420 undefined_reference ("symbol", symbuf
);
8427 /* All that remains are operators. */
8429 #define UNARY_OP(op) \
8430 if (strncmp (sym, #op, strlen (#op)) == 0) \
8432 sym += strlen (#op); \
8436 if (!eval_symbol (&a, symp, input_bfd, flinfo, dot, \
8437 isymbuf, locsymcount, signed_p)) \
8440 *result = op ((bfd_signed_vma) a); \
8446 #define BINARY_OP(op) \
8447 if (strncmp (sym, #op, strlen (#op)) == 0) \
8449 sym += strlen (#op); \
8453 if (!eval_symbol (&a, symp, input_bfd, flinfo, dot, \
8454 isymbuf, locsymcount, signed_p)) \
8457 if (!eval_symbol (&b, symp, input_bfd, flinfo, dot, \
8458 isymbuf, locsymcount, signed_p)) \
8461 *result = ((bfd_signed_vma) a) op ((bfd_signed_vma) b); \
8491 _bfd_error_handler (_("unknown operator '%c' in complex symbol"), * sym
);
8492 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8498 put_value (bfd_vma size
,
8499 unsigned long chunksz
,
8504 location
+= (size
- chunksz
);
8506 for (; size
; size
-= chunksz
, location
-= chunksz
)
8511 bfd_put_8 (input_bfd
, x
, location
);
8515 bfd_put_16 (input_bfd
, x
, location
);
8519 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, x
, location
);
8520 /* Computed this way because x >>= 32 is undefined if x is a 32-bit value. */
8526 bfd_put_64 (input_bfd
, x
, location
);
8527 /* Computed this way because x >>= 64 is undefined if x is a 64-bit value. */
8540 get_value (bfd_vma size
,
8541 unsigned long chunksz
,
8548 /* Sanity checks. */
8549 BFD_ASSERT (chunksz
<= sizeof (x
)
8552 && (size
% chunksz
) == 0
8553 && input_bfd
!= NULL
8554 && location
!= NULL
);
8556 if (chunksz
== sizeof (x
))
8558 BFD_ASSERT (size
== chunksz
);
8560 /* Make sure that we do not perform an undefined shift operation.
8561 We know that size == chunksz so there will only be one iteration
8562 of the loop below. */
8566 shift
= 8 * chunksz
;
8568 for (; size
; size
-= chunksz
, location
+= chunksz
)
8573 x
= (x
<< shift
) | bfd_get_8 (input_bfd
, location
);
8576 x
= (x
<< shift
) | bfd_get_16 (input_bfd
, location
);
8579 x
= (x
<< shift
) | bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, location
);
8583 x
= (x
<< shift
) | bfd_get_64 (input_bfd
, location
);
8594 decode_complex_addend (unsigned long *start
, /* in bits */
8595 unsigned long *oplen
, /* in bits */
8596 unsigned long *len
, /* in bits */
8597 unsigned long *wordsz
, /* in bytes */
8598 unsigned long *chunksz
, /* in bytes */
8599 unsigned long *lsb0_p
,
8600 unsigned long *signed_p
,
8601 unsigned long *trunc_p
,
8602 unsigned long encoded
)
8604 * start
= encoded
& 0x3F;
8605 * len
= (encoded
>> 6) & 0x3F;
8606 * oplen
= (encoded
>> 12) & 0x3F;
8607 * wordsz
= (encoded
>> 18) & 0xF;
8608 * chunksz
= (encoded
>> 22) & 0xF;
8609 * lsb0_p
= (encoded
>> 27) & 1;
8610 * signed_p
= (encoded
>> 28) & 1;
8611 * trunc_p
= (encoded
>> 29) & 1;
8614 bfd_reloc_status_type
8615 bfd_elf_perform_complex_relocation (bfd
*input_bfd
,
8616 asection
*input_section ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
8618 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
8621 bfd_vma shift
, x
, mask
;
8622 unsigned long start
, oplen
, len
, wordsz
, chunksz
, lsb0_p
, signed_p
, trunc_p
;
8623 bfd_reloc_status_type r
;
8625 /* Perform this reloc, since it is complex.
8626 (this is not to say that it necessarily refers to a complex
8627 symbol; merely that it is a self-describing CGEN based reloc.
8628 i.e. the addend has the complete reloc information (bit start, end,
8629 word size, etc) encoded within it.). */
8631 decode_complex_addend (&start
, &oplen
, &len
, &wordsz
,
8632 &chunksz
, &lsb0_p
, &signed_p
,
8633 &trunc_p
, rel
->r_addend
);
8635 mask
= (((1L << (len
- 1)) - 1) << 1) | 1;
8638 shift
= (start
+ 1) - len
;
8640 shift
= (8 * wordsz
) - (start
+ len
);
8642 x
= get_value (wordsz
, chunksz
, input_bfd
,
8643 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
* bfd_octets_per_byte (input_bfd
));
8646 printf ("Doing complex reloc: "
8647 "lsb0? %ld, signed? %ld, trunc? %ld, wordsz %ld, "
8648 "chunksz %ld, start %ld, len %ld, oplen %ld\n"
8649 " dest: %8.8lx, mask: %8.8lx, reloc: %8.8lx\n",
8650 lsb0_p
, signed_p
, trunc_p
, wordsz
, chunksz
, start
, len
,
8651 oplen
, (unsigned long) x
, (unsigned long) mask
,
8652 (unsigned long) relocation
);
8657 /* Now do an overflow check. */
8658 r
= bfd_check_overflow ((signed_p
8659 ? complain_overflow_signed
8660 : complain_overflow_unsigned
),
8661 len
, 0, (8 * wordsz
),
8665 x
= (x
& ~(mask
<< shift
)) | ((relocation
& mask
) << shift
);
8668 printf (" relocation: %8.8lx\n"
8669 " shifted mask: %8.8lx\n"
8670 " shifted/masked reloc: %8.8lx\n"
8671 " result: %8.8lx\n",
8672 (unsigned long) relocation
, (unsigned long) (mask
<< shift
),
8673 (unsigned long) ((relocation
& mask
) << shift
), (unsigned long) x
);
8675 put_value (wordsz
, chunksz
, input_bfd
, x
,
8676 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
* bfd_octets_per_byte (input_bfd
));
8680 /* Functions to read r_offset from external (target order) reloc
8681 entry. Faster than bfd_getl32 et al, because we let the compiler
8682 know the value is aligned. */
8685 ext32l_r_offset (const void *p
)
8692 const union aligned32
*a
8693 = (const union aligned32
*) &((const Elf32_External_Rel
*) p
)->r_offset
;
8695 uint32_t aval
= ( (uint32_t) a
->c
[0]
8696 | (uint32_t) a
->c
[1] << 8
8697 | (uint32_t) a
->c
[2] << 16
8698 | (uint32_t) a
->c
[3] << 24);
8703 ext32b_r_offset (const void *p
)
8710 const union aligned32
*a
8711 = (const union aligned32
*) &((const Elf32_External_Rel
*) p
)->r_offset
;
8713 uint32_t aval
= ( (uint32_t) a
->c
[0] << 24
8714 | (uint32_t) a
->c
[1] << 16
8715 | (uint32_t) a
->c
[2] << 8
8716 | (uint32_t) a
->c
[3]);
8720 #ifdef BFD_HOST_64_BIT
8722 ext64l_r_offset (const void *p
)
8729 const union aligned64
*a
8730 = (const union aligned64
*) &((const Elf64_External_Rel
*) p
)->r_offset
;
8732 uint64_t aval
= ( (uint64_t) a
->c
[0]
8733 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[1] << 8
8734 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[2] << 16
8735 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[3] << 24
8736 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[4] << 32
8737 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[5] << 40
8738 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[6] << 48
8739 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[7] << 56);
8744 ext64b_r_offset (const void *p
)
8751 const union aligned64
*a
8752 = (const union aligned64
*) &((const Elf64_External_Rel
*) p
)->r_offset
;
8754 uint64_t aval
= ( (uint64_t) a
->c
[0] << 56
8755 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[1] << 48
8756 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[2] << 40
8757 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[3] << 32
8758 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[4] << 24
8759 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[5] << 16
8760 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[6] << 8
8761 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[7]);
8766 /* When performing a relocatable link, the input relocations are
8767 preserved. But, if they reference global symbols, the indices
8768 referenced must be updated. Update all the relocations found in
8772 elf_link_adjust_relocs (bfd
*abfd
,
8774 struct bfd_elf_section_reloc_data
*reldata
,
8776 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
8779 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
8781 void (*swap_in
) (bfd
*, const bfd_byte
*, Elf_Internal_Rela
*);
8782 void (*swap_out
) (bfd
*, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*, bfd_byte
*);
8783 bfd_vma r_type_mask
;
8785 unsigned int count
= reldata
->count
;
8786 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**rel_hash
= reldata
->hashes
;
8788 if (reldata
->hdr
->sh_entsize
== bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
)
8790 swap_in
= bed
->s
->swap_reloc_in
;
8791 swap_out
= bed
->s
->swap_reloc_out
;
8793 else if (reldata
->hdr
->sh_entsize
== bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
)
8795 swap_in
= bed
->s
->swap_reloca_in
;
8796 swap_out
= bed
->s
->swap_reloca_out
;
8801 if (bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
> MAX_INT_RELS_PER_EXT_REL
)
8804 if (bed
->s
->arch_size
== 32)
8811 r_type_mask
= 0xffffffff;
8815 erela
= reldata
->hdr
->contents
;
8816 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++, rel_hash
++, erela
+= reldata
->hdr
->sh_entsize
)
8818 Elf_Internal_Rela irela
[MAX_INT_RELS_PER_EXT_REL
];
8821 if (*rel_hash
== NULL
)
8824 if ((*rel_hash
)->indx
== -2
8825 && info
->gc_sections
8826 && ! info
->gc_keep_exported
)
8828 /* PR 21524: Let the user know if a symbol was removed by garbage collection. */
8829 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB:%pA: error: relocation references symbol %s which was removed by garbage collection"),
8831 (*rel_hash
)->root
.root
.string
);
8832 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB:%pA: error: try relinking with --gc-keep-exported enabled"),
8834 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8837 BFD_ASSERT ((*rel_hash
)->indx
>= 0);
8839 (*swap_in
) (abfd
, erela
, irela
);
8840 for (j
= 0; j
< bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
; j
++)
8841 irela
[j
].r_info
= ((bfd_vma
) (*rel_hash
)->indx
<< r_sym_shift
8842 | (irela
[j
].r_info
& r_type_mask
));
8843 (*swap_out
) (abfd
, irela
, erela
);
8846 if (bed
->elf_backend_update_relocs
)
8847 (*bed
->elf_backend_update_relocs
) (sec
, reldata
);
8849 if (sort
&& count
!= 0)
8851 bfd_vma (*ext_r_off
) (const void *);
8854 bfd_byte
*base
, *end
, *p
, *loc
;
8855 bfd_byte
*buf
= NULL
;
8857 if (bed
->s
->arch_size
== 32)
8859 if (abfd
->xvec
->header_byteorder
== BFD_ENDIAN_LITTLE
)
8860 ext_r_off
= ext32l_r_offset
;
8861 else if (abfd
->xvec
->header_byteorder
== BFD_ENDIAN_BIG
)
8862 ext_r_off
= ext32b_r_offset
;
8868 #ifdef BFD_HOST_64_BIT
8869 if (abfd
->xvec
->header_byteorder
== BFD_ENDIAN_LITTLE
)
8870 ext_r_off
= ext64l_r_offset
;
8871 else if (abfd
->xvec
->header_byteorder
== BFD_ENDIAN_BIG
)
8872 ext_r_off
= ext64b_r_offset
;
8878 /* Must use a stable sort here. A modified insertion sort,
8879 since the relocs are mostly sorted already. */
8880 elt_size
= reldata
->hdr
->sh_entsize
;
8881 base
= reldata
->hdr
->contents
;
8882 end
= base
+ count
* elt_size
;
8883 if (elt_size
> sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
))
8886 /* Ensure the first element is lowest. This acts as a sentinel,
8887 speeding the main loop below. */
8888 r_off
= (*ext_r_off
) (base
);
8889 for (p
= loc
= base
; (p
+= elt_size
) < end
; )
8891 bfd_vma r_off2
= (*ext_r_off
) (p
);
8900 /* Don't just swap *base and *loc as that changes the order
8901 of the original base[0] and base[1] if they happen to
8902 have the same r_offset. */
8903 bfd_byte onebuf
[sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
)];
8904 memcpy (onebuf
, loc
, elt_size
);
8905 memmove (base
+ elt_size
, base
, loc
- base
);
8906 memcpy (base
, onebuf
, elt_size
);
8909 for (p
= base
+ elt_size
; (p
+= elt_size
) < end
; )
8911 /* base to p is sorted, *p is next to insert. */
8912 r_off
= (*ext_r_off
) (p
);
8913 /* Search the sorted region for location to insert. */
8915 while (r_off
< (*ext_r_off
) (loc
))
8920 /* Chances are there is a run of relocs to insert here,
8921 from one of more input files. Files are not always
8922 linked in order due to the way elf_link_input_bfd is
8923 called. See pr17666. */
8924 size_t sortlen
= p
- loc
;
8925 bfd_vma r_off2
= (*ext_r_off
) (loc
);
8926 size_t runlen
= elt_size
;
8927 size_t buf_size
= 96 * 1024;
8928 while (p
+ runlen
< end
8929 && (sortlen
<= buf_size
8930 || runlen
+ elt_size
<= buf_size
)
8931 && r_off2
> (*ext_r_off
) (p
+ runlen
))
8935 buf
= bfd_malloc (buf_size
);
8939 if (runlen
< sortlen
)
8941 memcpy (buf
, p
, runlen
);
8942 memmove (loc
+ runlen
, loc
, sortlen
);
8943 memcpy (loc
, buf
, runlen
);
8947 memcpy (buf
, loc
, sortlen
);
8948 memmove (loc
, p
, runlen
);
8949 memcpy (loc
+ runlen
, buf
, sortlen
);
8951 p
+= runlen
- elt_size
;
8954 /* Hashes are no longer valid. */
8955 free (reldata
->hashes
);
8956 reldata
->hashes
= NULL
;
8962 struct elf_link_sort_rela
8968 enum elf_reloc_type_class type
;
8969 /* We use this as an array of size int_rels_per_ext_rel. */
8970 Elf_Internal_Rela rela
[1];
8974 elf_link_sort_cmp1 (const void *A
, const void *B
)
8976 const struct elf_link_sort_rela
*a
= (const struct elf_link_sort_rela
*) A
;
8977 const struct elf_link_sort_rela
*b
= (const struct elf_link_sort_rela
*) B
;
8978 int relativea
, relativeb
;
8980 relativea
= a
->type
== reloc_class_relative
;
8981 relativeb
= b
->type
== reloc_class_relative
;
8983 if (relativea
< relativeb
)
8985 if (relativea
> relativeb
)
8987 if ((a
->rela
->r_info
& a
->u
.sym_mask
) < (b
->rela
->r_info
& b
->u
.sym_mask
))
8989 if ((a
->rela
->r_info
& a
->u
.sym_mask
) > (b
->rela
->r_info
& b
->u
.sym_mask
))
8991 if (a
->rela
->r_offset
< b
->rela
->r_offset
)
8993 if (a
->rela
->r_offset
> b
->rela
->r_offset
)
8999 elf_link_sort_cmp2 (const void *A
, const void *B
)
9001 const struct elf_link_sort_rela
*a
= (const struct elf_link_sort_rela
*) A
;
9002 const struct elf_link_sort_rela
*b
= (const struct elf_link_sort_rela
*) B
;
9004 if (a
->type
< b
->type
)
9006 if (a
->type
> b
->type
)
9008 if (a
->u
.offset
< b
->u
.offset
)
9010 if (a
->u
.offset
> b
->u
.offset
)
9012 if (a
->rela
->r_offset
< b
->rela
->r_offset
)
9014 if (a
->rela
->r_offset
> b
->rela
->r_offset
)
9020 elf_link_sort_relocs (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
, asection
**psec
)
9022 asection
*dynamic_relocs
;
9025 bfd_size_type count
, size
;
9026 size_t i
, ret
, sort_elt
, ext_size
;
9027 bfd_byte
*sort
, *s_non_relative
, *p
;
9028 struct elf_link_sort_rela
*sq
;
9029 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
9030 int i2e
= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
9031 unsigned int opb
= bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd
);
9032 void (*swap_in
) (bfd
*, const bfd_byte
*, Elf_Internal_Rela
*);
9033 void (*swap_out
) (bfd
*, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*, bfd_byte
*);
9034 struct bfd_link_order
*lo
;
9036 bfd_boolean use_rela
;
9038 /* Find a dynamic reloc section. */
9039 rela_dyn
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rela.dyn");
9040 rel_dyn
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rel.dyn");
9041 if (rela_dyn
!= NULL
&& rela_dyn
->size
> 0
9042 && rel_dyn
!= NULL
&& rel_dyn
->size
> 0)
9044 bfd_boolean use_rela_initialised
= FALSE
;
9046 /* This is just here to stop gcc from complaining.
9047 Its initialization checking code is not perfect. */
9050 /* Both sections are present. Examine the sizes
9051 of the indirect sections to help us choose. */
9052 for (lo
= rela_dyn
->map_head
.link_order
; lo
!= NULL
; lo
= lo
->next
)
9053 if (lo
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
)
9055 asection
*o
= lo
->u
.indirect
.section
;
9057 if ((o
->size
% bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
) == 0)
9059 if ((o
->size
% bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
) == 0)
9060 /* Section size is divisible by both rel and rela sizes.
9061 It is of no help to us. */
9065 /* Section size is only divisible by rela. */
9066 if (use_rela_initialised
&& !use_rela
)
9068 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: unable to sort relocs - "
9069 "they are in more than one size"),
9071 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
9077 use_rela_initialised
= TRUE
;
9081 else if ((o
->size
% bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
) == 0)
9083 /* Section size is only divisible by rel. */
9084 if (use_rela_initialised
&& use_rela
)
9086 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: unable to sort relocs - "
9087 "they are in more than one size"),
9089 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
9095 use_rela_initialised
= TRUE
;
9100 /* The section size is not divisible by either -
9101 something is wrong. */
9102 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: unable to sort relocs - "
9103 "they are of an unknown size"), abfd
);
9104 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
9109 for (lo
= rel_dyn
->map_head
.link_order
; lo
!= NULL
; lo
= lo
->next
)
9110 if (lo
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
)
9112 asection
*o
= lo
->u
.indirect
.section
;
9114 if ((o
->size
% bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
) == 0)
9116 if ((o
->size
% bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
) == 0)
9117 /* Section size is divisible by both rel and rela sizes.
9118 It is of no help to us. */
9122 /* Section size is only divisible by rela. */
9123 if (use_rela_initialised
&& !use_rela
)
9125 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: unable to sort relocs - "
9126 "they are in more than one size"),
9128 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
9134 use_rela_initialised
= TRUE
;
9138 else if ((o
->size
% bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
) == 0)
9140 /* Section size is only divisible by rel. */
9141 if (use_rela_initialised
&& use_rela
)
9143 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: unable to sort relocs - "
9144 "they are in more than one size"),
9146 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
9152 use_rela_initialised
= TRUE
;
9157 /* The section size is not divisible by either -
9158 something is wrong. */
9159 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: unable to sort relocs - "
9160 "they are of an unknown size"), abfd
);
9161 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
9166 if (! use_rela_initialised
)
9170 else if (rela_dyn
!= NULL
&& rela_dyn
->size
> 0)
9172 else if (rel_dyn
!= NULL
&& rel_dyn
->size
> 0)
9179 dynamic_relocs
= rela_dyn
;
9180 ext_size
= bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
;
9181 swap_in
= bed
->s
->swap_reloca_in
;
9182 swap_out
= bed
->s
->swap_reloca_out
;
9186 dynamic_relocs
= rel_dyn
;
9187 ext_size
= bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
;
9188 swap_in
= bed
->s
->swap_reloc_in
;
9189 swap_out
= bed
->s
->swap_reloc_out
;
9193 for (lo
= dynamic_relocs
->map_head
.link_order
; lo
!= NULL
; lo
= lo
->next
)
9194 if (lo
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
)
9195 size
+= lo
->u
.indirect
.section
->size
;
9197 if (size
!= dynamic_relocs
->size
)
9200 sort_elt
= (sizeof (struct elf_link_sort_rela
)
9201 + (i2e
- 1) * sizeof (Elf_Internal_Rela
));
9203 count
= dynamic_relocs
->size
/ ext_size
;
9206 sort
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_zmalloc (sort_elt
* count
);
9210 (*info
->callbacks
->warning
)
9211 (info
, _("not enough memory to sort relocations"), 0, abfd
, 0, 0);
9215 if (bed
->s
->arch_size
== 32)
9216 r_sym_mask
= ~(bfd_vma
) 0xff;
9218 r_sym_mask
= ~(bfd_vma
) 0xffffffff;
9220 for (lo
= dynamic_relocs
->map_head
.link_order
; lo
!= NULL
; lo
= lo
->next
)
9221 if (lo
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
)
9223 bfd_byte
*erel
, *erelend
;
9224 asection
*o
= lo
->u
.indirect
.section
;
9226 if (o
->contents
== NULL
&& o
->size
!= 0)
9228 /* This is a reloc section that is being handled as a normal
9229 section. See bfd_section_from_shdr. We can't combine
9230 relocs in this case. */
9235 erelend
= o
->contents
+ o
->size
;
9236 p
= sort
+ o
->output_offset
* opb
/ ext_size
* sort_elt
;
9238 while (erel
< erelend
)
9240 struct elf_link_sort_rela
*s
= (struct elf_link_sort_rela
*) p
;
9242 (*swap_in
) (abfd
, erel
, s
->rela
);
9243 s
->type
= (*bed
->elf_backend_reloc_type_class
) (info
, o
, s
->rela
);
9244 s
->u
.sym_mask
= r_sym_mask
;
9250 qsort (sort
, count
, sort_elt
, elf_link_sort_cmp1
);
9252 for (i
= 0, p
= sort
; i
< count
; i
++, p
+= sort_elt
)
9254 struct elf_link_sort_rela
*s
= (struct elf_link_sort_rela
*) p
;
9255 if (s
->type
!= reloc_class_relative
)
9261 sq
= (struct elf_link_sort_rela
*) s_non_relative
;
9262 for (; i
< count
; i
++, p
+= sort_elt
)
9264 struct elf_link_sort_rela
*sp
= (struct elf_link_sort_rela
*) p
;
9265 if (((sp
->rela
->r_info
^ sq
->rela
->r_info
) & r_sym_mask
) != 0)
9267 sp
->u
.offset
= sq
->rela
->r_offset
;
9270 qsort (s_non_relative
, count
- ret
, sort_elt
, elf_link_sort_cmp2
);
9272 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
9273 if (htab
->srelplt
&& htab
->srelplt
->output_section
== dynamic_relocs
)
9275 /* We have plt relocs in .rela.dyn. */
9276 sq
= (struct elf_link_sort_rela
*) sort
;
9277 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++)
9278 if (sq
[count
- i
- 1].type
!= reloc_class_plt
)
9280 if (i
!= 0 && htab
->srelplt
->size
== i
* ext_size
)
9282 struct bfd_link_order
**plo
;
9283 /* Put srelplt link_order last. This is so the output_offset
9284 set in the next loop is correct for DT_JMPREL. */
9285 for (plo
= &dynamic_relocs
->map_head
.link_order
; *plo
!= NULL
; )
9286 if ((*plo
)->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
9287 && (*plo
)->u
.indirect
.section
== htab
->srelplt
)
9293 plo
= &(*plo
)->next
;
9296 dynamic_relocs
->map_tail
.link_order
= lo
;
9301 for (lo
= dynamic_relocs
->map_head
.link_order
; lo
!= NULL
; lo
= lo
->next
)
9302 if (lo
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
)
9304 bfd_byte
*erel
, *erelend
;
9305 asection
*o
= lo
->u
.indirect
.section
;
9308 erelend
= o
->contents
+ o
->size
;
9309 o
->output_offset
= (p
- sort
) / sort_elt
* ext_size
/ opb
;
9310 while (erel
< erelend
)
9312 struct elf_link_sort_rela
*s
= (struct elf_link_sort_rela
*) p
;
9313 (*swap_out
) (abfd
, s
->rela
, erel
);
9320 *psec
= dynamic_relocs
;
9324 /* Add a symbol to the output symbol string table. */
9327 elf_link_output_symstrtab (struct elf_final_link_info
*flinfo
,
9329 Elf_Internal_Sym
*elfsym
,
9330 asection
*input_sec
,
9331 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
9333 int (*output_symbol_hook
)
9334 (struct bfd_link_info
*, const char *, Elf_Internal_Sym
*, asection
*,
9335 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*);
9336 struct elf_link_hash_table
*hash_table
;
9337 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
9338 bfd_size_type strtabsize
;
9340 BFD_ASSERT (elf_onesymtab (flinfo
->output_bfd
));
9342 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (flinfo
->output_bfd
);
9343 output_symbol_hook
= bed
->elf_backend_link_output_symbol_hook
;
9344 if (output_symbol_hook
!= NULL
)
9346 int ret
= (*output_symbol_hook
) (flinfo
->info
, name
, elfsym
, input_sec
, h
);
9353 || (input_sec
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
))
9354 elfsym
->st_name
= (unsigned long) -1;
9357 /* Call _bfd_elf_strtab_offset after _bfd_elf_strtab_finalize
9358 to get the final offset for st_name. */
9360 = (unsigned long) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (flinfo
->symstrtab
,
9362 if (elfsym
->st_name
== (unsigned long) -1)
9366 hash_table
= elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
);
9367 strtabsize
= hash_table
->strtabsize
;
9368 if (strtabsize
<= hash_table
->strtabcount
)
9370 strtabsize
+= strtabsize
;
9371 hash_table
->strtabsize
= strtabsize
;
9372 strtabsize
*= sizeof (*hash_table
->strtab
);
9374 = (struct elf_sym_strtab
*) bfd_realloc (hash_table
->strtab
,
9376 if (hash_table
->strtab
== NULL
)
9379 hash_table
->strtab
[hash_table
->strtabcount
].sym
= *elfsym
;
9380 hash_table
->strtab
[hash_table
->strtabcount
].dest_index
9381 = hash_table
->strtabcount
;
9382 hash_table
->strtab
[hash_table
->strtabcount
].destshndx_index
9383 = flinfo
->symshndxbuf
? bfd_get_symcount (flinfo
->output_bfd
) : 0;
9385 bfd_get_symcount (flinfo
->output_bfd
) += 1;
9386 hash_table
->strtabcount
+= 1;
9391 /* Swap symbols out to the symbol table and flush the output symbols to
9395 elf_link_swap_symbols_out (struct elf_final_link_info
*flinfo
)
9397 struct elf_link_hash_table
*hash_table
= elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
);
9400 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
9402 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
9406 if (!hash_table
->strtabcount
)
9409 BFD_ASSERT (elf_onesymtab (flinfo
->output_bfd
));
9411 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (flinfo
->output_bfd
);
9413 amt
= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
* hash_table
->strtabcount
;
9414 symbuf
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_malloc (amt
);
9418 if (flinfo
->symshndxbuf
)
9420 amt
= sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
9421 amt
*= bfd_get_symcount (flinfo
->output_bfd
);
9422 flinfo
->symshndxbuf
= (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*) bfd_zmalloc (amt
);
9423 if (flinfo
->symshndxbuf
== NULL
)
9430 for (i
= 0; i
< hash_table
->strtabcount
; i
++)
9432 struct elf_sym_strtab
*elfsym
= &hash_table
->strtab
[i
];
9433 if (elfsym
->sym
.st_name
== (unsigned long) -1)
9434 elfsym
->sym
.st_name
= 0;
9437 = (unsigned long) _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (flinfo
->symstrtab
,
9438 elfsym
->sym
.st_name
);
9439 bed
->s
->swap_symbol_out (flinfo
->output_bfd
, &elfsym
->sym
,
9440 ((bfd_byte
*) symbuf
9441 + (elfsym
->dest_index
9442 * bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
)),
9443 (flinfo
->symshndxbuf
9444 + elfsym
->destshndx_index
));
9447 hdr
= &elf_tdata (flinfo
->output_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
9448 pos
= hdr
->sh_offset
+ hdr
->sh_size
;
9449 amt
= hash_table
->strtabcount
* bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
9450 if (bfd_seek (flinfo
->output_bfd
, pos
, SEEK_SET
) == 0
9451 && bfd_bwrite (symbuf
, amt
, flinfo
->output_bfd
) == amt
)
9453 hdr
->sh_size
+= amt
;
9461 free (hash_table
->strtab
);
9462 hash_table
->strtab
= NULL
;
9467 /* Return TRUE if the dynamic symbol SYM in ABFD is supported. */
9470 check_dynsym (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
9472 if (sym
->st_shndx
>= (SHN_LORESERVE
& 0xffff)
9473 && sym
->st_shndx
< SHN_LORESERVE
)
9475 /* The gABI doesn't support dynamic symbols in output sections
9478 /* xgettext:c-format */
9479 (_("%pB: too many sections: %d (>= %d)"),
9480 abfd
, bfd_count_sections (abfd
), SHN_LORESERVE
& 0xffff);
9481 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section
);
9487 /* For DSOs loaded in via a DT_NEEDED entry, emulate ld.so in
9488 allowing an unsatisfied unversioned symbol in the DSO to match a
9489 versioned symbol that would normally require an explicit version.
9490 We also handle the case that a DSO references a hidden symbol
9491 which may be satisfied by a versioned symbol in another DSO. */
9494 elf_link_check_versioned_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
9495 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
,
9496 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
9499 struct elf_link_loaded_list
*loaded
;
9501 if (!is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
9504 /* Check indirect symbol. */
9505 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
9506 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
9508 switch (h
->root
.type
)
9514 case bfd_link_hash_undefined
:
9515 case bfd_link_hash_undefweak
:
9516 abfd
= h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
;
9518 || (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0
9519 || (elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
) & DYN_DT_NEEDED
) == 0)
9523 case bfd_link_hash_defined
:
9524 case bfd_link_hash_defweak
:
9525 abfd
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
;
9528 case bfd_link_hash_common
:
9529 abfd
= h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->section
->owner
;
9532 BFD_ASSERT (abfd
!= NULL
);
9534 for (loaded
= elf_hash_table (info
)->loaded
;
9536 loaded
= loaded
->next
)
9539 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
9543 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*versymhdr
;
9544 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
9545 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymend
;
9546 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
;
9547 Elf_External_Versym
*ever
;
9548 Elf_External_Versym
*extversym
;
9550 input
= loaded
->abfd
;
9552 /* We check each DSO for a possible hidden versioned definition. */
9554 || (input
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0
9555 || elf_dynversym (input
) == 0)
9558 hdr
= &elf_tdata (input
)->dynsymtab_hdr
;
9560 symcount
= hdr
->sh_size
/ bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
9561 if (elf_bad_symtab (input
))
9563 extsymcount
= symcount
;
9568 extsymcount
= symcount
- hdr
->sh_info
;
9569 extsymoff
= hdr
->sh_info
;
9572 if (extsymcount
== 0)
9575 isymbuf
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (input
, hdr
, extsymcount
, extsymoff
,
9577 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
9580 /* Read in any version definitions. */
9581 versymhdr
= &elf_tdata (input
)->dynversym_hdr
;
9582 extversym
= (Elf_External_Versym
*) bfd_malloc (versymhdr
->sh_size
);
9583 if (extversym
== NULL
)
9586 if (bfd_seek (input
, versymhdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
9587 || (bfd_bread (extversym
, versymhdr
->sh_size
, input
)
9588 != versymhdr
->sh_size
))
9596 ever
= extversym
+ extsymoff
;
9597 isymend
= isymbuf
+ extsymcount
;
9598 for (isym
= isymbuf
; isym
< isymend
; isym
++, ever
++)
9601 Elf_Internal_Versym iver
;
9602 unsigned short version_index
;
9604 if (ELF_ST_BIND (isym
->st_info
) == STB_LOCAL
9605 || isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
)
9608 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (input
,
9611 if (strcmp (name
, h
->root
.root
.string
) != 0)
9614 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_in (input
, ever
, &iver
);
9616 if ((iver
.vs_vers
& VERSYM_HIDDEN
) == 0
9618 && h
->forced_local
))
9620 /* If we have a non-hidden versioned sym, then it should
9621 have provided a definition for the undefined sym unless
9622 it is defined in a non-shared object and forced local.
9627 version_index
= iver
.vs_vers
& VERSYM_VERSION
;
9628 if (version_index
== 1 || version_index
== 2)
9630 /* This is the base or first version. We can use it. */
9644 /* Convert ELF common symbol TYPE. */
9647 elf_link_convert_common_type (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, int type
)
9649 /* Commom symbol can only appear in relocatable link. */
9650 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
9652 switch (info
->elf_stt_common
)
9656 case elf_stt_common
:
9659 case no_elf_stt_common
:
9666 /* Add an external symbol to the symbol table. This is called from
9667 the hash table traversal routine. When generating a shared object,
9668 we go through the symbol table twice. The first time we output
9669 anything that might have been forced to local scope in a version
9670 script. The second time we output the symbols that are still
9674 elf_link_output_extsym (struct bfd_hash_entry
*bh
, void *data
)
9676 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
9677 struct elf_outext_info
*eoinfo
= (struct elf_outext_info
*) data
;
9678 struct elf_final_link_info
*flinfo
= eoinfo
->flinfo
;
9680 Elf_Internal_Sym sym
;
9681 asection
*input_sec
;
9682 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
9687 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
9689 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
9690 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
9694 /* Decide whether to output this symbol in this pass. */
9695 if (eoinfo
->localsyms
)
9697 if (!h
->forced_local
)
9702 if (h
->forced_local
)
9706 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (flinfo
->output_bfd
);
9708 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
)
9710 /* If we have an undefined symbol reference here then it must have
9711 come from a shared library that is being linked in. (Undefined
9712 references in regular files have already been handled unless
9713 they are in unreferenced sections which are removed by garbage
9715 bfd_boolean ignore_undef
= FALSE
;
9717 /* Some symbols may be special in that the fact that they're
9718 undefined can be safely ignored - let backend determine that. */
9719 if (bed
->elf_backend_ignore_undef_symbol
)
9720 ignore_undef
= bed
->elf_backend_ignore_undef_symbol (h
);
9722 /* If we are reporting errors for this situation then do so now. */
9725 && (!h
->ref_regular
|| flinfo
->info
->gc_sections
)
9726 && !elf_link_check_versioned_symbol (flinfo
->info
, bed
, h
)
9727 && flinfo
->info
->unresolved_syms_in_shared_libs
!= RM_IGNORE
)
9728 (*flinfo
->info
->callbacks
->undefined_symbol
)
9729 (flinfo
->info
, h
->root
.root
.string
,
9730 h
->ref_regular
? NULL
: h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
,
9732 flinfo
->info
->unresolved_syms_in_shared_libs
== RM_GENERATE_ERROR
);
9734 /* Strip a global symbol defined in a discarded section. */
9739 /* We should also warn if a forced local symbol is referenced from
9740 shared libraries. */
9741 if (bfd_link_executable (flinfo
->info
)
9746 && h
->ref_dynamic_nonweak
9747 && !elf_link_check_versioned_symbol (flinfo
->info
, bed
, h
))
9751 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*hi
= h
;
9753 /* Check indirect symbol. */
9754 while (hi
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
9755 hi
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) hi
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
9757 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_INTERNAL
)
9758 /* xgettext:c-format */
9759 msg
= _("%pB: internal symbol `%s' in %pB is referenced by DSO");
9760 else if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_HIDDEN
)
9761 /* xgettext:c-format */
9762 msg
= _("%pB: hidden symbol `%s' in %pB is referenced by DSO");
9764 /* xgettext:c-format */
9765 msg
= _("%pB: local symbol `%s' in %pB is referenced by DSO");
9766 def_bfd
= flinfo
->output_bfd
;
9767 if (hi
->root
.u
.def
.section
!= bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
9768 def_bfd
= hi
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
;
9769 _bfd_error_handler (msg
, flinfo
->output_bfd
,
9770 h
->root
.root
.string
, def_bfd
);
9771 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
9772 eoinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
9776 /* We don't want to output symbols that have never been mentioned by
9777 a regular file, or that we have been told to strip. However, if
9778 h->indx is set to -2, the symbol is used by a reloc and we must
9783 else if ((h
->def_dynamic
9785 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
9789 else if (flinfo
->info
->strip
== strip_all
)
9791 else if (flinfo
->info
->strip
== strip_some
9792 && bfd_hash_lookup (flinfo
->info
->keep_hash
,
9793 h
->root
.root
.string
, FALSE
, FALSE
) == NULL
)
9795 else if ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
9796 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
9797 && ((flinfo
->info
->strip_discarded
9798 && discarded_section (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
))
9799 || ((h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) == 0
9800 && h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
!= NULL
9801 && (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) != 0)))
9803 else if ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
9804 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
9805 && h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
!= NULL
9806 && (h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) != 0)
9811 /* If we're stripping it, and it's not a dynamic symbol, there's
9812 nothing else to do. However, if it is a forced local symbol or
9813 an ifunc symbol we need to give the backend finish_dynamic_symbol
9814 function a chance to make it dynamic. */
9817 && type
!= STT_GNU_IFUNC
9818 && !h
->forced_local
)
9822 sym
.st_size
= h
->size
;
9823 sym
.st_other
= h
->other
;
9824 switch (h
->root
.type
)
9827 case bfd_link_hash_new
:
9828 case bfd_link_hash_warning
:
9832 case bfd_link_hash_undefined
:
9833 case bfd_link_hash_undefweak
:
9834 input_sec
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
9835 sym
.st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
9838 case bfd_link_hash_defined
:
9839 case bfd_link_hash_defweak
:
9841 input_sec
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
9842 if (input_sec
->output_section
!= NULL
)
9845 _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (flinfo
->output_bfd
,
9846 input_sec
->output_section
);
9847 if (sym
.st_shndx
== SHN_BAD
)
9850 /* xgettext:c-format */
9851 (_("%pB: could not find output section %pA for input section %pA"),
9852 flinfo
->output_bfd
, input_sec
->output_section
, input_sec
);
9853 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section
);
9854 eoinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
9858 /* ELF symbols in relocatable files are section relative,
9859 but in nonrelocatable files they are virtual
9861 sym
.st_value
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
+ input_sec
->output_offset
;
9862 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (flinfo
->info
))
9864 sym
.st_value
+= input_sec
->output_section
->vma
;
9865 if (h
->type
== STT_TLS
)
9867 asection
*tls_sec
= elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
)->tls_sec
;
9868 if (tls_sec
!= NULL
)
9869 sym
.st_value
-= tls_sec
->vma
;
9875 BFD_ASSERT (input_sec
->owner
== NULL
9876 || (input_sec
->owner
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0);
9877 sym
.st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
9878 input_sec
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
9883 case bfd_link_hash_common
:
9884 input_sec
= h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->section
;
9885 sym
.st_shndx
= bed
->common_section_index (input_sec
);
9886 sym
.st_value
= 1 << h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->alignment_power
;
9889 case bfd_link_hash_indirect
:
9890 /* These symbols are created by symbol versioning. They point
9891 to the decorated version of the name. For example, if the
9892 symbol foo@@GNU_1.2 is the default, which should be used when
9893 foo is used with no version, then we add an indirect symbol
9894 foo which points to foo@@GNU_1.2. We ignore these symbols,
9895 since the indirected symbol is already in the hash table. */
9899 if (type
== STT_COMMON
|| type
== STT_OBJECT
)
9900 switch (h
->root
.type
)
9902 case bfd_link_hash_common
:
9903 type
= elf_link_convert_common_type (flinfo
->info
, type
);
9905 case bfd_link_hash_defined
:
9906 case bfd_link_hash_defweak
:
9907 if (bed
->common_definition (&sym
))
9908 type
= elf_link_convert_common_type (flinfo
->info
, type
);
9912 case bfd_link_hash_undefined
:
9913 case bfd_link_hash_undefweak
:
9919 if (h
->forced_local
)
9921 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, type
);
9922 /* Turn off visibility on local symbol. */
9923 sym
.st_other
&= ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1);
9925 /* Set STB_GNU_UNIQUE only if symbol is defined in regular object. */
9926 else if (h
->unique_global
&& h
->def_regular
)
9927 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GNU_UNIQUE
, type
);
9928 else if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
9929 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
9930 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_WEAK
, type
);
9932 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, type
);
9933 sym
.st_target_internal
= h
->target_internal
;
9935 /* Give the processor backend a chance to tweak the symbol value,
9936 and also to finish up anything that needs to be done for this
9937 symbol. FIXME: Not calling elf_backend_finish_dynamic_symbol for
9938 forced local syms when non-shared is due to a historical quirk.
9939 STT_GNU_IFUNC symbol must go through PLT. */
9940 if ((h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
9942 && !bfd_link_relocatable (flinfo
->info
))
9943 || ((h
->dynindx
!= -1
9945 && ((bfd_link_pic (flinfo
->info
)
9946 && (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_DEFAULT
9947 || h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
))
9948 || !h
->forced_local
)
9949 && elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
)->dynamic_sections_created
))
9951 if (! ((*bed
->elf_backend_finish_dynamic_symbol
)
9952 (flinfo
->output_bfd
, flinfo
->info
, h
, &sym
)))
9954 eoinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
9959 /* If we are marking the symbol as undefined, and there are no
9960 non-weak references to this symbol from a regular object, then
9961 mark the symbol as weak undefined; if there are non-weak
9962 references, mark the symbol as strong. We can't do this earlier,
9963 because it might not be marked as undefined until the
9964 finish_dynamic_symbol routine gets through with it. */
9965 if (sym
.st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
9967 && (ELF_ST_BIND (sym
.st_info
) == STB_GLOBAL
9968 || ELF_ST_BIND (sym
.st_info
) == STB_WEAK
))
9971 type
= ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
.st_info
);
9973 /* Turn an undefined IFUNC symbol into a normal FUNC symbol. */
9974 if (type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
9977 if (h
->ref_regular_nonweak
)
9978 bindtype
= STB_GLOBAL
;
9980 bindtype
= STB_WEAK
;
9981 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (bindtype
, type
);
9984 /* If this is a symbol defined in a dynamic library, don't use the
9985 symbol size from the dynamic library. Relinking an executable
9986 against a new library may introduce gratuitous changes in the
9987 executable's symbols if we keep the size. */
9988 if (sym
.st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
9993 /* If a non-weak symbol with non-default visibility is not defined
9994 locally, it is a fatal error. */
9995 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (flinfo
->info
)
9996 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (sym
.st_other
) != STV_DEFAULT
9997 && ELF_ST_BIND (sym
.st_info
) != STB_WEAK
9998 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
10003 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (sym
.st_other
) == STV_PROTECTED
)
10004 /* xgettext:c-format */
10005 msg
= _("%pB: protected symbol `%s' isn't defined");
10006 else if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (sym
.st_other
) == STV_INTERNAL
)
10007 /* xgettext:c-format */
10008 msg
= _("%pB: internal symbol `%s' isn't defined");
10010 /* xgettext:c-format */
10011 msg
= _("%pB: hidden symbol `%s' isn't defined");
10012 _bfd_error_handler (msg
, flinfo
->output_bfd
, h
->root
.root
.string
);
10013 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
10014 eoinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
10018 /* If this symbol should be put in the .dynsym section, then put it
10019 there now. We already know the symbol index. We also fill in
10020 the entry in the .hash section. */
10021 if (elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
)->dynsym
!= NULL
10022 && h
->dynindx
!= -1
10023 && elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
10027 /* Since there is no version information in the dynamic string,
10028 if there is no version info in symbol version section, we will
10029 have a run-time problem if not linking executable, referenced
10030 by shared library, or not bound locally. */
10031 if (h
->verinfo
.verdef
== NULL
10032 && (!bfd_link_executable (flinfo
->info
)
10034 || !h
->def_regular
))
10036 char *p
= strrchr (h
->root
.root
.string
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
10038 if (p
&& p
[1] != '\0')
10041 /* xgettext:c-format */
10042 (_("%pB: no symbol version section for versioned symbol `%s'"),
10043 flinfo
->output_bfd
, h
->root
.root
.string
);
10044 eoinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
10049 sym
.st_name
= h
->dynstr_index
;
10050 esym
= (elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
)->dynsym
->contents
10051 + h
->dynindx
* bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
);
10052 if (!check_dynsym (flinfo
->output_bfd
, &sym
))
10054 eoinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
10057 bed
->s
->swap_symbol_out (flinfo
->output_bfd
, &sym
, esym
, 0);
10059 if (flinfo
->hash_sec
!= NULL
)
10061 size_t hash_entry_size
;
10062 bfd_byte
*bucketpos
;
10064 size_t bucketcount
;
10067 bucketcount
= elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
)->bucketcount
;
10068 bucket
= h
->u
.elf_hash_value
% bucketcount
;
10071 = elf_section_data (flinfo
->hash_sec
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
;
10072 bucketpos
= ((bfd_byte
*) flinfo
->hash_sec
->contents
10073 + (bucket
+ 2) * hash_entry_size
);
10074 chain
= bfd_get (8 * hash_entry_size
, flinfo
->output_bfd
, bucketpos
);
10075 bfd_put (8 * hash_entry_size
, flinfo
->output_bfd
, h
->dynindx
,
10077 bfd_put (8 * hash_entry_size
, flinfo
->output_bfd
, chain
,
10078 ((bfd_byte
*) flinfo
->hash_sec
->contents
10079 + (bucketcount
+ 2 + h
->dynindx
) * hash_entry_size
));
10082 if (flinfo
->symver_sec
!= NULL
&& flinfo
->symver_sec
->contents
!= NULL
)
10084 Elf_Internal_Versym iversym
;
10085 Elf_External_Versym
*eversym
;
10087 if (!h
->def_regular
)
10089 if (h
->verinfo
.verdef
== NULL
10090 || (elf_dyn_lib_class (h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_bfd
)
10091 & (DYN_AS_NEEDED
| DYN_DT_NEEDED
| DYN_NO_NEEDED
)))
10092 iversym
.vs_vers
= 0;
10094 iversym
.vs_vers
= h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_exp_refno
+ 1;
10098 if (h
->verinfo
.vertree
== NULL
)
10099 iversym
.vs_vers
= 1;
10101 iversym
.vs_vers
= h
->verinfo
.vertree
->vernum
+ 1;
10102 if (flinfo
->info
->create_default_symver
)
10106 /* Turn on VERSYM_HIDDEN only if the hidden versioned symbol is
10107 defined locally. */
10108 if (h
->versioned
== versioned_hidden
&& h
->def_regular
)
10109 iversym
.vs_vers
|= VERSYM_HIDDEN
;
10111 eversym
= (Elf_External_Versym
*) flinfo
->symver_sec
->contents
;
10112 eversym
+= h
->dynindx
;
10113 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_out (flinfo
->output_bfd
, &iversym
, eversym
);
10117 /* If the symbol is undefined, and we didn't output it to .dynsym,
10118 strip it from .symtab too. Obviously we can't do this for
10119 relocatable output or when needed for --emit-relocs. */
10120 else if (input_sec
== bfd_und_section_ptr
10122 /* PR 22319 Do not strip global undefined symbols marked as being needed. */
10123 && (h
->mark
!= 1 || ELF_ST_BIND (sym
.st_info
) != STB_GLOBAL
)
10124 && !bfd_link_relocatable (flinfo
->info
))
10127 /* Also strip others that we couldn't earlier due to dynamic symbol
10131 if ((input_sec
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) != 0)
10134 /* Output a FILE symbol so that following locals are not associated
10135 with the wrong input file. We need one for forced local symbols
10136 if we've seen more than one FILE symbol or when we have exactly
10137 one FILE symbol but global symbols are present in a file other
10138 than the one with the FILE symbol. We also need one if linker
10139 defined symbols are present. In practice these conditions are
10140 always met, so just emit the FILE symbol unconditionally. */
10141 if (eoinfo
->localsyms
10142 && !eoinfo
->file_sym_done
10143 && eoinfo
->flinfo
->filesym_count
!= 0)
10145 Elf_Internal_Sym fsym
;
10147 memset (&fsym
, 0, sizeof (fsym
));
10148 fsym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, STT_FILE
);
10149 fsym
.st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
10150 if (!elf_link_output_symstrtab (eoinfo
->flinfo
, NULL
, &fsym
,
10151 bfd_und_section_ptr
, NULL
))
10154 eoinfo
->file_sym_done
= TRUE
;
10157 indx
= bfd_get_symcount (flinfo
->output_bfd
);
10158 ret
= elf_link_output_symstrtab (flinfo
, h
->root
.root
.string
, &sym
,
10162 eoinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
10167 else if (h
->indx
== -2)
10173 /* Return TRUE if special handling is done for relocs in SEC against
10174 symbols defined in discarded sections. */
10177 elf_section_ignore_discarded_relocs (asection
*sec
)
10179 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
10181 switch (sec
->sec_info_type
)
10183 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_STABS
:
10184 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME
:
10185 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME_ENTRY
:
10191 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (sec
->owner
);
10192 if (bed
->elf_backend_ignore_discarded_relocs
!= NULL
10193 && (*bed
->elf_backend_ignore_discarded_relocs
) (sec
))
10199 /* Return a mask saying how ld should treat relocations in SEC against
10200 symbols defined in discarded sections. If this function returns
10201 COMPLAIN set, ld will issue a warning message. If this function
10202 returns PRETEND set, and the discarded section was link-once and the
10203 same size as the kept link-once section, ld will pretend that the
10204 symbol was actually defined in the kept section. Otherwise ld will
10205 zero the reloc (at least that is the intent, but some cooperation by
10206 the target dependent code is needed, particularly for REL targets). */
10209 _bfd_elf_default_action_discarded (asection
*sec
)
10211 if (sec
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
)
10214 if (strcmp (".eh_frame", sec
->name
) == 0)
10217 if (strcmp (".gcc_except_table", sec
->name
) == 0)
10220 return COMPLAIN
| PRETEND
;
10223 /* Find a match between a section and a member of a section group. */
10226 match_group_member (asection
*sec
, asection
*group
,
10227 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
10229 asection
*first
= elf_next_in_group (group
);
10230 asection
*s
= first
;
10234 if (bfd_elf_match_symbols_in_sections (s
, sec
, info
))
10237 s
= elf_next_in_group (s
);
10245 /* Check if the kept section of a discarded section SEC can be used
10246 to replace it. Return the replacement if it is OK. Otherwise return
10250 _bfd_elf_check_kept_section (asection
*sec
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
10254 kept
= sec
->kept_section
;
10257 if ((kept
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
) != 0)
10258 kept
= match_group_member (sec
, kept
, info
);
10260 && ((sec
->rawsize
!= 0 ? sec
->rawsize
: sec
->size
)
10261 != (kept
->rawsize
!= 0 ? kept
->rawsize
: kept
->size
)))
10263 sec
->kept_section
= kept
;
10268 /* Link an input file into the linker output file. This function
10269 handles all the sections and relocations of the input file at once.
10270 This is so that we only have to read the local symbols once, and
10271 don't have to keep them in memory. */
10274 elf_link_input_bfd (struct elf_final_link_info
*flinfo
, bfd
*input_bfd
)
10276 int (*relocate_section
)
10277 (bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, bfd
*, asection
*, bfd_byte
*,
10278 Elf_Internal_Rela
*, Elf_Internal_Sym
*, asection
**);
10280 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
10281 size_t locsymcount
;
10283 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
;
10284 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
10285 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymend
;
10287 asection
**ppsection
;
10289 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
10290 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
10291 bfd_size_type address_size
;
10292 bfd_vma r_type_mask
;
10294 bfd_boolean have_file_sym
= FALSE
;
10296 output_bfd
= flinfo
->output_bfd
;
10297 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
10298 relocate_section
= bed
->elf_backend_relocate_section
;
10300 /* If this is a dynamic object, we don't want to do anything here:
10301 we don't want the local symbols, and we don't want the section
10303 if ((input_bfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
10306 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
10307 if (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
))
10309 locsymcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_size
/ bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
10314 locsymcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
10315 extsymoff
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
10318 /* Read the local symbols. */
10319 isymbuf
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) symtab_hdr
->contents
;
10320 if (isymbuf
== NULL
&& locsymcount
!= 0)
10322 isymbuf
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (input_bfd
, symtab_hdr
, locsymcount
, 0,
10323 flinfo
->internal_syms
,
10324 flinfo
->external_syms
,
10325 flinfo
->locsym_shndx
);
10326 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
10330 /* Find local symbol sections and adjust values of symbols in
10331 SEC_MERGE sections. Write out those local symbols we know are
10332 going into the output file. */
10333 isymend
= isymbuf
+ locsymcount
;
10334 for (isym
= isymbuf
, pindex
= flinfo
->indices
, ppsection
= flinfo
->sections
;
10336 isym
++, pindex
++, ppsection
++)
10340 Elf_Internal_Sym osym
;
10346 if (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
))
10348 if (ELF_ST_BIND (isym
->st_info
) != STB_LOCAL
)
10355 if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
)
10356 isec
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
10357 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_ABS
)
10358 isec
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
10359 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
)
10360 isec
= bfd_com_section_ptr
;
10363 isec
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (input_bfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
10366 /* Don't attempt to output symbols with st_shnx in the
10367 reserved range other than SHN_ABS and SHN_COMMON. */
10371 else if (isec
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
10372 && ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) != STT_SECTION
)
10374 _bfd_merged_section_offset (output_bfd
, &isec
,
10375 elf_section_data (isec
)->sec_info
,
10381 /* Don't output the first, undefined, symbol. In fact, don't
10382 output any undefined local symbol. */
10383 if (isec
== bfd_und_section_ptr
)
10386 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
)
10388 /* We never output section symbols. Instead, we use the
10389 section symbol of the corresponding section in the output
10394 /* If we are stripping all symbols, we don't want to output this
10396 if (flinfo
->info
->strip
== strip_all
)
10399 /* If we are discarding all local symbols, we don't want to
10400 output this one. If we are generating a relocatable output
10401 file, then some of the local symbols may be required by
10402 relocs; we output them below as we discover that they are
10404 if (flinfo
->info
->discard
== discard_all
)
10407 /* If this symbol is defined in a section which we are
10408 discarding, we don't need to keep it. */
10409 if (isym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
10410 && isym
->st_shndx
< SHN_LORESERVE
10411 && bfd_section_removed_from_list (output_bfd
,
10412 isec
->output_section
))
10415 /* Get the name of the symbol. */
10416 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (input_bfd
, symtab_hdr
->sh_link
,
10421 /* See if we are discarding symbols with this name. */
10422 if ((flinfo
->info
->strip
== strip_some
10423 && (bfd_hash_lookup (flinfo
->info
->keep_hash
, name
, FALSE
, FALSE
)
10425 || (((flinfo
->info
->discard
== discard_sec_merge
10426 && (isec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
)
10427 && !bfd_link_relocatable (flinfo
->info
))
10428 || flinfo
->info
->discard
== discard_l
)
10429 && bfd_is_local_label_name (input_bfd
, name
)))
10432 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_FILE
)
10434 if (input_bfd
->lto_output
)
10435 /* -flto puts a temp file name here. This means builds
10436 are not reproducible. Discard the symbol. */
10438 have_file_sym
= TRUE
;
10439 flinfo
->filesym_count
+= 1;
10441 if (!have_file_sym
)
10443 /* In the absence of debug info, bfd_find_nearest_line uses
10444 FILE symbols to determine the source file for local
10445 function symbols. Provide a FILE symbol here if input
10446 files lack such, so that their symbols won't be
10447 associated with a previous input file. It's not the
10448 source file, but the best we can do. */
10449 have_file_sym
= TRUE
;
10450 flinfo
->filesym_count
+= 1;
10451 memset (&osym
, 0, sizeof (osym
));
10452 osym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, STT_FILE
);
10453 osym
.st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
10454 if (!elf_link_output_symstrtab (flinfo
,
10455 (input_bfd
->lto_output
? NULL
10456 : input_bfd
->filename
),
10457 &osym
, bfd_abs_section_ptr
,
10464 /* Adjust the section index for the output file. */
10465 osym
.st_shndx
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (output_bfd
,
10466 isec
->output_section
);
10467 if (osym
.st_shndx
== SHN_BAD
)
10470 /* ELF symbols in relocatable files are section relative, but
10471 in executable files they are virtual addresses. Note that
10472 this code assumes that all ELF sections have an associated
10473 BFD section with a reasonable value for output_offset; below
10474 we assume that they also have a reasonable value for
10475 output_section. Any special sections must be set up to meet
10476 these requirements. */
10477 osym
.st_value
+= isec
->output_offset
;
10478 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (flinfo
->info
))
10480 osym
.st_value
+= isec
->output_section
->vma
;
10481 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (osym
.st_info
) == STT_TLS
)
10483 /* STT_TLS symbols are relative to PT_TLS segment base. */
10484 BFD_ASSERT (elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
)->tls_sec
!= NULL
);
10485 osym
.st_value
-= elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
)->tls_sec
->vma
;
10489 indx
= bfd_get_symcount (output_bfd
);
10490 ret
= elf_link_output_symstrtab (flinfo
, name
, &osym
, isec
, NULL
);
10497 if (bed
->s
->arch_size
== 32)
10499 r_type_mask
= 0xff;
10505 r_type_mask
= 0xffffffff;
10510 /* Relocate the contents of each section. */
10511 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd
);
10512 for (o
= input_bfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
10514 bfd_byte
*contents
;
10516 if (! o
->linker_mark
)
10518 /* This section was omitted from the link. */
10522 if (!flinfo
->info
->resolve_section_groups
10523 && (o
->flags
& (SEC_LINKER_CREATED
| SEC_GROUP
)) == SEC_GROUP
)
10525 /* Deal with the group signature symbol. */
10526 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*sec_data
= elf_section_data (o
);
10527 unsigned long symndx
= sec_data
->this_hdr
.sh_info
;
10528 asection
*osec
= o
->output_section
;
10530 BFD_ASSERT (bfd_link_relocatable (flinfo
->info
));
10531 if (symndx
>= locsymcount
10532 || (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
)
10533 && flinfo
->sections
[symndx
] == NULL
))
10535 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
= sym_hashes
[symndx
- extsymoff
];
10536 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
10537 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
10538 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
10539 /* Arrange for symbol to be output. */
10541 elf_section_data (osec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
= -2;
10543 else if (ELF_ST_TYPE (isymbuf
[symndx
].st_info
) == STT_SECTION
)
10545 /* We'll use the output section target_index. */
10546 asection
*sec
= flinfo
->sections
[symndx
]->output_section
;
10547 elf_section_data (osec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
= sec
->target_index
;
10551 if (flinfo
->indices
[symndx
] == -1)
10553 /* Otherwise output the local symbol now. */
10554 Elf_Internal_Sym sym
= isymbuf
[symndx
];
10555 asection
*sec
= flinfo
->sections
[symndx
]->output_section
;
10560 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (input_bfd
,
10561 symtab_hdr
->sh_link
,
10566 sym
.st_shndx
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (output_bfd
,
10568 if (sym
.st_shndx
== SHN_BAD
)
10571 sym
.st_value
+= o
->output_offset
;
10573 indx
= bfd_get_symcount (output_bfd
);
10574 ret
= elf_link_output_symstrtab (flinfo
, name
, &sym
, o
,
10579 flinfo
->indices
[symndx
] = indx
;
10583 elf_section_data (osec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
10584 = flinfo
->indices
[symndx
];
10588 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
) == 0
10589 || (o
->size
== 0 && (o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0))
10592 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) != 0)
10594 /* Section was created by _bfd_elf_link_create_dynamic_sections
10599 /* Get the contents of the section. They have been cached by a
10600 relaxation routine. Note that o is a section in an input
10601 file, so the contents field will not have been set by any of
10602 the routines which work on output files. */
10603 if (elf_section_data (o
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= NULL
)
10605 contents
= elf_section_data (o
)->this_hdr
.contents
;
10606 if (bed
->caches_rawsize
10608 && o
->rawsize
< o
->size
)
10610 memcpy (flinfo
->contents
, contents
, o
->rawsize
);
10611 contents
= flinfo
->contents
;
10616 contents
= flinfo
->contents
;
10617 if (! bfd_get_full_section_contents (input_bfd
, o
, &contents
))
10621 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0)
10623 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
;
10624 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
, *relend
;
10625 int action_discarded
;
10628 /* Get the swapped relocs. */
10630 = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (input_bfd
, o
, flinfo
->external_relocs
,
10631 flinfo
->internal_relocs
, FALSE
);
10632 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
10633 && o
->reloc_count
> 0)
10636 /* We need to reverse-copy input .ctors/.dtors sections if
10637 they are placed in .init_array/.finit_array for output. */
10638 if (o
->size
> address_size
10639 && ((strncmp (o
->name
, ".ctors", 6) == 0
10640 && strcmp (o
->output_section
->name
,
10641 ".init_array") == 0)
10642 || (strncmp (o
->name
, ".dtors", 6) == 0
10643 && strcmp (o
->output_section
->name
,
10644 ".fini_array") == 0))
10645 && (o
->name
[6] == 0 || o
->name
[6] == '.'))
10647 if (o
->size
* bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
10648 != o
->reloc_count
* address_size
)
10651 /* xgettext:c-format */
10652 (_("error: %pB: size of section %pA is not "
10653 "multiple of address size"),
10655 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
10658 o
->flags
|= SEC_ELF_REVERSE_COPY
;
10661 action_discarded
= -1;
10662 if (!elf_section_ignore_discarded_relocs (o
))
10663 action_discarded
= (*bed
->action_discarded
) (o
);
10665 /* Run through the relocs evaluating complex reloc symbols and
10666 looking for relocs against symbols from discarded sections
10667 or section symbols from removed link-once sections.
10668 Complain about relocs against discarded sections. Zero
10669 relocs against removed link-once sections. */
10671 rel
= internal_relocs
;
10672 relend
= rel
+ o
->reloc_count
;
10673 for ( ; rel
< relend
; rel
++)
10675 unsigned long r_symndx
= rel
->r_info
>> r_sym_shift
;
10676 unsigned int s_type
;
10677 asection
**ps
, *sec
;
10678 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
= NULL
;
10679 const char *sym_name
;
10681 if (r_symndx
== STN_UNDEF
)
10684 if (r_symndx
>= locsymcount
10685 || (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
)
10686 && flinfo
->sections
[r_symndx
] == NULL
))
10688 h
= sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
];
10690 /* Badly formatted input files can contain relocs that
10691 reference non-existant symbols. Check here so that
10692 we do not seg fault. */
10696 /* xgettext:c-format */
10697 (_("error: %pB contains a reloc (%#" PRIx64
") for section %pA "
10698 "that references a non-existent global symbol"),
10699 input_bfd
, (uint64_t) rel
->r_info
, o
);
10700 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
10704 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
10705 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
10706 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
10710 /* If a plugin symbol is referenced from a non-IR file,
10711 mark the symbol as undefined. Note that the
10712 linker may attach linker created dynamic sections
10713 to the plugin bfd. Symbols defined in linker
10714 created sections are not plugin symbols. */
10715 if ((h
->root
.non_ir_ref_regular
10716 || h
->root
.non_ir_ref_dynamic
)
10717 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
10718 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
10719 && (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
10720 & SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) == 0
10721 && h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
!= NULL
10722 && (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
->flags
10723 & BFD_PLUGIN
) != 0)
10725 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_undefined
;
10726 h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
;
10730 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
10731 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
10732 ps
= &h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
10734 sym_name
= h
->root
.root
.string
;
10738 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
= isymbuf
+ r_symndx
;
10740 s_type
= ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
);
10741 ps
= &flinfo
->sections
[r_symndx
];
10742 sym_name
= bfd_elf_sym_name (input_bfd
, symtab_hdr
,
10746 if ((s_type
== STT_RELC
|| s_type
== STT_SRELC
)
10747 && !bfd_link_relocatable (flinfo
->info
))
10750 bfd_vma dot
= (rel
->r_offset
10751 + o
->output_offset
+ o
->output_section
->vma
);
10753 printf ("Encountered a complex symbol!");
10754 printf (" (input_bfd %s, section %s, reloc %ld\n",
10755 input_bfd
->filename
, o
->name
,
10756 (long) (rel
- internal_relocs
));
10757 printf (" symbol: idx %8.8lx, name %s\n",
10758 r_symndx
, sym_name
);
10759 printf (" reloc : info %8.8lx, addr %8.8lx\n",
10760 (unsigned long) rel
->r_info
,
10761 (unsigned long) rel
->r_offset
);
10763 if (!eval_symbol (&val
, &sym_name
, input_bfd
, flinfo
, dot
,
10764 isymbuf
, locsymcount
, s_type
== STT_SRELC
))
10767 /* Symbol evaluated OK. Update to absolute value. */
10768 set_symbol_value (input_bfd
, isymbuf
, locsymcount
,
10773 if (action_discarded
!= -1 && ps
!= NULL
)
10775 /* Complain if the definition comes from a
10776 discarded section. */
10777 if ((sec
= *ps
) != NULL
&& discarded_section (sec
))
10779 BFD_ASSERT (r_symndx
!= STN_UNDEF
);
10780 if (action_discarded
& COMPLAIN
)
10781 (*flinfo
->info
->callbacks
->einfo
)
10782 /* xgettext:c-format */
10783 (_("%X`%s' referenced in section `%pA' of %pB: "
10784 "defined in discarded section `%pA' of %pB\n"),
10785 sym_name
, o
, input_bfd
, sec
, sec
->owner
);
10787 /* Try to do the best we can to support buggy old
10788 versions of gcc. Pretend that the symbol is
10789 really defined in the kept linkonce section.
10790 FIXME: This is quite broken. Modifying the
10791 symbol here means we will be changing all later
10792 uses of the symbol, not just in this section. */
10793 if (action_discarded
& PRETEND
)
10797 kept
= _bfd_elf_check_kept_section (sec
,
10809 /* Relocate the section by invoking a back end routine.
10811 The back end routine is responsible for adjusting the
10812 section contents as necessary, and (if using Rela relocs
10813 and generating a relocatable output file) adjusting the
10814 reloc addend as necessary.
10816 The back end routine does not have to worry about setting
10817 the reloc address or the reloc symbol index.
10819 The back end routine is given a pointer to the swapped in
10820 internal symbols, and can access the hash table entries
10821 for the external symbols via elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd).
10823 When generating relocatable output, the back end routine
10824 must handle STB_LOCAL/STT_SECTION symbols specially. The
10825 output symbol is going to be a section symbol
10826 corresponding to the output section, which will require
10827 the addend to be adjusted. */
10829 ret
= (*relocate_section
) (output_bfd
, flinfo
->info
,
10830 input_bfd
, o
, contents
,
10838 || bfd_link_relocatable (flinfo
->info
)
10839 || flinfo
->info
->emitrelocations
)
10841 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irela
;
10842 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irelaend
, *irelamid
;
10843 bfd_vma last_offset
;
10844 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**rel_hash
;
10845 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**rel_hash_list
, **rela_hash_list
;
10846 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*input_rel_hdr
, *input_rela_hdr
;
10847 unsigned int next_erel
;
10848 bfd_boolean rela_normal
;
10849 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdi
, *esdo
;
10851 esdi
= elf_section_data (o
);
10852 esdo
= elf_section_data (o
->output_section
);
10853 rela_normal
= FALSE
;
10855 /* Adjust the reloc addresses and symbol indices. */
10857 irela
= internal_relocs
;
10858 irelaend
= irela
+ o
->reloc_count
;
10859 rel_hash
= esdo
->rel
.hashes
+ esdo
->rel
.count
;
10860 /* We start processing the REL relocs, if any. When we reach
10861 IRELAMID in the loop, we switch to the RELA relocs. */
10863 if (esdi
->rel
.hdr
!= NULL
)
10864 irelamid
+= (NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (esdi
->rel
.hdr
)
10865 * bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
);
10866 rel_hash_list
= rel_hash
;
10867 rela_hash_list
= NULL
;
10868 last_offset
= o
->output_offset
;
10869 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (flinfo
->info
))
10870 last_offset
+= o
->output_section
->vma
;
10871 for (next_erel
= 0; irela
< irelaend
; irela
++, next_erel
++)
10873 unsigned long r_symndx
;
10875 Elf_Internal_Sym sym
;
10877 if (next_erel
== bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
)
10883 if (irela
== irelamid
)
10885 rel_hash
= esdo
->rela
.hashes
+ esdo
->rela
.count
;
10886 rela_hash_list
= rel_hash
;
10887 rela_normal
= bed
->rela_normal
;
10890 irela
->r_offset
= _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
,
10893 if (irela
->r_offset
>= (bfd_vma
) -2)
10895 /* This is a reloc for a deleted entry or somesuch.
10896 Turn it into an R_*_NONE reloc, at the same
10897 offset as the last reloc. elf_eh_frame.c and
10898 bfd_elf_discard_info rely on reloc offsets
10900 irela
->r_offset
= last_offset
;
10902 irela
->r_addend
= 0;
10906 irela
->r_offset
+= o
->output_offset
;
10908 /* Relocs in an executable have to be virtual addresses. */
10909 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (flinfo
->info
))
10910 irela
->r_offset
+= o
->output_section
->vma
;
10912 last_offset
= irela
->r_offset
;
10914 r_symndx
= irela
->r_info
>> r_sym_shift
;
10915 if (r_symndx
== STN_UNDEF
)
10918 if (r_symndx
>= locsymcount
10919 || (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
)
10920 && flinfo
->sections
[r_symndx
] == NULL
))
10922 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*rh
;
10923 unsigned long indx
;
10925 /* This is a reloc against a global symbol. We
10926 have not yet output all the local symbols, so
10927 we do not know the symbol index of any global
10928 symbol. We set the rel_hash entry for this
10929 reloc to point to the global hash table entry
10930 for this symbol. The symbol index is then
10931 set at the end of bfd_elf_final_link. */
10932 indx
= r_symndx
- extsymoff
;
10933 rh
= elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd
)[indx
];
10934 while (rh
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
10935 || rh
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
10936 rh
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) rh
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
10938 /* Setting the index to -2 tells
10939 elf_link_output_extsym that this symbol is
10940 used by a reloc. */
10941 BFD_ASSERT (rh
->indx
< 0);
10948 /* This is a reloc against a local symbol. */
10951 sym
= isymbuf
[r_symndx
];
10952 sec
= flinfo
->sections
[r_symndx
];
10953 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
.st_info
) == STT_SECTION
)
10955 /* I suppose the backend ought to fill in the
10956 section of any STT_SECTION symbol against a
10957 processor specific section. */
10958 r_symndx
= STN_UNDEF
;
10959 if (bfd_is_abs_section (sec
))
10961 else if (sec
== NULL
|| sec
->owner
== NULL
)
10963 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
10968 asection
*osec
= sec
->output_section
;
10970 /* If we have discarded a section, the output
10971 section will be the absolute section. In
10972 case of discarded SEC_MERGE sections, use
10973 the kept section. relocate_section should
10974 have already handled discarded linkonce
10976 if (bfd_is_abs_section (osec
)
10977 && sec
->kept_section
!= NULL
10978 && sec
->kept_section
->output_section
!= NULL
)
10980 osec
= sec
->kept_section
->output_section
;
10981 irela
->r_addend
-= osec
->vma
;
10984 if (!bfd_is_abs_section (osec
))
10986 r_symndx
= osec
->target_index
;
10987 if (r_symndx
== STN_UNDEF
)
10989 irela
->r_addend
+= osec
->vma
;
10990 osec
= _bfd_nearby_section (output_bfd
, osec
,
10992 irela
->r_addend
-= osec
->vma
;
10993 r_symndx
= osec
->target_index
;
10998 /* Adjust the addend according to where the
10999 section winds up in the output section. */
11001 irela
->r_addend
+= sec
->output_offset
;
11005 if (flinfo
->indices
[r_symndx
] == -1)
11007 unsigned long shlink
;
11012 if (flinfo
->info
->strip
== strip_all
)
11014 /* You can't do ld -r -s. */
11015 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
11019 /* This symbol was skipped earlier, but
11020 since it is needed by a reloc, we
11021 must output it now. */
11022 shlink
= symtab_hdr
->sh_link
;
11023 name
= (bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section
11024 (input_bfd
, shlink
, sym
.st_name
));
11028 osec
= sec
->output_section
;
11030 _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (output_bfd
,
11032 if (sym
.st_shndx
== SHN_BAD
)
11035 sym
.st_value
+= sec
->output_offset
;
11036 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (flinfo
->info
))
11038 sym
.st_value
+= osec
->vma
;
11039 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
.st_info
) == STT_TLS
)
11041 /* STT_TLS symbols are relative to PT_TLS
11043 BFD_ASSERT (elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
)
11044 ->tls_sec
!= NULL
);
11045 sym
.st_value
-= (elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
)
11050 indx
= bfd_get_symcount (output_bfd
);
11051 ret
= elf_link_output_symstrtab (flinfo
, name
,
11057 flinfo
->indices
[r_symndx
] = indx
;
11062 r_symndx
= flinfo
->indices
[r_symndx
];
11065 irela
->r_info
= ((bfd_vma
) r_symndx
<< r_sym_shift
11066 | (irela
->r_info
& r_type_mask
));
11069 /* Swap out the relocs. */
11070 input_rel_hdr
= esdi
->rel
.hdr
;
11071 if (input_rel_hdr
&& input_rel_hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
11073 if (!bed
->elf_backend_emit_relocs (output_bfd
, o
,
11078 internal_relocs
+= (NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (input_rel_hdr
)
11079 * bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
);
11080 rel_hash_list
+= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (input_rel_hdr
);
11083 input_rela_hdr
= esdi
->rela
.hdr
;
11084 if (input_rela_hdr
&& input_rela_hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
11086 if (!bed
->elf_backend_emit_relocs (output_bfd
, o
,
11095 /* Write out the modified section contents. */
11096 if (bed
->elf_backend_write_section
11097 && (*bed
->elf_backend_write_section
) (output_bfd
, flinfo
->info
, o
,
11100 /* Section written out. */
11102 else switch (o
->sec_info_type
)
11104 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_STABS
:
11105 if (! (_bfd_write_section_stabs
11107 &elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
)->stab_info
,
11108 o
, &elf_section_data (o
)->sec_info
, contents
)))
11111 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
:
11112 if (! _bfd_write_merged_section (output_bfd
, o
,
11113 elf_section_data (o
)->sec_info
))
11116 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME
:
11118 if (! _bfd_elf_write_section_eh_frame (output_bfd
, flinfo
->info
,
11123 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME_ENTRY
:
11125 if (! _bfd_elf_write_section_eh_frame_entry (output_bfd
,
11133 if (! (o
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
))
11135 file_ptr offset
= (file_ptr
) o
->output_offset
;
11136 bfd_size_type todo
= o
->size
;
11138 offset
*= bfd_octets_per_byte (output_bfd
);
11140 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_ELF_REVERSE_COPY
))
11142 /* Reverse-copy input section to output. */
11145 todo
-= address_size
;
11146 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (output_bfd
,
11154 offset
+= address_size
;
11158 else if (! bfd_set_section_contents (output_bfd
,
11172 /* Generate a reloc when linking an ELF file. This is a reloc
11173 requested by the linker, and does not come from any input file. This
11174 is used to build constructor and destructor tables when linking
11178 elf_reloc_link_order (bfd
*output_bfd
,
11179 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
11180 asection
*output_section
,
11181 struct bfd_link_order
*link_order
)
11183 reloc_howto_type
*howto
;
11187 struct bfd_elf_section_reloc_data
*reldata
;
11188 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**rel_hash_ptr
;
11189 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
;
11190 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
11191 Elf_Internal_Rela irel
[MAX_INT_RELS_PER_EXT_REL
];
11194 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdo
= elf_section_data (output_section
);
11196 howto
= bfd_reloc_type_lookup (output_bfd
, link_order
->u
.reloc
.p
->reloc
);
11199 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
11203 addend
= link_order
->u
.reloc
.p
->addend
;
11206 reldata
= &esdo
->rel
;
11207 else if (esdo
->rela
.hdr
)
11208 reldata
= &esdo
->rela
;
11215 /* Figure out the symbol index. */
11216 rel_hash_ptr
= reldata
->hashes
+ reldata
->count
;
11217 if (link_order
->type
== bfd_section_reloc_link_order
)
11219 indx
= link_order
->u
.reloc
.p
->u
.section
->target_index
;
11220 BFD_ASSERT (indx
!= 0);
11221 *rel_hash_ptr
= NULL
;
11225 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
11227 /* Treat a reloc against a defined symbol as though it were
11228 actually against the section. */
11229 h
= ((struct elf_link_hash_entry
*)
11230 bfd_wrapped_link_hash_lookup (output_bfd
, info
,
11231 link_order
->u
.reloc
.p
->u
.name
,
11232 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
));
11234 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
11235 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
11239 section
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
11240 indx
= section
->output_section
->target_index
;
11241 *rel_hash_ptr
= NULL
;
11242 /* It seems that we ought to add the symbol value to the
11243 addend here, but in practice it has already been added
11244 because it was passed to constructor_callback. */
11245 addend
+= section
->output_section
->vma
+ section
->output_offset
;
11247 else if (h
!= NULL
)
11249 /* Setting the index to -2 tells elf_link_output_extsym that
11250 this symbol is used by a reloc. */
11257 (*info
->callbacks
->unattached_reloc
)
11258 (info
, link_order
->u
.reloc
.p
->u
.name
, NULL
, NULL
, 0);
11263 /* If this is an inplace reloc, we must write the addend into the
11265 if (howto
->partial_inplace
&& addend
!= 0)
11267 bfd_size_type size
;
11268 bfd_reloc_status_type rstat
;
11271 const char *sym_name
;
11273 size
= (bfd_size_type
) bfd_get_reloc_size (howto
);
11274 buf
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_zmalloc (size
);
11275 if (buf
== NULL
&& size
!= 0)
11277 rstat
= _bfd_relocate_contents (howto
, output_bfd
, addend
, buf
);
11284 case bfd_reloc_outofrange
:
11287 case bfd_reloc_overflow
:
11288 if (link_order
->type
== bfd_section_reloc_link_order
)
11289 sym_name
= bfd_section_name (output_bfd
,
11290 link_order
->u
.reloc
.p
->u
.section
);
11292 sym_name
= link_order
->u
.reloc
.p
->u
.name
;
11293 (*info
->callbacks
->reloc_overflow
) (info
, NULL
, sym_name
,
11294 howto
->name
, addend
, NULL
, NULL
,
11299 ok
= bfd_set_section_contents (output_bfd
, output_section
, buf
,
11301 * bfd_octets_per_byte (output_bfd
),
11308 /* The address of a reloc is relative to the section in a
11309 relocatable file, and is a virtual address in an executable
11311 offset
= link_order
->offset
;
11312 if (! bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
11313 offset
+= output_section
->vma
;
11315 for (i
= 0; i
< bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
; i
++)
11317 irel
[i
].r_offset
= offset
;
11318 irel
[i
].r_info
= 0;
11319 irel
[i
].r_addend
= 0;
11321 if (bed
->s
->arch_size
== 32)
11322 irel
[0].r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (indx
, howto
->type
);
11324 irel
[0].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (indx
, howto
->type
);
11326 rel_hdr
= reldata
->hdr
;
11327 erel
= rel_hdr
->contents
;
11328 if (rel_hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
)
11330 erel
+= reldata
->count
* bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
;
11331 (*bed
->s
->swap_reloc_out
) (output_bfd
, irel
, erel
);
11335 irel
[0].r_addend
= addend
;
11336 erel
+= reldata
->count
* bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
;
11337 (*bed
->s
->swap_reloca_out
) (output_bfd
, irel
, erel
);
11346 /* Get the output vma of the section pointed to by the sh_link field. */
11349 elf_get_linked_section_vma (struct bfd_link_order
*p
)
11351 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**elf_shdrp
;
11355 s
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
11356 elf_shdrp
= elf_elfsections (s
->owner
);
11357 elfsec
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (s
->owner
, s
);
11358 elfsec
= elf_shdrp
[elfsec
]->sh_link
;
11360 The Intel C compiler generates SHT_IA_64_UNWIND with
11361 SHF_LINK_ORDER. But it doesn't set the sh_link or
11362 sh_info fields. Hence we could get the situation
11363 where elfsec is 0. */
11366 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
11367 = get_elf_backend_data (s
->owner
);
11368 if (bed
->link_order_error_handler
)
11369 bed
->link_order_error_handler
11370 /* xgettext:c-format */
11371 (_("%pB: warning: sh_link not set for section `%pA'"), s
->owner
, s
);
11376 s
= elf_shdrp
[elfsec
]->bfd_section
;
11377 return s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
;
11382 /* Compare two sections based on the locations of the sections they are
11383 linked to. Used by elf_fixup_link_order. */
11386 compare_link_order (const void * a
, const void * b
)
11391 apos
= elf_get_linked_section_vma (*(struct bfd_link_order
**)a
);
11392 bpos
= elf_get_linked_section_vma (*(struct bfd_link_order
**)b
);
11395 return apos
> bpos
;
11399 /* Looks for sections with SHF_LINK_ORDER set. Rearranges them into the same
11400 order as their linked sections. Returns false if this could not be done
11401 because an output section includes both ordered and unordered
11402 sections. Ideally we'd do this in the linker proper. */
11405 elf_fixup_link_order (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*o
)
11407 int seen_linkorder
;
11410 struct bfd_link_order
*p
;
11412 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
11414 struct bfd_link_order
**sections
;
11415 asection
*s
, *other_sec
, *linkorder_sec
;
11419 linkorder_sec
= NULL
;
11421 seen_linkorder
= 0;
11422 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
11424 if (p
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
)
11426 s
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
11428 if (bfd_get_flavour (sub
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
11429 && elf_elfheader (sub
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] == bed
->s
->elfclass
11430 && (elfsec
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (sub
, s
))
11431 && elfsec
< elf_numsections (sub
)
11432 && elf_elfsections (sub
)[elfsec
]->sh_flags
& SHF_LINK_ORDER
11433 && elf_elfsections (sub
)[elfsec
]->sh_link
< elf_numsections (sub
))
11447 if (seen_other
&& seen_linkorder
)
11449 if (other_sec
&& linkorder_sec
)
11451 /* xgettext:c-format */
11452 (_("%pA has both ordered [`%pA' in %pB] "
11453 "and unordered [`%pA' in %pB] sections"),
11454 o
, linkorder_sec
, linkorder_sec
->owner
,
11455 other_sec
, other_sec
->owner
);
11458 (_("%pA has both ordered and unordered sections"), o
);
11459 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
11464 if (!seen_linkorder
)
11467 sections
= (struct bfd_link_order
**)
11468 bfd_malloc (seen_linkorder
* sizeof (struct bfd_link_order
*));
11469 if (sections
== NULL
)
11471 seen_linkorder
= 0;
11473 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
11475 sections
[seen_linkorder
++] = p
;
11477 /* Sort the input sections in the order of their linked section. */
11478 qsort (sections
, seen_linkorder
, sizeof (struct bfd_link_order
*),
11479 compare_link_order
);
11481 /* Change the offsets of the sections. */
11483 for (n
= 0; n
< seen_linkorder
; n
++)
11485 s
= sections
[n
]->u
.indirect
.section
;
11486 offset
&= ~(bfd_vma
) 0 << s
->alignment_power
;
11487 s
->output_offset
= offset
/ bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd
);
11488 sections
[n
]->offset
= offset
;
11489 offset
+= sections
[n
]->size
;
11496 /* Generate an import library in INFO->implib_bfd from symbols in ABFD.
11497 Returns TRUE upon success, FALSE otherwise. */
11500 elf_output_implib (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
11502 bfd_boolean ret
= FALSE
;
11504 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
11506 enum bfd_architecture arch
;
11508 asymbol
**sympp
= NULL
;
11512 elf_symbol_type
*osymbuf
;
11514 implib_bfd
= info
->out_implib_bfd
;
11515 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
11517 if (!bfd_set_format (implib_bfd
, bfd_object
))
11520 /* Use flag from executable but make it a relocatable object. */
11521 flags
= bfd_get_file_flags (abfd
);
11522 flags
&= ~HAS_RELOC
;
11523 if (!bfd_set_start_address (implib_bfd
, 0)
11524 || !bfd_set_file_flags (implib_bfd
, flags
& ~EXEC_P
))
11527 /* Copy architecture of output file to import library file. */
11528 arch
= bfd_get_arch (abfd
);
11529 mach
= bfd_get_mach (abfd
);
11530 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (implib_bfd
, arch
, mach
)
11531 && (abfd
->target_defaulted
11532 || bfd_get_arch (abfd
) != bfd_get_arch (implib_bfd
)))
11535 /* Get symbol table size. */
11536 symsize
= bfd_get_symtab_upper_bound (abfd
);
11540 /* Read in the symbol table. */
11541 sympp
= (asymbol
**) xmalloc (symsize
);
11542 symcount
= bfd_canonicalize_symtab (abfd
, sympp
);
11546 /* Allow the BFD backend to copy any private header data it
11547 understands from the output BFD to the import library BFD. */
11548 if (! bfd_copy_private_header_data (abfd
, implib_bfd
))
11551 /* Filter symbols to appear in the import library. */
11552 if (bed
->elf_backend_filter_implib_symbols
)
11553 symcount
= bed
->elf_backend_filter_implib_symbols (abfd
, info
, sympp
,
11556 symcount
= _bfd_elf_filter_global_symbols (abfd
, info
, sympp
, symcount
);
11559 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_symbols
);
11560 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: no symbol found for import library"),
11566 /* Make symbols absolute. */
11567 osymbuf
= (elf_symbol_type
*) bfd_alloc2 (implib_bfd
, symcount
,
11568 sizeof (*osymbuf
));
11569 for (src_count
= 0; src_count
< symcount
; src_count
++)
11571 memcpy (&osymbuf
[src_count
], (elf_symbol_type
*) sympp
[src_count
],
11572 sizeof (*osymbuf
));
11573 osymbuf
[src_count
].symbol
.section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
11574 osymbuf
[src_count
].internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
11575 osymbuf
[src_count
].symbol
.value
+= sympp
[src_count
]->section
->vma
;
11576 osymbuf
[src_count
].internal_elf_sym
.st_value
=
11577 osymbuf
[src_count
].symbol
.value
;
11578 sympp
[src_count
] = &osymbuf
[src_count
].symbol
;
11581 bfd_set_symtab (implib_bfd
, sympp
, symcount
);
11583 /* Allow the BFD backend to copy any private data it understands
11584 from the output BFD to the import library BFD. This is done last
11585 to permit the routine to look at the filtered symbol table. */
11586 if (! bfd_copy_private_bfd_data (abfd
, implib_bfd
))
11589 if (!bfd_close (implib_bfd
))
11600 elf_final_link_free (bfd
*obfd
, struct elf_final_link_info
*flinfo
)
11604 if (flinfo
->symstrtab
!= NULL
)
11605 _bfd_elf_strtab_free (flinfo
->symstrtab
);
11606 if (flinfo
->contents
!= NULL
)
11607 free (flinfo
->contents
);
11608 if (flinfo
->external_relocs
!= NULL
)
11609 free (flinfo
->external_relocs
);
11610 if (flinfo
->internal_relocs
!= NULL
)
11611 free (flinfo
->internal_relocs
);
11612 if (flinfo
->external_syms
!= NULL
)
11613 free (flinfo
->external_syms
);
11614 if (flinfo
->locsym_shndx
!= NULL
)
11615 free (flinfo
->locsym_shndx
);
11616 if (flinfo
->internal_syms
!= NULL
)
11617 free (flinfo
->internal_syms
);
11618 if (flinfo
->indices
!= NULL
)
11619 free (flinfo
->indices
);
11620 if (flinfo
->sections
!= NULL
)
11621 free (flinfo
->sections
);
11622 if (flinfo
->symshndxbuf
!= NULL
)
11623 free (flinfo
->symshndxbuf
);
11624 for (o
= obfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
11626 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdo
= elf_section_data (o
);
11627 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0 && esdo
->rel
.hashes
!= NULL
)
11628 free (esdo
->rel
.hashes
);
11629 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0 && esdo
->rela
.hashes
!= NULL
)
11630 free (esdo
->rela
.hashes
);
11634 /* Do the final step of an ELF link. */
11637 bfd_elf_final_link (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
11639 bfd_boolean dynamic
;
11640 bfd_boolean emit_relocs
;
11642 struct elf_final_link_info flinfo
;
11644 struct bfd_link_order
*p
;
11646 bfd_size_type max_contents_size
;
11647 bfd_size_type max_external_reloc_size
;
11648 bfd_size_type max_internal_reloc_count
;
11649 bfd_size_type max_sym_count
;
11650 bfd_size_type max_sym_shndx_count
;
11651 Elf_Internal_Sym elfsym
;
11653 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
11654 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_shndx_hdr
;
11655 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
11656 struct elf_outext_info eoinfo
;
11657 bfd_boolean merged
;
11658 size_t relativecount
= 0;
11659 asection
*reldyn
= 0;
11661 asection
*attr_section
= NULL
;
11662 bfd_vma attr_size
= 0;
11663 const char *std_attrs_section
;
11664 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
11666 if (!is_elf_hash_table (htab
))
11669 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
11670 abfd
->flags
|= DYNAMIC
;
11672 dynamic
= htab
->dynamic_sections_created
;
11673 dynobj
= htab
->dynobj
;
11675 emit_relocs
= (bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
11676 || info
->emitrelocations
);
11678 flinfo
.info
= info
;
11679 flinfo
.output_bfd
= abfd
;
11680 flinfo
.symstrtab
= _bfd_elf_strtab_init ();
11681 if (flinfo
.symstrtab
== NULL
)
11686 flinfo
.hash_sec
= NULL
;
11687 flinfo
.symver_sec
= NULL
;
11691 flinfo
.hash_sec
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".hash");
11692 /* Note that dynsym_sec can be NULL (on VMS). */
11693 flinfo
.symver_sec
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".gnu.version");
11694 /* Note that it is OK if symver_sec is NULL. */
11697 flinfo
.contents
= NULL
;
11698 flinfo
.external_relocs
= NULL
;
11699 flinfo
.internal_relocs
= NULL
;
11700 flinfo
.external_syms
= NULL
;
11701 flinfo
.locsym_shndx
= NULL
;
11702 flinfo
.internal_syms
= NULL
;
11703 flinfo
.indices
= NULL
;
11704 flinfo
.sections
= NULL
;
11705 flinfo
.symshndxbuf
= NULL
;
11706 flinfo
.filesym_count
= 0;
11708 /* The object attributes have been merged. Remove the input
11709 sections from the link, and set the contents of the output
11711 std_attrs_section
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->obj_attrs_section
;
11712 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
11714 if ((std_attrs_section
&& strcmp (o
->name
, std_attrs_section
) == 0)
11715 || strcmp (o
->name
, ".gnu.attributes") == 0)
11717 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
11719 asection
*input_section
;
11721 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
11723 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
11724 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
11725 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
11726 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
11729 attr_size
= bfd_elf_obj_attr_size (abfd
);
11732 bfd_set_section_size (abfd
, o
, attr_size
);
11734 /* Skip this section later on. */
11735 o
->map_head
.link_order
= NULL
;
11738 o
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
11740 else if ((o
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
) != 0 && o
->size
== 0)
11742 /* Remove empty group section from linker output. */
11743 o
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
11744 bfd_section_list_remove (abfd
, o
);
11745 abfd
->section_count
--;
11749 /* Count up the number of relocations we will output for each output
11750 section, so that we know the sizes of the reloc sections. We
11751 also figure out some maximum sizes. */
11752 max_contents_size
= 0;
11753 max_external_reloc_size
= 0;
11754 max_internal_reloc_count
= 0;
11756 max_sym_shndx_count
= 0;
11758 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
11760 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdo
= elf_section_data (o
);
11761 o
->reloc_count
= 0;
11763 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
11765 unsigned int reloc_count
= 0;
11766 unsigned int additional_reloc_count
= 0;
11767 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdi
= NULL
;
11769 if (p
->type
== bfd_section_reloc_link_order
11770 || p
->type
== bfd_symbol_reloc_link_order
)
11772 else if (p
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
)
11776 sec
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
11778 /* Mark all sections which are to be included in the
11779 link. This will normally be every section. We need
11780 to do this so that we can identify any sections which
11781 the linker has decided to not include. */
11782 sec
->linker_mark
= TRUE
;
11784 if (sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
)
11787 if (sec
->rawsize
> max_contents_size
)
11788 max_contents_size
= sec
->rawsize
;
11789 if (sec
->size
> max_contents_size
)
11790 max_contents_size
= sec
->size
;
11792 if (bfd_get_flavour (sec
->owner
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
11793 && (sec
->owner
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0)
11797 /* We are interested in just local symbols, not all
11799 if (elf_bad_symtab (sec
->owner
))
11800 sym_count
= (elf_tdata (sec
->owner
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_size
11801 / bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
);
11803 sym_count
= elf_tdata (sec
->owner
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_info
;
11805 if (sym_count
> max_sym_count
)
11806 max_sym_count
= sym_count
;
11808 if (sym_count
> max_sym_shndx_count
11809 && elf_symtab_shndx_list (sec
->owner
) != NULL
)
11810 max_sym_shndx_count
= sym_count
;
11812 if (esdo
->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_REL
11813 || esdo
->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
11814 /* Some backends use reloc_count in relocation sections
11815 to count particular types of relocs. Of course,
11816 reloc sections themselves can't have relocations. */
11818 else if (emit_relocs
)
11820 reloc_count
= sec
->reloc_count
;
11821 if (bed
->elf_backend_count_additional_relocs
)
11824 c
= (*bed
->elf_backend_count_additional_relocs
) (sec
);
11825 additional_reloc_count
+= c
;
11828 else if (bed
->elf_backend_count_relocs
)
11829 reloc_count
= (*bed
->elf_backend_count_relocs
) (info
, sec
);
11831 esdi
= elf_section_data (sec
);
11833 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0)
11835 size_t ext_size
= 0;
11837 if (esdi
->rel
.hdr
!= NULL
)
11838 ext_size
= esdi
->rel
.hdr
->sh_size
;
11839 if (esdi
->rela
.hdr
!= NULL
)
11840 ext_size
+= esdi
->rela
.hdr
->sh_size
;
11842 if (ext_size
> max_external_reloc_size
)
11843 max_external_reloc_size
= ext_size
;
11844 if (sec
->reloc_count
> max_internal_reloc_count
)
11845 max_internal_reloc_count
= sec
->reloc_count
;
11850 if (reloc_count
== 0)
11853 reloc_count
+= additional_reloc_count
;
11854 o
->reloc_count
+= reloc_count
;
11856 if (p
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
&& emit_relocs
)
11860 esdo
->rel
.count
+= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (esdi
->rel
.hdr
);
11861 esdo
->rel
.count
+= additional_reloc_count
;
11863 if (esdi
->rela
.hdr
)
11865 esdo
->rela
.count
+= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (esdi
->rela
.hdr
);
11866 esdo
->rela
.count
+= additional_reloc_count
;
11872 esdo
->rela
.count
+= reloc_count
;
11874 esdo
->rel
.count
+= reloc_count
;
11878 if (o
->reloc_count
> 0)
11879 o
->flags
|= SEC_RELOC
;
11882 /* Explicitly clear the SEC_RELOC flag. The linker tends to
11883 set it (this is probably a bug) and if it is set
11884 assign_section_numbers will create a reloc section. */
11885 o
->flags
&=~ SEC_RELOC
;
11888 /* If the SEC_ALLOC flag is not set, force the section VMA to
11889 zero. This is done in elf_fake_sections as well, but forcing
11890 the VMA to 0 here will ensure that relocs against these
11891 sections are handled correctly. */
11892 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0
11893 && ! o
->user_set_vma
)
11897 if (! bfd_link_relocatable (info
) && merged
)
11898 elf_link_hash_traverse (htab
, _bfd_elf_link_sec_merge_syms
, abfd
);
11900 /* Figure out the file positions for everything but the symbol table
11901 and the relocs. We set symcount to force assign_section_numbers
11902 to create a symbol table. */
11903 bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) = info
->strip
!= strip_all
|| emit_relocs
;
11904 BFD_ASSERT (! abfd
->output_has_begun
);
11905 if (! _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd
, info
))
11908 /* Set sizes, and assign file positions for reloc sections. */
11909 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
11911 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdo
= elf_section_data (o
);
11912 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0)
11915 && !(_bfd_elf_link_size_reloc_section (abfd
, &esdo
->rel
)))
11919 && !(_bfd_elf_link_size_reloc_section (abfd
, &esdo
->rela
)))
11923 /* Now, reset REL_COUNT and REL_COUNT2 so that we can use them
11924 to count upwards while actually outputting the relocations. */
11925 esdo
->rel
.count
= 0;
11926 esdo
->rela
.count
= 0;
11928 if (esdo
->this_hdr
.sh_offset
== (file_ptr
) -1)
11930 /* Cache the section contents so that they can be compressed
11931 later. Use bfd_malloc since it will be freed by
11932 bfd_compress_section_contents. */
11933 unsigned char *contents
= esdo
->this_hdr
.contents
;
11934 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_ELF_COMPRESS
) == 0 || contents
!= NULL
)
11937 = (unsigned char *) bfd_malloc (esdo
->this_hdr
.sh_size
);
11938 if (contents
== NULL
)
11940 esdo
->this_hdr
.contents
= contents
;
11944 /* We have now assigned file positions for all the sections except
11945 .symtab, .strtab, and non-loaded reloc sections. We start the
11946 .symtab section at the current file position, and write directly
11947 to it. We build the .strtab section in memory. */
11948 bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) = 0;
11949 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
11950 /* sh_name is set in prep_headers. */
11951 symtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_SYMTAB
;
11952 /* sh_flags, sh_addr and sh_size all start off zero. */
11953 symtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
11954 /* sh_link is set in assign_section_numbers. */
11955 /* sh_info is set below. */
11956 /* sh_offset is set just below. */
11957 symtab_hdr
->sh_addralign
= (bfd_vma
) 1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
11959 if (max_sym_count
< 20)
11960 max_sym_count
= 20;
11961 htab
->strtabsize
= max_sym_count
;
11962 amt
= max_sym_count
* sizeof (struct elf_sym_strtab
);
11963 htab
->strtab
= (struct elf_sym_strtab
*) bfd_malloc (amt
);
11964 if (htab
->strtab
== NULL
)
11966 /* The real buffer will be allocated in elf_link_swap_symbols_out. */
11968 = (elf_numsections (abfd
) > (SHN_LORESERVE
& 0xFFFF)
11969 ? (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*) -1 : NULL
);
11971 if (info
->strip
!= strip_all
|| emit_relocs
)
11973 file_ptr off
= elf_next_file_pos (abfd
);
11975 _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (symtab_hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
11977 /* Note that at this point elf_next_file_pos (abfd) is
11978 incorrect. We do not yet know the size of the .symtab section.
11979 We correct next_file_pos below, after we do know the size. */
11981 /* Start writing out the symbol table. The first symbol is always a
11983 elfsym
.st_value
= 0;
11984 elfsym
.st_size
= 0;
11985 elfsym
.st_info
= 0;
11986 elfsym
.st_other
= 0;
11987 elfsym
.st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
11988 elfsym
.st_target_internal
= 0;
11989 if (elf_link_output_symstrtab (&flinfo
, NULL
, &elfsym
,
11990 bfd_und_section_ptr
, NULL
) != 1)
11993 /* Output a symbol for each section. We output these even if we are
11994 discarding local symbols, since they are used for relocs. These
11995 symbols have no names. We store the index of each one in the
11996 index field of the section, so that we can find it again when
11997 outputting relocs. */
11999 elfsym
.st_size
= 0;
12000 elfsym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, STT_SECTION
);
12001 elfsym
.st_other
= 0;
12002 elfsym
.st_value
= 0;
12003 elfsym
.st_target_internal
= 0;
12004 for (i
= 1; i
< elf_numsections (abfd
); i
++)
12006 o
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, i
);
12009 o
->target_index
= bfd_get_symcount (abfd
);
12010 elfsym
.st_shndx
= i
;
12011 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
12012 elfsym
.st_value
= o
->vma
;
12013 if (elf_link_output_symstrtab (&flinfo
, NULL
, &elfsym
, o
,
12020 /* Allocate some memory to hold information read in from the input
12022 if (max_contents_size
!= 0)
12024 flinfo
.contents
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_malloc (max_contents_size
);
12025 if (flinfo
.contents
== NULL
)
12029 if (max_external_reloc_size
!= 0)
12031 flinfo
.external_relocs
= bfd_malloc (max_external_reloc_size
);
12032 if (flinfo
.external_relocs
== NULL
)
12036 if (max_internal_reloc_count
!= 0)
12038 amt
= max_internal_reloc_count
* sizeof (Elf_Internal_Rela
);
12039 flinfo
.internal_relocs
= (Elf_Internal_Rela
*) bfd_malloc (amt
);
12040 if (flinfo
.internal_relocs
== NULL
)
12044 if (max_sym_count
!= 0)
12046 amt
= max_sym_count
* bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
12047 flinfo
.external_syms
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_malloc (amt
);
12048 if (flinfo
.external_syms
== NULL
)
12051 amt
= max_sym_count
* sizeof (Elf_Internal_Sym
);
12052 flinfo
.internal_syms
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) bfd_malloc (amt
);
12053 if (flinfo
.internal_syms
== NULL
)
12056 amt
= max_sym_count
* sizeof (long);
12057 flinfo
.indices
= (long int *) bfd_malloc (amt
);
12058 if (flinfo
.indices
== NULL
)
12061 amt
= max_sym_count
* sizeof (asection
*);
12062 flinfo
.sections
= (asection
**) bfd_malloc (amt
);
12063 if (flinfo
.sections
== NULL
)
12067 if (max_sym_shndx_count
!= 0)
12069 amt
= max_sym_shndx_count
* sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
12070 flinfo
.locsym_shndx
= (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*) bfd_malloc (amt
);
12071 if (flinfo
.locsym_shndx
== NULL
)
12077 bfd_vma base
, end
= 0;
12080 for (sec
= htab
->tls_sec
;
12081 sec
&& (sec
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
);
12084 bfd_size_type size
= sec
->size
;
12087 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
) == 0)
12089 struct bfd_link_order
*ord
= sec
->map_tail
.link_order
;
12092 size
= ord
->offset
+ ord
->size
;
12094 end
= sec
->vma
+ size
;
12096 base
= htab
->tls_sec
->vma
;
12097 /* Only align end of TLS section if static TLS doesn't have special
12098 alignment requirements. */
12099 if (bed
->static_tls_alignment
== 1)
12100 end
= align_power (end
, htab
->tls_sec
->alignment_power
);
12101 htab
->tls_size
= end
- base
;
12104 /* Reorder SHF_LINK_ORDER sections. */
12105 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
12107 if (!elf_fixup_link_order (abfd
, o
))
12111 if (!_bfd_elf_fixup_eh_frame_hdr (info
))
12114 /* Since ELF permits relocations to be against local symbols, we
12115 must have the local symbols available when we do the relocations.
12116 Since we would rather only read the local symbols once, and we
12117 would rather not keep them in memory, we handle all the
12118 relocations for a single input file at the same time.
12120 Unfortunately, there is no way to know the total number of local
12121 symbols until we have seen all of them, and the local symbol
12122 indices precede the global symbol indices. This means that when
12123 we are generating relocatable output, and we see a reloc against
12124 a global symbol, we can not know the symbol index until we have
12125 finished examining all the local symbols to see which ones we are
12126 going to output. To deal with this, we keep the relocations in
12127 memory, and don't output them until the end of the link. This is
12128 an unfortunate waste of memory, but I don't see a good way around
12129 it. Fortunately, it only happens when performing a relocatable
12130 link, which is not the common case. FIXME: If keep_memory is set
12131 we could write the relocs out and then read them again; I don't
12132 know how bad the memory loss will be. */
12134 for (sub
= info
->input_bfds
; sub
!= NULL
; sub
= sub
->link
.next
)
12135 sub
->output_has_begun
= FALSE
;
12136 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
12138 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
12140 if (p
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
12141 && (bfd_get_flavour ((sub
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
->owner
))
12142 == bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
12143 && elf_elfheader (sub
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] == bed
->s
->elfclass
)
12145 if (! sub
->output_has_begun
)
12147 if (! elf_link_input_bfd (&flinfo
, sub
))
12149 sub
->output_has_begun
= TRUE
;
12152 else if (p
->type
== bfd_section_reloc_link_order
12153 || p
->type
== bfd_symbol_reloc_link_order
)
12155 if (! elf_reloc_link_order (abfd
, info
, o
, p
))
12160 if (! _bfd_default_link_order (abfd
, info
, o
, p
))
12162 if (p
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
12163 && (bfd_get_flavour (sub
)
12164 == bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
12165 && (elf_elfheader (sub
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]
12166 != bed
->s
->elfclass
))
12168 const char *iclass
, *oclass
;
12170 switch (bed
->s
->elfclass
)
12172 case ELFCLASS64
: oclass
= "ELFCLASS64"; break;
12173 case ELFCLASS32
: oclass
= "ELFCLASS32"; break;
12174 case ELFCLASSNONE
: oclass
= "ELFCLASSNONE"; break;
12178 switch (elf_elfheader (sub
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
])
12180 case ELFCLASS64
: iclass
= "ELFCLASS64"; break;
12181 case ELFCLASS32
: iclass
= "ELFCLASS32"; break;
12182 case ELFCLASSNONE
: iclass
= "ELFCLASSNONE"; break;
12186 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
12188 /* xgettext:c-format */
12189 (_("%pB: file class %s incompatible with %s"),
12190 sub
, iclass
, oclass
);
12199 /* Free symbol buffer if needed. */
12200 if (!info
->reduce_memory_overheads
)
12202 for (sub
= info
->input_bfds
; sub
!= NULL
; sub
= sub
->link
.next
)
12203 if (bfd_get_flavour (sub
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
12204 && elf_tdata (sub
)->symbuf
)
12206 free (elf_tdata (sub
)->symbuf
);
12207 elf_tdata (sub
)->symbuf
= NULL
;
12211 /* Output any global symbols that got converted to local in a
12212 version script or due to symbol visibility. We do this in a
12213 separate step since ELF requires all local symbols to appear
12214 prior to any global symbols. FIXME: We should only do this if
12215 some global symbols were, in fact, converted to become local.
12216 FIXME: Will this work correctly with the Irix 5 linker? */
12217 eoinfo
.failed
= FALSE
;
12218 eoinfo
.flinfo
= &flinfo
;
12219 eoinfo
.localsyms
= TRUE
;
12220 eoinfo
.file_sym_done
= FALSE
;
12221 bfd_hash_traverse (&info
->hash
->table
, elf_link_output_extsym
, &eoinfo
);
12225 /* If backend needs to output some local symbols not present in the hash
12226 table, do it now. */
12227 if (bed
->elf_backend_output_arch_local_syms
12228 && (info
->strip
!= strip_all
|| emit_relocs
))
12230 typedef int (*out_sym_func
)
12231 (void *, const char *, Elf_Internal_Sym
*, asection
*,
12232 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*);
12234 if (! ((*bed
->elf_backend_output_arch_local_syms
)
12235 (abfd
, info
, &flinfo
,
12236 (out_sym_func
) elf_link_output_symstrtab
)))
12240 /* That wrote out all the local symbols. Finish up the symbol table
12241 with the global symbols. Even if we want to strip everything we
12242 can, we still need to deal with those global symbols that got
12243 converted to local in a version script. */
12245 /* The sh_info field records the index of the first non local symbol. */
12246 symtab_hdr
->sh_info
= bfd_get_symcount (abfd
);
12249 && htab
->dynsym
!= NULL
12250 && htab
->dynsym
->output_section
!= bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
12252 Elf_Internal_Sym sym
;
12253 bfd_byte
*dynsym
= htab
->dynsym
->contents
;
12255 o
= htab
->dynsym
->output_section
;
12256 elf_section_data (o
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
= htab
->local_dynsymcount
+ 1;
12258 /* Write out the section symbols for the output sections. */
12259 if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
12260 || htab
->is_relocatable_executable
)
12266 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, STT_SECTION
);
12268 sym
.st_target_internal
= 0;
12270 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
12276 dynindx
= elf_section_data (s
)->dynindx
;
12279 indx
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
12280 BFD_ASSERT (indx
> 0);
12281 sym
.st_shndx
= indx
;
12282 if (! check_dynsym (abfd
, &sym
))
12284 sym
.st_value
= s
->vma
;
12285 dest
= dynsym
+ dynindx
* bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
12286 bed
->s
->swap_symbol_out (abfd
, &sym
, dest
, 0);
12290 /* Write out the local dynsyms. */
12291 if (htab
->dynlocal
)
12293 struct elf_link_local_dynamic_entry
*e
;
12294 for (e
= htab
->dynlocal
; e
; e
= e
->next
)
12299 /* Copy the internal symbol and turn off visibility.
12300 Note that we saved a word of storage and overwrote
12301 the original st_name with the dynstr_index. */
12303 sym
.st_other
&= ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1);
12305 s
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (e
->input_bfd
,
12310 elf_section_data (s
->output_section
)->this_idx
;
12311 if (! check_dynsym (abfd
, &sym
))
12313 sym
.st_value
= (s
->output_section
->vma
12315 + e
->isym
.st_value
);
12318 dest
= dynsym
+ e
->dynindx
* bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
12319 bed
->s
->swap_symbol_out (abfd
, &sym
, dest
, 0);
12324 /* We get the global symbols from the hash table. */
12325 eoinfo
.failed
= FALSE
;
12326 eoinfo
.localsyms
= FALSE
;
12327 eoinfo
.flinfo
= &flinfo
;
12328 bfd_hash_traverse (&info
->hash
->table
, elf_link_output_extsym
, &eoinfo
);
12332 /* If backend needs to output some symbols not present in the hash
12333 table, do it now. */
12334 if (bed
->elf_backend_output_arch_syms
12335 && (info
->strip
!= strip_all
|| emit_relocs
))
12337 typedef int (*out_sym_func
)
12338 (void *, const char *, Elf_Internal_Sym
*, asection
*,
12339 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*);
12341 if (! ((*bed
->elf_backend_output_arch_syms
)
12342 (abfd
, info
, &flinfo
,
12343 (out_sym_func
) elf_link_output_symstrtab
)))
12347 /* Finalize the .strtab section. */
12348 _bfd_elf_strtab_finalize (flinfo
.symstrtab
);
12350 /* Swap out the .strtab section. */
12351 if (!elf_link_swap_symbols_out (&flinfo
))
12354 /* Now we know the size of the symtab section. */
12355 if (bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) > 0)
12357 /* Finish up and write out the symbol string table (.strtab)
12359 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symstrtab_hdr
= NULL
;
12360 file_ptr off
= symtab_hdr
->sh_offset
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_size
;
12362 if (elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
))
12364 symtab_shndx_hdr
= & elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
)->hdr
;
12366 if (symtab_shndx_hdr
!= NULL
&& symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_name
!= 0)
12368 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
;
12369 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
12370 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_addralign
= sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
12371 amt
= bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
12372 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_size
= amt
;
12374 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (symtab_shndx_hdr
,
12377 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
12378 || (bfd_bwrite (flinfo
.symshndxbuf
, amt
, abfd
) != amt
))
12383 symstrtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
;
12384 /* sh_name was set in prep_headers. */
12385 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_STRTAB
;
12386 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_flags
= bed
->elf_strtab_flags
;
12387 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_addr
= 0;
12388 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_size
= _bfd_elf_strtab_size (flinfo
.symstrtab
);
12389 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
12390 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_link
= 0;
12391 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_info
= 0;
12392 /* sh_offset is set just below. */
12393 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_addralign
= 1;
12395 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (symstrtab_hdr
,
12397 elf_next_file_pos (abfd
) = off
;
12399 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, symstrtab_hdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
12400 || ! _bfd_elf_strtab_emit (abfd
, flinfo
.symstrtab
))
12404 if (info
->out_implib_bfd
&& !elf_output_implib (abfd
, info
))
12406 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: failed to generate import library"),
12407 info
->out_implib_bfd
);
12411 /* Adjust the relocs to have the correct symbol indices. */
12412 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
12414 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdo
= elf_section_data (o
);
12417 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0)
12420 sort
= bed
->sort_relocs_p
== NULL
|| (*bed
->sort_relocs_p
) (o
);
12421 if (esdo
->rel
.hdr
!= NULL
12422 && !elf_link_adjust_relocs (abfd
, o
, &esdo
->rel
, sort
, info
))
12424 if (esdo
->rela
.hdr
!= NULL
12425 && !elf_link_adjust_relocs (abfd
, o
, &esdo
->rela
, sort
, info
))
12428 /* Set the reloc_count field to 0 to prevent write_relocs from
12429 trying to swap the relocs out itself. */
12430 o
->reloc_count
= 0;
12433 if (dynamic
&& info
->combreloc
&& dynobj
!= NULL
)
12434 relativecount
= elf_link_sort_relocs (abfd
, info
, &reldyn
);
12436 /* If we are linking against a dynamic object, or generating a
12437 shared library, finish up the dynamic linking information. */
12440 bfd_byte
*dyncon
, *dynconend
;
12442 /* Fix up .dynamic entries. */
12443 o
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".dynamic");
12444 BFD_ASSERT (o
!= NULL
);
12446 dyncon
= o
->contents
;
12447 dynconend
= o
->contents
+ o
->size
;
12448 for (; dyncon
< dynconend
; dyncon
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
)
12450 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
12453 bfd_size_type sh_size
;
12456 bed
->s
->swap_dyn_in (dynobj
, dyncon
, &dyn
);
12463 if (relativecount
> 0 && dyncon
+ bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
< dynconend
)
12465 switch (elf_section_data (reldyn
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
)
12467 case SHT_REL
: dyn
.d_tag
= DT_RELCOUNT
; break;
12468 case SHT_RELA
: dyn
.d_tag
= DT_RELACOUNT
; break;
12471 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= relativecount
;
12478 name
= info
->init_function
;
12481 name
= info
->fini_function
;
12484 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
12486 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (htab
, name
, FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
12488 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
12489 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
12491 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
12492 o
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
12493 if (o
->output_section
!= NULL
)
12494 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
+= (o
->output_section
->vma
12495 + o
->output_offset
);
12498 /* The symbol is imported from another shared
12499 library and does not apply to this one. */
12500 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= 0;
12507 case DT_PREINIT_ARRAYSZ
:
12508 name
= ".preinit_array";
12510 case DT_INIT_ARRAYSZ
:
12511 name
= ".init_array";
12513 case DT_FINI_ARRAYSZ
:
12514 name
= ".fini_array";
12516 o
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, name
);
12520 (_("could not find section %s"), name
);
12525 (_("warning: %s section has zero size"), name
);
12526 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= o
->size
;
12529 case DT_PREINIT_ARRAY
:
12530 name
= ".preinit_array";
12532 case DT_INIT_ARRAY
:
12533 name
= ".init_array";
12535 case DT_FINI_ARRAY
:
12536 name
= ".fini_array";
12538 o
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, name
);
12545 name
= ".gnu.hash";
12554 name
= ".gnu.version_d";
12557 name
= ".gnu.version_r";
12560 name
= ".gnu.version";
12562 o
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, name
);
12564 if (o
== NULL
|| bfd_is_abs_section (o
->output_section
))
12567 (_("could not find section %s"), name
);
12570 if (elf_section_data (o
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_NOTE
)
12573 (_("warning: section '%s' is being made into a note"), name
);
12574 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section
);
12577 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= o
->output_section
->vma
+ o
->output_offset
;
12584 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_REL
|| dyn
.d_tag
== DT_RELSZ
)
12590 for (i
= 1; i
< elf_numsections (abfd
); i
++)
12592 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
12594 hdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
12595 if (hdr
->sh_type
== type
12596 && (hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
12598 sh_size
+= hdr
->sh_size
;
12600 || sh_addr
> hdr
->sh_addr
)
12601 sh_addr
= hdr
->sh_addr
;
12605 if (bed
->dtrel_excludes_plt
&& htab
->srelplt
!= NULL
)
12607 /* Don't count procedure linkage table relocs in the
12608 overall reloc count. */
12609 sh_size
-= htab
->srelplt
->size
;
12611 /* If the size is zero, make the address zero too.
12612 This is to avoid a glibc bug. If the backend
12613 emits DT_RELA/DT_RELASZ even when DT_RELASZ is
12614 zero, then we'll put DT_RELA at the end of
12615 DT_JMPREL. glibc will interpret the end of
12616 DT_RELA matching the end of DT_JMPREL as the
12617 case where DT_RELA includes DT_JMPREL, and for
12618 LD_BIND_NOW will decide that processing DT_RELA
12619 will process the PLT relocs too. Net result:
12620 No PLT relocs applied. */
12623 /* If .rela.plt is the first .rela section, exclude
12624 it from DT_RELA. */
12625 else if (sh_addr
== (htab
->srelplt
->output_section
->vma
12626 + htab
->srelplt
->output_offset
))
12627 sh_addr
+= htab
->srelplt
->size
;
12630 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_RELSZ
|| dyn
.d_tag
== DT_RELASZ
)
12631 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= sh_size
;
12633 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= sh_addr
;
12636 bed
->s
->swap_dyn_out (dynobj
, &dyn
, dyncon
);
12640 /* If we have created any dynamic sections, then output them. */
12641 if (dynobj
!= NULL
)
12643 if (! (*bed
->elf_backend_finish_dynamic_sections
) (abfd
, info
))
12646 /* Check for DT_TEXTREL (late, in case the backend removes it). */
12647 if (((info
->warn_shared_textrel
&& bfd_link_pic (info
))
12648 || info
->error_textrel
)
12649 && (o
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".dynamic")) != NULL
)
12651 bfd_byte
*dyncon
, *dynconend
;
12653 dyncon
= o
->contents
;
12654 dynconend
= o
->contents
+ o
->size
;
12655 for (; dyncon
< dynconend
; dyncon
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
)
12657 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
12659 bed
->s
->swap_dyn_in (dynobj
, dyncon
, &dyn
);
12661 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_TEXTREL
)
12663 if (info
->error_textrel
)
12664 info
->callbacks
->einfo
12665 (_("%P%X: read-only segment has dynamic relocations\n"));
12667 info
->callbacks
->einfo
12668 (_("%P: warning: creating a DT_TEXTREL in a shared object\n"));
12674 for (o
= dynobj
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
12676 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
) == 0
12678 || o
->output_section
== bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
12680 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) == 0)
12682 /* At this point, we are only interested in sections
12683 created by _bfd_elf_link_create_dynamic_sections. */
12686 if (htab
->stab_info
.stabstr
== o
)
12688 if (htab
->eh_info
.hdr_sec
== o
)
12690 if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".dynstr") != 0)
12692 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, o
->output_section
,
12694 (file_ptr
) o
->output_offset
12695 * bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd
),
12701 /* The contents of the .dynstr section are actually in a
12705 off
= elf_section_data (o
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_offset
;
12706 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, off
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
12707 || !_bfd_elf_strtab_emit (abfd
, htab
->dynstr
))
12713 if (!info
->resolve_section_groups
)
12715 bfd_boolean failed
= FALSE
;
12717 BFD_ASSERT (bfd_link_relocatable (info
));
12718 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd
, bfd_elf_set_group_contents
, &failed
);
12723 /* If we have optimized stabs strings, output them. */
12724 if (htab
->stab_info
.stabstr
!= NULL
)
12726 if (!_bfd_write_stab_strings (abfd
, &htab
->stab_info
))
12730 if (! _bfd_elf_write_section_eh_frame_hdr (abfd
, info
))
12733 elf_final_link_free (abfd
, &flinfo
);
12735 elf_linker (abfd
) = TRUE
;
12739 bfd_byte
*contents
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_malloc (attr_size
);
12740 if (contents
== NULL
)
12741 return FALSE
; /* Bail out and fail. */
12742 bfd_elf_set_obj_attr_contents (abfd
, contents
, attr_size
);
12743 bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, attr_section
, contents
, 0, attr_size
);
12750 elf_final_link_free (abfd
, &flinfo
);
12754 /* Initialize COOKIE for input bfd ABFD. */
12757 init_reloc_cookie (struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
,
12758 struct bfd_link_info
*info
, bfd
*abfd
)
12760 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
12761 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
12763 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
12764 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
12766 cookie
->abfd
= abfd
;
12767 cookie
->sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
12768 cookie
->bad_symtab
= elf_bad_symtab (abfd
);
12769 if (cookie
->bad_symtab
)
12771 cookie
->locsymcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_size
/ bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
12772 cookie
->extsymoff
= 0;
12776 cookie
->locsymcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
12777 cookie
->extsymoff
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
12780 if (bed
->s
->arch_size
== 32)
12781 cookie
->r_sym_shift
= 8;
12783 cookie
->r_sym_shift
= 32;
12785 cookie
->locsyms
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) symtab_hdr
->contents
;
12786 if (cookie
->locsyms
== NULL
&& cookie
->locsymcount
!= 0)
12788 cookie
->locsyms
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, symtab_hdr
,
12789 cookie
->locsymcount
, 0,
12791 if (cookie
->locsyms
== NULL
)
12793 info
->callbacks
->einfo (_("%P%X: can not read symbols: %E\n"));
12796 if (info
->keep_memory
)
12797 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (bfd_byte
*) cookie
->locsyms
;
12802 /* Free the memory allocated by init_reloc_cookie, if appropriate. */
12805 fini_reloc_cookie (struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
, bfd
*abfd
)
12807 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
12809 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
12810 if (cookie
->locsyms
!= NULL
12811 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) cookie
->locsyms
)
12812 free (cookie
->locsyms
);
12815 /* Initialize the relocation information in COOKIE for input section SEC
12816 of input bfd ABFD. */
12819 init_reloc_cookie_rels (struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
,
12820 struct bfd_link_info
*info
, bfd
*abfd
,
12823 if (sec
->reloc_count
== 0)
12825 cookie
->rels
= NULL
;
12826 cookie
->relend
= NULL
;
12830 cookie
->rels
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, sec
, NULL
, NULL
,
12831 info
->keep_memory
);
12832 if (cookie
->rels
== NULL
)
12834 cookie
->rel
= cookie
->rels
;
12835 cookie
->relend
= cookie
->rels
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
12837 cookie
->rel
= cookie
->rels
;
12841 /* Free the memory allocated by init_reloc_cookie_rels,
12845 fini_reloc_cookie_rels (struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
,
12848 if (cookie
->rels
&& elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= cookie
->rels
)
12849 free (cookie
->rels
);
12852 /* Initialize the whole of COOKIE for input section SEC. */
12855 init_reloc_cookie_for_section (struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
,
12856 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
12859 if (!init_reloc_cookie (cookie
, info
, sec
->owner
))
12861 if (!init_reloc_cookie_rels (cookie
, info
, sec
->owner
, sec
))
12866 fini_reloc_cookie (cookie
, sec
->owner
);
12871 /* Free the memory allocated by init_reloc_cookie_for_section,
12875 fini_reloc_cookie_for_section (struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
,
12878 fini_reloc_cookie_rels (cookie
, sec
);
12879 fini_reloc_cookie (cookie
, sec
->owner
);
12882 /* Garbage collect unused sections. */
12884 /* Default gc_mark_hook. */
12887 _bfd_elf_gc_mark_hook (asection
*sec
,
12888 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12889 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12890 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
12891 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
12895 switch (h
->root
.type
)
12897 case bfd_link_hash_defined
:
12898 case bfd_link_hash_defweak
:
12899 return h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
12901 case bfd_link_hash_common
:
12902 return h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->section
;
12909 return bfd_section_from_elf_index (sec
->owner
, sym
->st_shndx
);
12914 /* Return the debug definition section. */
12917 elf_gc_mark_debug_section (asection
*sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12918 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12919 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12920 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
12921 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
12925 /* Return the global debug definition section. */
12926 if ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
12927 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
12928 && (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
) != 0)
12929 return h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
12933 /* Return the local debug definition section. */
12934 asection
*isec
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (sec
->owner
,
12936 if ((isec
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
) != 0)
12943 /* COOKIE->rel describes a relocation against section SEC, which is
12944 a section we've decided to keep. Return the section that contains
12945 the relocation symbol, or NULL if no section contains it. */
12948 _bfd_elf_gc_mark_rsec (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, asection
*sec
,
12949 elf_gc_mark_hook_fn gc_mark_hook
,
12950 struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
,
12951 bfd_boolean
*start_stop
)
12953 unsigned long r_symndx
;
12954 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
12956 r_symndx
= cookie
->rel
->r_info
>> cookie
->r_sym_shift
;
12957 if (r_symndx
== STN_UNDEF
)
12960 if (r_symndx
>= cookie
->locsymcount
12961 || ELF_ST_BIND (cookie
->locsyms
[r_symndx
].st_info
) != STB_LOCAL
)
12963 h
= cookie
->sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- cookie
->extsymoff
];
12966 info
->callbacks
->einfo (_("%F%P: corrupt input: %pB\n"),
12970 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
12971 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
12972 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
12974 /* If this symbol is weak and there is a non-weak definition, we
12975 keep the non-weak definition because many backends put
12976 dynamic reloc info on the non-weak definition for code
12977 handling copy relocs. */
12978 if (h
->is_weakalias
)
12979 weakdef (h
)->mark
= 1;
12981 if (start_stop
!= NULL
)
12983 /* To work around a glibc bug, mark XXX input sections
12984 when there is a reference to __start_XXX or __stop_XXX
12988 asection
*s
= h
->u2
.start_stop_section
;
12989 *start_stop
= !s
->gc_mark
;
12994 return (*gc_mark_hook
) (sec
, info
, cookie
->rel
, h
, NULL
);
12997 return (*gc_mark_hook
) (sec
, info
, cookie
->rel
, NULL
,
12998 &cookie
->locsyms
[r_symndx
]);
13001 /* COOKIE->rel describes a relocation against section SEC, which is
13002 a section we've decided to keep. Mark the section that contains
13003 the relocation symbol. */
13006 _bfd_elf_gc_mark_reloc (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
13008 elf_gc_mark_hook_fn gc_mark_hook
,
13009 struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
)
13012 bfd_boolean start_stop
= FALSE
;
13014 rsec
= _bfd_elf_gc_mark_rsec (info
, sec
, gc_mark_hook
, cookie
, &start_stop
);
13015 while (rsec
!= NULL
)
13017 if (!rsec
->gc_mark
)
13019 if (bfd_get_flavour (rsec
->owner
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
13020 || (rsec
->owner
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
13022 else if (!_bfd_elf_gc_mark (info
, rsec
, gc_mark_hook
))
13027 rsec
= bfd_get_next_section_by_name (rsec
->owner
, rsec
);
13032 /* The mark phase of garbage collection. For a given section, mark
13033 it and any sections in this section's group, and all the sections
13034 which define symbols to which it refers. */
13037 _bfd_elf_gc_mark (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
13039 elf_gc_mark_hook_fn gc_mark_hook
)
13042 asection
*group_sec
, *eh_frame
;
13046 /* Mark all the sections in the group. */
13047 group_sec
= elf_section_data (sec
)->next_in_group
;
13048 if (group_sec
&& !group_sec
->gc_mark
)
13049 if (!_bfd_elf_gc_mark (info
, group_sec
, gc_mark_hook
))
13052 /* Look through the section relocs. */
13054 eh_frame
= elf_eh_frame_section (sec
->owner
);
13055 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0
13056 && sec
->reloc_count
> 0
13057 && sec
!= eh_frame
)
13059 struct elf_reloc_cookie cookie
;
13061 if (!init_reloc_cookie_for_section (&cookie
, info
, sec
))
13065 for (; cookie
.rel
< cookie
.relend
; cookie
.rel
++)
13066 if (!_bfd_elf_gc_mark_reloc (info
, sec
, gc_mark_hook
, &cookie
))
13071 fini_reloc_cookie_for_section (&cookie
, sec
);
13075 if (ret
&& eh_frame
&& elf_fde_list (sec
))
13077 struct elf_reloc_cookie cookie
;
13079 if (!init_reloc_cookie_for_section (&cookie
, info
, eh_frame
))
13083 if (!_bfd_elf_gc_mark_fdes (info
, sec
, eh_frame
,
13084 gc_mark_hook
, &cookie
))
13086 fini_reloc_cookie_for_section (&cookie
, eh_frame
);
13090 eh_frame
= elf_section_eh_frame_entry (sec
);
13091 if (ret
&& eh_frame
&& !eh_frame
->gc_mark
)
13092 if (!_bfd_elf_gc_mark (info
, eh_frame
, gc_mark_hook
))
13098 /* Scan and mark sections in a special or debug section group. */
13101 _bfd_elf_gc_mark_debug_special_section_group (asection
*grp
)
13103 /* Point to first section of section group. */
13105 /* Used to iterate the section group. */
13108 bfd_boolean is_special_grp
= TRUE
;
13109 bfd_boolean is_debug_grp
= TRUE
;
13111 /* First scan to see if group contains any section other than debug
13112 and special section. */
13113 ssec
= msec
= elf_next_in_group (grp
);
13116 if ((msec
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
) == 0)
13117 is_debug_grp
= FALSE
;
13119 if ((msec
->flags
& (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_RELOC
)) != 0)
13120 is_special_grp
= FALSE
;
13122 msec
= elf_next_in_group (msec
);
13124 while (msec
!= ssec
);
13126 /* If this is a pure debug section group or pure special section group,
13127 keep all sections in this group. */
13128 if (is_debug_grp
|| is_special_grp
)
13133 msec
= elf_next_in_group (msec
);
13135 while (msec
!= ssec
);
13139 /* Keep debug and special sections. */
13142 _bfd_elf_gc_mark_extra_sections (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
13143 elf_gc_mark_hook_fn mark_hook ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
13147 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
13150 bfd_boolean some_kept
;
13151 bfd_boolean debug_frag_seen
;
13152 bfd_boolean has_kept_debug_info
;
13154 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
13156 isec
= ibfd
->sections
;
13157 if (isec
== NULL
|| isec
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS
)
13160 /* Ensure all linker created sections are kept,
13161 see if any other section is already marked,
13162 and note if we have any fragmented debug sections. */
13163 debug_frag_seen
= some_kept
= has_kept_debug_info
= FALSE
;
13164 for (isec
= ibfd
->sections
; isec
!= NULL
; isec
= isec
->next
)
13166 if ((isec
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) != 0)
13168 else if (isec
->gc_mark
13169 && (isec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
13170 && elf_section_type (isec
) != SHT_NOTE
)
13173 if (!debug_frag_seen
13174 && (isec
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
)
13175 && CONST_STRNEQ (isec
->name
, ".debug_line."))
13176 debug_frag_seen
= TRUE
;
13179 /* If no non-note alloc section in this file will be kept, then
13180 we can toss out the debug and special sections. */
13184 /* Keep debug and special sections like .comment when they are
13185 not part of a group. Also keep section groups that contain
13186 just debug sections or special sections. */
13187 for (isec
= ibfd
->sections
; isec
!= NULL
; isec
= isec
->next
)
13189 if ((isec
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
) != 0)
13190 _bfd_elf_gc_mark_debug_special_section_group (isec
);
13191 else if (((isec
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
) != 0
13192 || (isec
->flags
& (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_RELOC
)) == 0)
13193 && elf_next_in_group (isec
) == NULL
)
13195 if (isec
->gc_mark
&& (isec
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
) != 0)
13196 has_kept_debug_info
= TRUE
;
13199 /* Look for CODE sections which are going to be discarded,
13200 and find and discard any fragmented debug sections which
13201 are associated with that code section. */
13202 if (debug_frag_seen
)
13203 for (isec
= ibfd
->sections
; isec
!= NULL
; isec
= isec
->next
)
13204 if ((isec
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0
13205 && isec
->gc_mark
== 0)
13210 ilen
= strlen (isec
->name
);
13212 /* Association is determined by the name of the debug
13213 section containing the name of the code section as
13214 a suffix. For example .debug_line.text.foo is a
13215 debug section associated with .text.foo. */
13216 for (dsec
= ibfd
->sections
; dsec
!= NULL
; dsec
= dsec
->next
)
13220 if (dsec
->gc_mark
== 0
13221 || (dsec
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
) == 0)
13224 dlen
= strlen (dsec
->name
);
13227 && strncmp (dsec
->name
+ (dlen
- ilen
),
13228 isec
->name
, ilen
) == 0)
13233 /* Mark debug sections referenced by kept debug sections. */
13234 if (has_kept_debug_info
)
13235 for (isec
= ibfd
->sections
; isec
!= NULL
; isec
= isec
->next
)
13237 && (isec
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
) != 0)
13238 if (!_bfd_elf_gc_mark (info
, isec
,
13239 elf_gc_mark_debug_section
))
13246 elf_gc_sweep (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
13249 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
13251 for (sub
= info
->input_bfds
; sub
!= NULL
; sub
= sub
->link
.next
)
13255 if (bfd_get_flavour (sub
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
13256 || elf_object_id (sub
) != elf_hash_table_id (elf_hash_table (info
))
13257 || !(*bed
->relocs_compatible
) (sub
->xvec
, abfd
->xvec
))
13260 if (o
== NULL
|| o
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS
)
13263 for (o
= sub
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
13265 /* When any section in a section group is kept, we keep all
13266 sections in the section group. If the first member of
13267 the section group is excluded, we will also exclude the
13269 if (o
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
)
13271 asection
*first
= elf_next_in_group (o
);
13272 o
->gc_mark
= first
->gc_mark
;
13278 /* Skip sweeping sections already excluded. */
13279 if (o
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
)
13282 /* Since this is early in the link process, it is simple
13283 to remove a section from the output. */
13284 o
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
13286 if (info
->print_gc_sections
&& o
->size
!= 0)
13287 /* xgettext:c-format */
13288 _bfd_error_handler (_("removing unused section '%pA' in file '%pB'"),
13296 /* Propagate collected vtable information. This is called through
13297 elf_link_hash_traverse. */
13300 elf_gc_propagate_vtable_entries_used (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *okp
)
13302 /* Those that are not vtables. */
13304 || h
->u2
.vtable
== NULL
13305 || h
->u2
.vtable
->parent
== NULL
)
13308 /* Those vtables that do not have parents, we cannot merge. */
13309 if (h
->u2
.vtable
->parent
== (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) -1)
13312 /* If we've already been done, exit. */
13313 if (h
->u2
.vtable
->used
&& h
->u2
.vtable
->used
[-1])
13316 /* Make sure the parent's table is up to date. */
13317 elf_gc_propagate_vtable_entries_used (h
->u2
.vtable
->parent
, okp
);
13319 if (h
->u2
.vtable
->used
== NULL
)
13321 /* None of this table's entries were referenced. Re-use the
13323 h
->u2
.vtable
->used
= h
->u2
.vtable
->parent
->u2
.vtable
->used
;
13324 h
->u2
.vtable
->size
= h
->u2
.vtable
->parent
->u2
.vtable
->size
;
13329 bfd_boolean
*cu
, *pu
;
13331 /* Or the parent's entries into ours. */
13332 cu
= h
->u2
.vtable
->used
;
13334 pu
= h
->u2
.vtable
->parent
->u2
.vtable
->used
;
13337 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
13338 unsigned int log_file_align
;
13340 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
);
13341 log_file_align
= bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
13342 n
= h
->u2
.vtable
->parent
->u2
.vtable
->size
>> log_file_align
;
13357 elf_gc_smash_unused_vtentry_relocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *okp
)
13360 bfd_vma hstart
, hend
;
13361 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relstart
, *relend
, *rel
;
13362 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
13363 unsigned int log_file_align
;
13365 /* Take care of both those symbols that do not describe vtables as
13366 well as those that are not loaded. */
13368 || h
->u2
.vtable
== NULL
13369 || h
->u2
.vtable
->parent
== NULL
)
13372 BFD_ASSERT (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
13373 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
);
13375 sec
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
13376 hstart
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
13377 hend
= hstart
+ h
->size
;
13379 relstart
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (sec
->owner
, sec
, NULL
, NULL
, TRUE
);
13381 return *(bfd_boolean
*) okp
= FALSE
;
13382 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (sec
->owner
);
13383 log_file_align
= bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
13385 relend
= relstart
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
13387 for (rel
= relstart
; rel
< relend
; ++rel
)
13388 if (rel
->r_offset
>= hstart
&& rel
->r_offset
< hend
)
13390 /* If the entry is in use, do nothing. */
13391 if (h
->u2
.vtable
->used
13392 && (rel
->r_offset
- hstart
) < h
->u2
.vtable
->size
)
13394 bfd_vma entry
= (rel
->r_offset
- hstart
) >> log_file_align
;
13395 if (h
->u2
.vtable
->used
[entry
])
13398 /* Otherwise, kill it. */
13399 rel
->r_offset
= rel
->r_info
= rel
->r_addend
= 0;
13405 /* Mark sections containing dynamically referenced symbols. When
13406 building shared libraries, we must assume that any visible symbol is
13410 bfd_elf_gc_mark_dynamic_ref_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *inf
)
13412 struct bfd_link_info
*info
= (struct bfd_link_info
*) inf
;
13413 struct bfd_elf_dynamic_list
*d
= info
->dynamic_list
;
13415 if ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
13416 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
13417 && ((h
->ref_dynamic
&& !h
->forced_local
)
13418 || ((h
->def_regular
|| ELF_COMMON_DEF_P (h
))
13419 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_INTERNAL
13420 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_HIDDEN
13421 && (!bfd_link_executable (info
)
13422 || info
->gc_keep_exported
13423 || info
->export_dynamic
13426 && (*d
->match
) (&d
->head
, NULL
, h
->root
.root
.string
)))
13427 && (h
->versioned
>= versioned
13428 || !bfd_hide_sym_by_version (info
->version_info
,
13429 h
->root
.root
.string
)))))
13430 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
13435 /* Keep all sections containing symbols undefined on the command-line,
13436 and the section containing the entry symbol. */
13439 _bfd_elf_gc_keep (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
13441 struct bfd_sym_chain
*sym
;
13443 for (sym
= info
->gc_sym_list
; sym
!= NULL
; sym
= sym
->next
)
13445 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
13447 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
), sym
->name
,
13448 FALSE
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
13451 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
13452 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
13453 && !bfd_is_abs_section (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
)
13454 && !bfd_is_und_section (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
))
13455 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
13460 bfd_elf_parse_eh_frame_entries (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
13461 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
13463 bfd
*ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
;
13465 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
13468 struct elf_reloc_cookie cookie
;
13470 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
13472 sec
= ibfd
->sections
;
13473 if (sec
== NULL
|| sec
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS
)
13476 if (!init_reloc_cookie (&cookie
, info
, ibfd
))
13479 for (sec
= ibfd
->sections
; sec
; sec
= sec
->next
)
13481 if (CONST_STRNEQ (bfd_section_name (ibfd
, sec
), ".eh_frame_entry")
13482 && init_reloc_cookie_rels (&cookie
, info
, ibfd
, sec
))
13484 _bfd_elf_parse_eh_frame_entry (info
, sec
, &cookie
);
13485 fini_reloc_cookie_rels (&cookie
, sec
);
13492 /* Do mark and sweep of unused sections. */
13495 bfd_elf_gc_sections (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
13497 bfd_boolean ok
= TRUE
;
13499 elf_gc_mark_hook_fn gc_mark_hook
;
13500 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
13501 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
13503 if (!bed
->can_gc_sections
13504 || !is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
13506 _bfd_error_handler(_("warning: gc-sections option ignored"));
13510 bed
->gc_keep (info
);
13511 htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
13513 /* Try to parse each bfd's .eh_frame section. Point elf_eh_frame_section
13514 at the .eh_frame section if we can mark the FDEs individually. */
13515 for (sub
= info
->input_bfds
;
13516 info
->eh_frame_hdr_type
!= COMPACT_EH_HDR
&& sub
!= NULL
;
13517 sub
= sub
->link
.next
)
13520 struct elf_reloc_cookie cookie
;
13522 sec
= sub
->sections
;
13523 if (sec
== NULL
|| sec
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS
)
13525 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (sub
, ".eh_frame");
13526 while (sec
&& init_reloc_cookie_for_section (&cookie
, info
, sec
))
13528 _bfd_elf_parse_eh_frame (sub
, info
, sec
, &cookie
);
13529 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_info
13530 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) == 0)
13531 elf_eh_frame_section (sub
) = sec
;
13532 fini_reloc_cookie_for_section (&cookie
, sec
);
13533 sec
= bfd_get_next_section_by_name (NULL
, sec
);
13537 /* Apply transitive closure to the vtable entry usage info. */
13538 elf_link_hash_traverse (htab
, elf_gc_propagate_vtable_entries_used
, &ok
);
13542 /* Kill the vtable relocations that were not used. */
13543 elf_link_hash_traverse (htab
, elf_gc_smash_unused_vtentry_relocs
, &ok
);
13547 /* Mark dynamically referenced symbols. */
13548 if (htab
->dynamic_sections_created
|| info
->gc_keep_exported
)
13549 elf_link_hash_traverse (htab
, bed
->gc_mark_dynamic_ref
, info
);
13551 /* Grovel through relocs to find out who stays ... */
13552 gc_mark_hook
= bed
->gc_mark_hook
;
13553 for (sub
= info
->input_bfds
; sub
!= NULL
; sub
= sub
->link
.next
)
13557 if (bfd_get_flavour (sub
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
13558 || elf_object_id (sub
) != elf_hash_table_id (htab
)
13559 || !(*bed
->relocs_compatible
) (sub
->xvec
, abfd
->xvec
))
13563 if (o
== NULL
|| o
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS
)
13566 /* Start at sections marked with SEC_KEEP (ref _bfd_elf_gc_keep).
13567 Also treat note sections as a root, if the section is not part
13568 of a group. We must keep all PREINIT_ARRAY, INIT_ARRAY as
13569 well as FINI_ARRAY sections for ld -r. */
13570 for (o
= sub
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
13572 && (o
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) == 0
13573 && ((o
->flags
& SEC_KEEP
) != 0
13574 || (bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
13575 && ((elf_section_data (o
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
13576 == SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY
)
13577 || (elf_section_data (o
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
13579 || (elf_section_data (o
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
13580 == SHT_FINI_ARRAY
)))
13581 || (elf_section_data (o
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_NOTE
13582 && elf_next_in_group (o
) == NULL
)))
13584 if (!_bfd_elf_gc_mark (info
, o
, gc_mark_hook
))
13589 /* Allow the backend to mark additional target specific sections. */
13590 bed
->gc_mark_extra_sections (info
, gc_mark_hook
);
13592 /* ... and mark SEC_EXCLUDE for those that go. */
13593 return elf_gc_sweep (abfd
, info
);
13596 /* Called from check_relocs to record the existence of a VTINHERIT reloc. */
13599 bfd_elf_gc_record_vtinherit (bfd
*abfd
,
13601 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
13604 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
, **sym_hashes_end
;
13605 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**search
, *child
;
13606 size_t extsymcount
;
13607 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
13609 /* The sh_info field of the symtab header tells us where the
13610 external symbols start. We don't care about the local symbols at
13612 extsymcount
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_size
/ bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
13613 if (!elf_bad_symtab (abfd
))
13614 extsymcount
-= elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_info
;
13616 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
13617 sym_hashes_end
= sym_hashes
+ extsymcount
;
13619 /* Hunt down the child symbol, which is in this section at the same
13620 offset as the relocation. */
13621 for (search
= sym_hashes
; search
!= sym_hashes_end
; ++search
)
13623 if ((child
= *search
) != NULL
13624 && (child
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
13625 || child
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
13626 && child
->root
.u
.def
.section
== sec
13627 && child
->root
.u
.def
.value
== offset
)
13631 /* xgettext:c-format */
13632 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: %pA+%#" PRIx64
": no symbol found for INHERIT"),
13633 abfd
, sec
, (uint64_t) offset
);
13634 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
13638 if (!child
->u2
.vtable
)
13640 child
->u2
.vtable
= ((struct elf_link_virtual_table_entry
*)
13641 bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (*child
->u2
.vtable
)));
13642 if (!child
->u2
.vtable
)
13647 /* This *should* only be the absolute section. It could potentially
13648 be that someone has defined a non-global vtable though, which
13649 would be bad. It isn't worth paging in the local symbols to be
13650 sure though; that case should simply be handled by the assembler. */
13652 child
->u2
.vtable
->parent
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) -1;
13655 child
->u2
.vtable
->parent
= h
;
13660 /* Called from check_relocs to record the existence of a VTENTRY reloc. */
13663 bfd_elf_gc_record_vtentry (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
13664 asection
*sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
13665 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
13668 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
13669 unsigned int log_file_align
= bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
13673 h
->u2
.vtable
= ((struct elf_link_virtual_table_entry
*)
13674 bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (*h
->u2
.vtable
)));
13679 if (addend
>= h
->u2
.vtable
->size
)
13681 size_t size
, bytes
, file_align
;
13682 bfd_boolean
*ptr
= h
->u2
.vtable
->used
;
13684 /* While the symbol is undefined, we have to be prepared to handle
13686 file_align
= 1 << log_file_align
;
13687 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
)
13688 size
= addend
+ file_align
;
13692 if (addend
>= size
)
13694 /* Oops! We've got a reference past the defined end of
13695 the table. This is probably a bug -- shall we warn? */
13696 size
= addend
+ file_align
;
13699 size
= (size
+ file_align
- 1) & -file_align
;
13701 /* Allocate one extra entry for use as a "done" flag for the
13702 consolidation pass. */
13703 bytes
= ((size
>> log_file_align
) + 1) * sizeof (bfd_boolean
);
13707 ptr
= (bfd_boolean
*) bfd_realloc (ptr
- 1, bytes
);
13713 oldbytes
= (((h
->u2
.vtable
->size
>> log_file_align
) + 1)
13714 * sizeof (bfd_boolean
));
13715 memset (((char *) ptr
) + oldbytes
, 0, bytes
- oldbytes
);
13719 ptr
= (bfd_boolean
*) bfd_zmalloc (bytes
);
13724 /* And arrange for that done flag to be at index -1. */
13725 h
->u2
.vtable
->used
= ptr
+ 1;
13726 h
->u2
.vtable
->size
= size
;
13729 h
->u2
.vtable
->used
[addend
>> log_file_align
] = TRUE
;
13734 /* Map an ELF section header flag to its corresponding string. */
13738 flagword flag_value
;
13739 } elf_flags_to_name_table
;
13741 static elf_flags_to_name_table elf_flags_to_names
[] =
13743 { "SHF_WRITE", SHF_WRITE
},
13744 { "SHF_ALLOC", SHF_ALLOC
},
13745 { "SHF_EXECINSTR", SHF_EXECINSTR
},
13746 { "SHF_MERGE", SHF_MERGE
},
13747 { "SHF_STRINGS", SHF_STRINGS
},
13748 { "SHF_INFO_LINK", SHF_INFO_LINK
},
13749 { "SHF_LINK_ORDER", SHF_LINK_ORDER
},
13750 { "SHF_OS_NONCONFORMING", SHF_OS_NONCONFORMING
},
13751 { "SHF_GROUP", SHF_GROUP
},
13752 { "SHF_TLS", SHF_TLS
},
13753 { "SHF_MASKOS", SHF_MASKOS
},
13754 { "SHF_EXCLUDE", SHF_EXCLUDE
},
13757 /* Returns TRUE if the section is to be included, otherwise FALSE. */
13759 bfd_elf_lookup_section_flags (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
13760 struct flag_info
*flaginfo
,
13763 const bfd_vma sh_flags
= elf_section_flags (section
);
13765 if (!flaginfo
->flags_initialized
)
13767 bfd
*obfd
= info
->output_bfd
;
13768 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (obfd
);
13769 struct flag_info_list
*tf
= flaginfo
->flag_list
;
13771 int without_hex
= 0;
13773 for (tf
= flaginfo
->flag_list
; tf
!= NULL
; tf
= tf
->next
)
13776 flagword (*lookup
) (char *);
13778 lookup
= bed
->elf_backend_lookup_section_flags_hook
;
13779 if (lookup
!= NULL
)
13781 flagword hexval
= (*lookup
) ((char *) tf
->name
);
13785 if (tf
->with
== with_flags
)
13786 with_hex
|= hexval
;
13787 else if (tf
->with
== without_flags
)
13788 without_hex
|= hexval
;
13793 for (i
= 0; i
< ARRAY_SIZE (elf_flags_to_names
); ++i
)
13795 if (strcmp (tf
->name
, elf_flags_to_names
[i
].flag_name
) == 0)
13797 if (tf
->with
== with_flags
)
13798 with_hex
|= elf_flags_to_names
[i
].flag_value
;
13799 else if (tf
->with
== without_flags
)
13800 without_hex
|= elf_flags_to_names
[i
].flag_value
;
13807 info
->callbacks
->einfo
13808 (_("unrecognized INPUT_SECTION_FLAG %s\n"), tf
->name
);
13812 flaginfo
->flags_initialized
= TRUE
;
13813 flaginfo
->only_with_flags
|= with_hex
;
13814 flaginfo
->not_with_flags
|= without_hex
;
13817 if ((flaginfo
->only_with_flags
& sh_flags
) != flaginfo
->only_with_flags
)
13820 if ((flaginfo
->not_with_flags
& sh_flags
) != 0)
13826 struct alloc_got_off_arg
{
13828 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
13831 /* We need a special top-level link routine to convert got reference counts
13832 to real got offsets. */
13835 elf_gc_allocate_got_offsets (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *arg
)
13837 struct alloc_got_off_arg
*gofarg
= (struct alloc_got_off_arg
*) arg
;
13838 bfd
*obfd
= gofarg
->info
->output_bfd
;
13839 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (obfd
);
13841 if (h
->got
.refcount
> 0)
13843 h
->got
.offset
= gofarg
->gotoff
;
13844 gofarg
->gotoff
+= bed
->got_elt_size (obfd
, gofarg
->info
, h
, NULL
, 0);
13847 h
->got
.offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
13852 /* And an accompanying bit to work out final got entry offsets once
13853 we're done. Should be called from final_link. */
13856 bfd_elf_gc_common_finalize_got_offsets (bfd
*abfd
,
13857 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
13860 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
13862 struct alloc_got_off_arg gofarg
;
13864 BFD_ASSERT (abfd
== info
->output_bfd
);
13866 if (! is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
13869 /* The GOT offset is relative to the .got section, but the GOT header is
13870 put into the .got.plt section, if the backend uses it. */
13871 if (bed
->want_got_plt
)
13874 gotoff
= bed
->got_header_size
;
13876 /* Do the local .got entries first. */
13877 for (i
= info
->input_bfds
; i
; i
= i
->link
.next
)
13879 bfd_signed_vma
*local_got
;
13880 size_t j
, locsymcount
;
13881 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
13883 if (bfd_get_flavour (i
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
13886 local_got
= elf_local_got_refcounts (i
);
13890 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (i
)->symtab_hdr
;
13891 if (elf_bad_symtab (i
))
13892 locsymcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_size
/ bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
13894 locsymcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
13896 for (j
= 0; j
< locsymcount
; ++j
)
13898 if (local_got
[j
] > 0)
13900 local_got
[j
] = gotoff
;
13901 gotoff
+= bed
->got_elt_size (abfd
, info
, NULL
, i
, j
);
13904 local_got
[j
] = (bfd_vma
) -1;
13908 /* Then the global .got entries. .plt refcounts are handled by
13909 adjust_dynamic_symbol */
13910 gofarg
.gotoff
= gotoff
;
13911 gofarg
.info
= info
;
13912 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
13913 elf_gc_allocate_got_offsets
,
13918 /* Many folk need no more in the way of final link than this, once
13919 got entry reference counting is enabled. */
13922 bfd_elf_gc_common_final_link (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
13924 if (!bfd_elf_gc_common_finalize_got_offsets (abfd
, info
))
13927 /* Invoke the regular ELF backend linker to do all the work. */
13928 return bfd_elf_final_link (abfd
, info
);
13932 bfd_elf_reloc_symbol_deleted_p (bfd_vma offset
, void *cookie
)
13934 struct elf_reloc_cookie
*rcookie
= (struct elf_reloc_cookie
*) cookie
;
13936 if (rcookie
->bad_symtab
)
13937 rcookie
->rel
= rcookie
->rels
;
13939 for (; rcookie
->rel
< rcookie
->relend
; rcookie
->rel
++)
13941 unsigned long r_symndx
;
13943 if (! rcookie
->bad_symtab
)
13944 if (rcookie
->rel
->r_offset
> offset
)
13946 if (rcookie
->rel
->r_offset
!= offset
)
13949 r_symndx
= rcookie
->rel
->r_info
>> rcookie
->r_sym_shift
;
13950 if (r_symndx
== STN_UNDEF
)
13953 if (r_symndx
>= rcookie
->locsymcount
13954 || ELF_ST_BIND (rcookie
->locsyms
[r_symndx
].st_info
) != STB_LOCAL
)
13956 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
13958 h
= rcookie
->sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- rcookie
->extsymoff
];
13960 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
13961 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
13962 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
13964 if ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
13965 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
13966 && (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
!= rcookie
->abfd
13967 || h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->kept_section
!= NULL
13968 || discarded_section (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
)))
13973 /* It's not a relocation against a global symbol,
13974 but it could be a relocation against a local
13975 symbol for a discarded section. */
13977 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
13979 /* Need to: get the symbol; get the section. */
13980 isym
= &rcookie
->locsyms
[r_symndx
];
13981 isec
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (rcookie
->abfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
13983 && (isec
->kept_section
!= NULL
13984 || discarded_section (isec
)))
13992 /* Discard unneeded references to discarded sections.
13993 Returns -1 on error, 1 if any section's size was changed, 0 if
13994 nothing changed. This function assumes that the relocations are in
13995 sorted order, which is true for all known assemblers. */
13998 bfd_elf_discard_info (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
14000 struct elf_reloc_cookie cookie
;
14005 if (info
->traditional_format
14006 || !is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
14009 o
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, ".stab");
14014 for (i
= o
->map_head
.s
; i
!= NULL
; i
= i
->map_head
.s
)
14017 || i
->reloc_count
== 0
14018 || i
->sec_info_type
!= SEC_INFO_TYPE_STABS
)
14022 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
14025 if (!init_reloc_cookie_for_section (&cookie
, info
, i
))
14028 if (_bfd_discard_section_stabs (abfd
, i
,
14029 elf_section_data (i
)->sec_info
,
14030 bfd_elf_reloc_symbol_deleted_p
,
14034 fini_reloc_cookie_for_section (&cookie
, i
);
14039 if (info
->eh_frame_hdr_type
!= COMPACT_EH_HDR
)
14040 o
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, ".eh_frame");
14044 int eh_changed
= 0;
14045 unsigned int eh_alignment
;
14047 for (i
= o
->map_head
.s
; i
!= NULL
; i
= i
->map_head
.s
)
14053 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
14056 if (!init_reloc_cookie_for_section (&cookie
, info
, i
))
14059 _bfd_elf_parse_eh_frame (abfd
, info
, i
, &cookie
);
14060 if (_bfd_elf_discard_section_eh_frame (abfd
, info
, i
,
14061 bfd_elf_reloc_symbol_deleted_p
,
14065 if (i
->size
!= i
->rawsize
)
14069 fini_reloc_cookie_for_section (&cookie
, i
);
14072 eh_alignment
= 1 << o
->alignment_power
;
14073 /* Skip over zero terminator, and prevent empty sections from
14074 adding alignment padding at the end. */
14075 for (i
= o
->map_tail
.s
; i
!= NULL
; i
= i
->map_tail
.s
)
14077 i
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
14078 else if (i
->size
> 4)
14080 /* The last non-empty eh_frame section doesn't need padding. */
14083 /* Any prior sections must pad the last FDE out to the output
14084 section alignment. Otherwise we might have zero padding
14085 between sections, which would be seen as a terminator. */
14086 for (; i
!= NULL
; i
= i
->map_tail
.s
)
14088 /* All but the last zero terminator should have been removed. */
14093 = (i
->size
+ eh_alignment
- 1) & -eh_alignment
;
14094 if (i
->size
!= size
)
14102 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
14103 _bfd_elf_adjust_eh_frame_global_symbol
, NULL
);
14106 for (abfd
= info
->input_bfds
; abfd
!= NULL
; abfd
= abfd
->link
.next
)
14108 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
14111 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
14113 s
= abfd
->sections
;
14114 if (s
== NULL
|| s
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS
)
14117 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
14119 if (bed
->elf_backend_discard_info
!= NULL
)
14121 if (!init_reloc_cookie (&cookie
, info
, abfd
))
14124 if ((*bed
->elf_backend_discard_info
) (abfd
, &cookie
, info
))
14127 fini_reloc_cookie (&cookie
, abfd
);
14131 if (info
->eh_frame_hdr_type
== COMPACT_EH_HDR
)
14132 _bfd_elf_end_eh_frame_parsing (info
);
14134 if (info
->eh_frame_hdr_type
14135 && !bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
14136 && _bfd_elf_discard_section_eh_frame_hdr (output_bfd
, info
))
14143 _bfd_elf_section_already_linked (bfd
*abfd
,
14145 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
14148 const char *name
, *key
;
14149 struct bfd_section_already_linked
*l
;
14150 struct bfd_section_already_linked_hash_entry
*already_linked_list
;
14152 if (sec
->output_section
== bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
14155 flags
= sec
->flags
;
14157 /* Return if it isn't a linkonce section. A comdat group section
14158 also has SEC_LINK_ONCE set. */
14159 if ((flags
& SEC_LINK_ONCE
) == 0)
14162 /* Don't put group member sections on our list of already linked
14163 sections. They are handled as a group via their group section. */
14164 if (elf_sec_group (sec
) != NULL
)
14167 /* For a SHT_GROUP section, use the group signature as the key. */
14169 if ((flags
& SEC_GROUP
) != 0
14170 && elf_next_in_group (sec
) != NULL
14171 && elf_group_name (elf_next_in_group (sec
)) != NULL
)
14172 key
= elf_group_name (elf_next_in_group (sec
));
14175 /* Otherwise we should have a .gnu.linkonce.<type>.<key> section. */
14176 if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".gnu.linkonce.")
14177 && (key
= strchr (name
+ sizeof (".gnu.linkonce.") - 1, '.')) != NULL
)
14180 /* Must be a user linkonce section that doesn't follow gcc's
14181 naming convention. In this case we won't be matching
14182 single member groups. */
14186 already_linked_list
= bfd_section_already_linked_table_lookup (key
);
14188 for (l
= already_linked_list
->entry
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->next
)
14190 /* We may have 2 different types of sections on the list: group
14191 sections with a signature of <key> (<key> is some string),
14192 and linkonce sections named .gnu.linkonce.<type>.<key>.
14193 Match like sections. LTO plugin sections are an exception.
14194 They are always named .gnu.linkonce.t.<key> and match either
14195 type of section. */
14196 if (((flags
& SEC_GROUP
) == (l
->sec
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
)
14197 && ((flags
& SEC_GROUP
) != 0
14198 || strcmp (name
, l
->sec
->name
) == 0))
14199 || (l
->sec
->owner
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) != 0)
14201 /* The section has already been linked. See if we should
14202 issue a warning. */
14203 if (!_bfd_handle_already_linked (sec
, l
, info
))
14206 if (flags
& SEC_GROUP
)
14208 asection
*first
= elf_next_in_group (sec
);
14209 asection
*s
= first
;
14213 s
->output_section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
14214 /* Record which group discards it. */
14215 s
->kept_section
= l
->sec
;
14216 s
= elf_next_in_group (s
);
14217 /* These lists are circular. */
14227 /* A single member comdat group section may be discarded by a
14228 linkonce section and vice versa. */
14229 if ((flags
& SEC_GROUP
) != 0)
14231 asection
*first
= elf_next_in_group (sec
);
14233 if (first
!= NULL
&& elf_next_in_group (first
) == first
)
14234 /* Check this single member group against linkonce sections. */
14235 for (l
= already_linked_list
->entry
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->next
)
14236 if ((l
->sec
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
) == 0
14237 && bfd_elf_match_symbols_in_sections (l
->sec
, first
, info
))
14239 first
->output_section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
14240 first
->kept_section
= l
->sec
;
14241 sec
->output_section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
14246 /* Check this linkonce section against single member groups. */
14247 for (l
= already_linked_list
->entry
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->next
)
14248 if (l
->sec
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
)
14250 asection
*first
= elf_next_in_group (l
->sec
);
14253 && elf_next_in_group (first
) == first
14254 && bfd_elf_match_symbols_in_sections (first
, sec
, info
))
14256 sec
->output_section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
14257 sec
->kept_section
= first
;
14262 /* Do not complain on unresolved relocations in `.gnu.linkonce.r.F'
14263 referencing its discarded `.gnu.linkonce.t.F' counterpart - g++-3.4
14264 specific as g++-4.x is using COMDAT groups (without the `.gnu.linkonce'
14265 prefix) instead. `.gnu.linkonce.r.*' were the `.rodata' part of its
14266 matching `.gnu.linkonce.t.*'. If `.gnu.linkonce.r.F' is not discarded
14267 but its `.gnu.linkonce.t.F' is discarded means we chose one-only
14268 `.gnu.linkonce.t.F' section from a different bfd not requiring any
14269 `.gnu.linkonce.r.F'. Thus `.gnu.linkonce.r.F' should be discarded.
14270 The reverse order cannot happen as there is never a bfd with only the
14271 `.gnu.linkonce.r.F' section. The order of sections in a bfd does not
14272 matter as here were are looking only for cross-bfd sections. */
14274 if ((flags
& SEC_GROUP
) == 0 && CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".gnu.linkonce.r."))
14275 for (l
= already_linked_list
->entry
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->next
)
14276 if ((l
->sec
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
) == 0
14277 && CONST_STRNEQ (l
->sec
->name
, ".gnu.linkonce.t."))
14279 if (abfd
!= l
->sec
->owner
)
14280 sec
->output_section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
14284 /* This is the first section with this name. Record it. */
14285 if (!bfd_section_already_linked_table_insert (already_linked_list
, sec
))
14286 info
->callbacks
->einfo (_("%F%P: already_linked_table: %E\n"));
14287 return sec
->output_section
== bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
14291 _bfd_elf_common_definition (Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
14293 return sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
;
14297 _bfd_elf_common_section_index (asection
*sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
14303 _bfd_elf_common_section (asection
*sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
14305 return bfd_com_section_ptr
;
14309 _bfd_elf_default_got_elt_size (bfd
*abfd
,
14310 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
14311 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
14312 bfd
*ibfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
14313 unsigned long symndx ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
14315 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
14316 return bed
->s
->arch_size
/ 8;
14319 /* Routines to support the creation of dynamic relocs. */
14321 /* Returns the name of the dynamic reloc section associated with SEC. */
14323 static const char *
14324 get_dynamic_reloc_section_name (bfd
* abfd
,
14326 bfd_boolean is_rela
)
14329 const char *old_name
= bfd_get_section_name (NULL
, sec
);
14330 const char *prefix
= is_rela
? ".rela" : ".rel";
14332 if (old_name
== NULL
)
14335 name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, strlen (prefix
) + strlen (old_name
) + 1);
14336 sprintf (name
, "%s%s", prefix
, old_name
);
14341 /* Returns the dynamic reloc section associated with SEC.
14342 If necessary compute the name of the dynamic reloc section based
14343 on SEC's name (looked up in ABFD's string table) and the setting
14347 _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_reloc_section (bfd
* abfd
,
14349 bfd_boolean is_rela
)
14351 asection
* reloc_sec
= elf_section_data (sec
)->sreloc
;
14353 if (reloc_sec
== NULL
)
14355 const char * name
= get_dynamic_reloc_section_name (abfd
, sec
, is_rela
);
14359 reloc_sec
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, name
);
14361 if (reloc_sec
!= NULL
)
14362 elf_section_data (sec
)->sreloc
= reloc_sec
;
14369 /* Returns the dynamic reloc section associated with SEC. If the
14370 section does not exist it is created and attached to the DYNOBJ
14371 bfd and stored in the SRELOC field of SEC's elf_section_data
14374 ALIGNMENT is the alignment for the newly created section and
14375 IS_RELA defines whether the name should be .rela.<SEC's name>
14376 or .rel.<SEC's name>. The section name is looked up in the
14377 string table associated with ABFD. */
14380 _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_reloc_section (asection
*sec
,
14382 unsigned int alignment
,
14384 bfd_boolean is_rela
)
14386 asection
* reloc_sec
= elf_section_data (sec
)->sreloc
;
14388 if (reloc_sec
== NULL
)
14390 const char * name
= get_dynamic_reloc_section_name (abfd
, sec
, is_rela
);
14395 reloc_sec
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, name
);
14397 if (reloc_sec
== NULL
)
14399 flagword flags
= (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_READONLY
14400 | SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
14401 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
14402 flags
|= SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
;
14404 reloc_sec
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj
, name
, flags
);
14405 if (reloc_sec
!= NULL
)
14407 /* _bfd_elf_get_sec_type_attr chooses a section type by
14408 name. Override as it may be wrong, eg. for a user
14409 section named "auto" we'll get ".relauto" which is
14410 seen to be a .rela section. */
14411 elf_section_type (reloc_sec
) = is_rela
? SHT_RELA
: SHT_REL
;
14412 if (! bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj
, reloc_sec
, alignment
))
14417 elf_section_data (sec
)->sreloc
= reloc_sec
;
14423 /* Copy the ELF symbol type and other attributes for a linker script
14424 assignment from HSRC to HDEST. Generally this should be treated as
14425 if we found a strong non-dynamic definition for HDEST (except that
14426 ld ignores multiple definition errors). */
14428 _bfd_elf_copy_link_hash_symbol_type (bfd
*abfd
,
14429 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*hdest
,
14430 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*hsrc
)
14432 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*ehdest
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) hdest
;
14433 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*ehsrc
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) hsrc
;
14434 Elf_Internal_Sym isym
;
14436 ehdest
->type
= ehsrc
->type
;
14437 ehdest
->target_internal
= ehsrc
->target_internal
;
14439 isym
.st_other
= ehsrc
->other
;
14440 elf_merge_st_other (abfd
, ehdest
, &isym
, NULL
, TRUE
, FALSE
);
14443 /* Append a RELA relocation REL to section S in BFD. */
14446 elf_append_rela (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*s
, Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
)
14448 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
14449 bfd_byte
*loc
= s
->contents
+ (s
->reloc_count
++ * bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
);
14450 BFD_ASSERT (loc
+ bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
<= s
->contents
+ s
->size
);
14451 bed
->s
->swap_reloca_out (abfd
, rel
, loc
);
14454 /* Append a REL relocation REL to section S in BFD. */
14457 elf_append_rel (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*s
, Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
)
14459 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
14460 bfd_byte
*loc
= s
->contents
+ (s
->reloc_count
++ * bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
);
14461 BFD_ASSERT (loc
+ bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
<= s
->contents
+ s
->size
);
14462 bed
->s
->swap_reloc_out (abfd
, rel
, loc
);
14465 /* Define __start, __stop, .startof. or .sizeof. symbol. */
14467 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*
14468 bfd_elf_define_start_stop (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
14469 const char *symbol
, asection
*sec
)
14471 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
14473 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
), symbol
,
14474 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
14476 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
14477 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
14478 || ((h
->ref_regular
|| h
->def_dynamic
) && !h
->def_regular
)))
14480 bfd_boolean was_dynamic
= h
->ref_dynamic
|| h
->def_dynamic
;
14481 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defined
;
14482 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= sec
;
14483 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= 0;
14484 h
->def_regular
= 1;
14485 h
->def_dynamic
= 0;
14487 h
->u2
.start_stop_section
= sec
;
14488 if (symbol
[0] == '.')
14490 /* .startof. and .sizeof. symbols are local. */
14491 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
14492 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (info
->output_bfd
);
14493 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, h
, TRUE
);
14497 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_DEFAULT
)
14498 h
->other
= (h
->other
& ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1)) | STV_PROTECTED
;
14500 bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
);